Skip to main content

Full text of "The gardener's assistant : a practical and scientific exposition of the art of gardening in all its branches"

See other formats


•  ■ 


_ 


THOMPSON’S  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT 


NEW  EDITION 


CYPRIPEDIUMS: — 

I,  INSIGNE,  VAR.  2,  CHAMBER  LAINIANUM.  3,  EVENOR. 


CYPRI PEDI UMS 


No  genus  or  race  of  Orchids  that  has  been  brought  under 
cultivation  has  yielded  so  readily,  and  we  may  add,  so 
strikingly,  to  its  influence  as  Cypripedium.  This  is  not  only 
apparent  in  the  results  of  hybridization,  but  also  in  the  species 
themselves,  especially  in  those  that  have  been  longest  under 
the  cultivator’s  care.  The  most  obvious  effects  of  cultural 
influence  have  been  the  development  of  more  robust  foliage 
of  a  brighter  colour;  the  normally  one-flowered  scape  occasion¬ 
ally  becomes  two-flowered;  the  flowers  are  often  larger  and 
modified  in  colour  (Veitch).  Generally  they  are  easily  culti¬ 
vated,  they  flower  freely  and  may  readily  be  induced  to  mature 
seeds  from  which  plants  can  be  raised.  The  species,  with  few 
exceptions,  readily  intercross,  and  consequently  an  enormous 
number  of  hybrids  have  been  raised  artificially.  Two  of  the 
three  represented  in  the  plate  are  true  species,  the  third, 
EVENOR,  is  a  garden  hybrid.  Recently  the  genus  has  been 
divided  by  botanists  into  four,  viz.:— Cypripedium,  Phragmo- 
pedilum,  Paphiopedilum,  and  Selenipedium. 


!  I 


■ 


- 


' 


■ 


••  [ 


THE 


GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT 

A  PRACTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  EXPOSITION  OF  THE 
ART  OF  GARDENING  IN  ALL  ITS  BRANCHES 

BY 

ROBERT  THOMPSON 

OF  THE  ROYAL  HORTICULTURAL  SOCIETY'S  GARDENS,  CHISWICK 


NEW  EDITION 

REVISED  AND  ENTIRELY  REMODELLED  UNDER  THE  DIRECTION 
AND  GENERAL  EDITORSHIP  OF 

WILLIAM  WATSON 

CURATOR,  ROYAL  GARDENS,  KEW 


WITH  CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM 

Dr.  M.  T.  MASTERS,  F.R.S.,  EDWARD  MAWLEY,  F.M.S.,  G.  MASSEE,  F.L.S. 

F.  W.  BURBIDGE,  M.A.,  F.L.S.,  J.  FRASER,  F.L.S.,  J.  J.  WILLIS 
R.  LEWIS  CASTLE,  W.  IGGULDEN,  R.  DEAN,  J.  HUDSON,  J.  DOUGLAS,  W.  J.  BEAN 
AND  NUMEROUS  OTHER  EMINENT  SPECIALISTS 


ILLUSTRATED  BY  NUMEROUS  ENGRAVINGS  IN  THE  TEXT, 

AND  A  SERIES  OF  PLATES  IN  COLOUR,  AND  OF  PLATES  IN  BLACK-AND-WHITE 


Volume  1 


LONDON 

THE  GRESHAM  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

34  SOUTHAMPTON  STREET,  STRAND 

1907 


With  regard  to  the  illustrations  in  Volume  I,  indebtedness  has  to  be  acknowledged  to  the 
following: — Messrs.  Barr  <£■  Sons,  Covent  Garden,  London ;  James  Boyd  &  Sons ,  Paisley; 
James  Carter  &  Co.,  London;  Mr.  L.  Casella,  London;  The  Gardeners’  Chronicle,  London; 
The  Gardeners’  Magazine,  London;  Messrs.  Mill  £  Smith,  Brierley  Hill;  Kelway  £  Son, 
Langport,  Somerset;  Lovell  Reeve  £  Co.,  London  (The  Botanical  Magazine);  T.  H. 
Mawson ,  Esq.,  Windermere;  Messrs.  Negretti  &  Zambrq,  London;  Osman  £  Co..  London; 
IF.  Robinson,  Esq.;  Messrs.  F.  Sander  &  Co.,  St.  Albans;  Sutton  &  Sons,  Reading;  and 
James  Veitch  &  Sons ,  Ltd.,  Chelsea. 


iv 


PREFACE 


The  original  edition  of  The  Gardeners  Assistant  was  issued  in  1859,  under  the 
editorship  of  the  late  Mr.  Robert  Thompson,  Superintendent  of  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society’s  Gardens  at  Chiswick,  an  eminent  authority  on  all  matters  appertaining  to- 
English  horticulture.  He  was  assisted  by  Mr.  William  Paul,  Mr.  Cock,  Mr.  Salter,  and 
Mr.  Glendenning,  who  contributed  chapters  on  the  subjects  of  which  they  were  leading 
practical  exponents.  The  work  was  at  once  welcomed  as  “  the  soundest  and  best  guide 
to  'pract  ical  garden  ing  that  has  been  published  in  our  times  ”,  “  the  best  book  on  general 
practical  horticulture  in  the  English  language  ”,  &c. 

In  1877,  and  again  in  1884,  the  work  was  revised  and  enlarged  by  Mr.  Thomas 
Moore,  F.L.S.,  Curator  of  the  Chelsea  Botanic  Gardens,  assisted  by  numerous  specialists, 
including  Messrs.  W.  B.  Hemsley,  J.  C.  Niven,  F.  W.  Burbidge,  T.  Baines,  R.  Dean, 
and  J.  Douglas.  The  new  issue  was  received  with  even  greater  favour  than  the 
previous  one.  Mr.  William  Tillery,  Gardener  to  His  Grace  the  Duke  of  Portland, 
Welbeck,  one  of  the  cleverest  of  English  gardeners,  wrote  concerning  it:  “I  consider 
this  new  edition  of  Thompson’s  Gardener s  Assistant  the  most  complete  work  on 
horticulture  and  floriculture  that  has  ever  been  published.  Every  gardener  should 
have  a  copy  of  it,  both  for  its  practical  and  scientific  interest,  and  as  a  guide  to  all 
the  duties  of  the  profession.”  The  Athenceum  described  it  as  “A  veritable  encyclopedia 
to  which  all  may  turn  who  wish  to  have  the  best  and  soundest  information  on  the 
practice  of  gardening  ”, 

A  new  edition  being  again  called  for,  its  preparation  was  commenced  under  the 
joint  general  editorship  of  Mr.  Edward  W.  Badger  and  Mr.  Archibald  F.  Barron, 
but  owing  to  failing  health  they  were  compelled  to  relinquish  the  task,  not,  however, 
before  some  progress  had  been  made  with  the  work  of  revision.  The  duties  of 
general  editor  were  then  intrusted  to  me,  and,  thanks  to  the  hearty  co-operation  of 
numerous  specialists,  as  well  as  to  the  sympathetic  help  and  encouragement  afforded 
by  the  publishers,  the  work  has  been  completed.  The  book  has  been  remodelled, 
revised,  and  enlarged  to  such  an  extent  that  it  is  now  practically  a  new  work,  in 
which  every  department  of  the  garden  is  dealt  with  in  a  thoroughly  comprehensive 
manner  to  meet  the  requirements  of  present-day  horticulture. 

An  important  feature  of  this  new  edition  is  the  illustrations,  which  in  many 
instances  are  far  more  helpful  than  any  words  could  be.  Many  of  them  were  specially 
drawn  or  photographed  for  this  edition,  and  I  am  indebted  to  numerous  friends  for 


VI 


PREFACE 


the  supply  of  material  for  the  artists  to  work  from.  The  horticultural  press  has 
also  been  most  helpful  in  this  l’espect. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  contributors  and  the  initials  appended  to  the 
particular  chapters  which  they  have  written  or  revised: — 


a.  h.  A.  HEMSLEY. 

a.  r.  ARCHIBALD  PIPER. 

a.  w.  A.  WARD. 

e.  b.  EDWIN  BECKETT. 

E.  m.  EDWARD  F.  R.  MAWLEY, 


j.  j.  w.  J.  J.  WILLIS. 

j.  m.  J.  MILES. 

j.  mT.  J.  MTNDOE. 

j.  o’b.  dAMES  O’BRIEN. 

j.  s.  J.  SMITH. 

m.  d.  MALCOLM  DUNN. 

m.  t.  m.  Dr.  MAXWELL  T.  MASTERS,  F.R.S. 

r.  d.  RICHARD  DEAN. 

r.  l.  c.  R.  LEWIS  CASTLE. 

w.  c.  W.  CRUMP. 

w.  d.  W.  DALLIMORE. 

w|  H.  D.  W.  H.  DIVERS. 

w.  i.  W.  IGGULDEN. 

w|  j.  b.  W.  J.  BEAN. 

w.  s.  W.  SPINKS. 


F.R.Met.Soc. 


f.  m.  FREDERICK  MOORE. 

f.  w.  b.  F.  W.  BUllBIDGE,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

g.  m.  G.  MASSEE,  F.L.S. 

g.  t.  m.  G.  T.  MILES. 

h.  c.  p.  H.  C.  PRINSEP. 
j.  b.  JAMES  BOYD. 

j.  d.  JAMES  DOUGLAS. 

j.  f.  JOHN  FRASER,  F.L.S. 
j.  h.  JAMES  HUDSON. 


For  all  chapters  and  sections  that  are  not  initialled  I  am  solely  responsible; 
also  for  the  nomenclature  of  the  plants,  which  is,  of  course,  that  in  use  at  Kew.  I 
may  add  that  the  exceptional  advantages  affoi’ded  by  my  having  access  to  the  great 
collections  of  plants  and  books  in  the  Royal  Gardens  made  my  task  lighter  than  it 
would  otherwise  have  been. 


W.  WATSON. 


Kew,  May,  190ic. 


CONTENTS 


VOLUME  1 


INTRODUCTORY-  Page 

Calendar  of  Operations  in  the  Flower-garden  -  ■  -  -  1 

Meteorology .  . 20 

CHAP.  I. — PLANT  STRUCTURE.  Conditions  of  Existence — Structural  Elements — The  Cell  and 

its  Contents — Protoplasm — Modifications  of  Cells — Pitting — The  Thallus . 26 

CHAP.  II. — THE  LIVING-  PLANT.  Green  Plants — Uncoloured  Plants — Parasites — Saprophytes 
— Microbes — Symbiosis — Thallophytes  and  Vascular  Cryptogams — Asexual  and  Sexual  Condi¬ 
tions — Flowering  Plants — Sensation  and  Movements  in  Plants — Continuity  of  Protoplasm-  -  29 

CHAP.  III. — THE  RADICLE  AND  THE  ROOT.  Nature  and  Movements  —  Root-hairs — The 

Root-cap — Root  Action — Various  Forms  of  Roots . --  -32 

CHAP.  IV.— THE  CAULICLE— THE  STEM.  The  Primary  Bud  or  Plumule— The  Stem— The 
Cambium — The  Wood — The  Bast — Various  Forms  of  Stems:  Bulbs,  Tubers,  &c. — Structure  of 
Stem  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -34 

CHAP.  V.— THE  LEAF— THE  COTYLEDONS.  Forms  of  the  Leaf— Simple  Leaves— Compound 
Leaves — Leaf  Structure — Epidermis — Pairs — Leaf  Action — Evaporation — Respiration — Assimi¬ 
lation  .  --------  37 

CHAP.  VI. — NUTRITION.  Conditions  of  Plant  Life — The  Soil  as  a  Source  of  Food  and  Air — The 
Air  as  a  Source  of  Food — The  Action  of  Light — Chlorophyll — The  Movements  of  Liquids  in 
Plants — The  Sap  . -------  41 

CHAP.  VII. — GROWTH  AND  BRANCHING.  Necessary  Conditions — Definite  and  Indefinite 

Growth — Buds — Sympodes — Cuttings — Grafting  and  Budding — The  Inflorescence  and  Bracts  -  45 


CHAP.  VIII.— REPRODUCTION— THE  FLOWER.  Difference  between  Growth  and  Reproduc¬ 
tion — Pollen-cells — Egg-cells — Conditions  for  Flowering — Conformation  of  the  Flower — Parts  of 
the  Flower — Fertilization — Hybridization — Sports — Division,  Separation,  and  Recombinations 


of  the  Nuclear  Elements — Seeds,  Dispersal  of — Germination  -  --  --  --48 

CHAP.  IX. — HYBRIDIZATION.  Cross-fertilization — Hybridism — Isolation  and  Self-fertilization 
— Double  Flowers — Fertilization  in  Cryptogamic  Plants,  Ferns — Vegetative  Sports  or  Bud 
Variation . ---58 

CHAP.  X. — CLASSIFICATION.  Species — Genera — Orders — Classes — Genealogical  Arrangements 
— Artificial  Groups . -----65 

CHAP.  XI.— INSECT  AND  OTHER  PLANT  ENEMIES.  Bark  Enemies— Bud  and  Flower 
Enemies — Fruit  and  Seed  Enemies— Leaf  Enemies — Root  Enemies — Stem  Borers  -  -  -  67 

CHAP.  XII.— GARDEN  FRIENDS  -  - .  -  114 

CHAP.  XIII.— PLANT  DISEASES  CAUSED  BY  FUNGI.  Kind  of  Food  required  by  Fungi 
— Structure  and  Reproduction — Different  Modes  of  Reproduction — Preventing  the  Spread  of  a 

Disease — Preventing  a  Repetition  of  a  Disease — Fungicides . 123 

vii 


CONTENTS 


viii 

Page 

CHAP.  XIV. — SOILS.  The  Soil  and  its  Properties — Tillage  of  Soils — Different  Soils  employed  in 
Horticulture — Ingredients  of  Soils — Sources  of  Nitrogen — Do  Plants  assimilate  Free  Nitrogen? 

— Azalea  Culture . -  -  -  -  -  -  -  131 

CHAP.  XY. — MANURES.  Organic  Manures — Inorganic  Manures — The  Effect  of  Manures  -  -  154 

CHAP.  XVI.— TOOLS,  INSTRUMENTS,  USED  IN  GARDENS.  Tools— Cutting  Instru¬ 
ments —  Instruments  used  in  Laying  Out  Ground  Lines — Machines — Utensils  —  Miscellaneous 
Articles . - . 173 

CHAP.  XVII. — GARDEN  STRUCTURES.  Walls — Glass-houses,  Pits,  and  Frames — Miscel¬ 
laneous  Structures  ...  196 

CHAP.  XVIII. — HEATING.  By  Flues — by  Hot  Water — Furnaces — Boilers — Pipes — Warming 

Buildings  by  Hot  Water — Heating  by  Steam — Heating  by  Gas  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  216 

CHAP.  XIX. — PROPAGATION.  Propagation  by  Seed — by  Bulbs,  Corms,  and  Tubers — by 
Division — by  Runners — by  Suckers — by  Layers — by  Cuttings — by  Leaves — by  Roots — by 
Grafting — by  Budding — by  Inarching . -  -  -  -  -  223 

CHAP.  XX. — TRANSPLANTING.  Need  for  Transplanting — Plants  which  bear  it — The  best 
Season  for  it — How  to  Transplant . 247 

CHAP.  XXI.— PRUNING.  Pruning  of  Large  Trees— of  Old  or  Sickly  Trees— of  Shrubs— Root- 
pruning — Ringing . 251 

CHAP.  XXII.— FLOWER-GARDENS  AND  PLEASURE-GROUNDS.  Formation  of  a  Garden 
—  Reserve  Garden  —  Sub-tropical  Garden  —  Hardy  Perennial  Garden — The  Rock-garden — A 
Rootery — Decorations — Formation  of  Pleasure-grounds — Approach  Road — Walks — Shrubberies 
— The  Rose-garden — American  Garden — Decorations — Lawns — Bowling-greens — Lawn-tennis 
Grounds — Ornamental  Water  -  --  --  --  --  --  --  258 

CHAP.  XXIII.— HARDY  ORNAMENTAL  TREES  AND  SHRUBS.  Hardy  Trees  and  Shrubs 
— Hardy  Conifers — Sea-side  and  Town  Trees  and  Shrubs — Sea-side  Planting — Trees  for  Chalk 
Soils — Trees  for  Towns . -.----  283 

CHAP.  XXIV.— HARDY  HERBACEOUS  PERENNIALS.  The  Herbaceous  Border  — The 

Alpine  Garden — The  Wild  Garden . -  -  -  -  340 

CHAP.  XXV.— AQUATIC  AND  BOG  PLANTS  --------  378 

CHAP.  XXVI.— HARDY  AND  HALF-HARDY  ANNUALS  -------  387 

CHAP.  XXVII.— POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS . 400 

CHAP.  XXVIII.— GREENHOUSE  AND  CONSERVATORY . -  523 

CHAP.  XXIX.— LIST  OF  GREENHOUSE  PLANTS . 528 

CHAP.  XXX.— THE  STOVE  OR  TROPICAL  HOUSE . 544 

CHAP.  XXXI.— LIST  OF  STOVE  PLANTS . -546 

CHAP.  XXXII. — ORCHIDS.  General  Remarks  —  Houses  —  Treatment  —  Hybrids  —  Pruning — 

Manure — Insects — Cut  Flowers — Spot  or  Disease — List  of  Orchids . 557 

CHAP.  XXXIII.— FERNS— STOVE  AND  GREENHOUSE.  General  Treatment —Insects— 

Rockery — List  of  Ferns — Lycopodiums . 582 

CHAP.  XXXIV.— FERNS— HARDY.  General  Treatment— Hardy  Ferns  under  Glass— Select 

List  of  Hardy  Ferns . 603 

CHAP.  XXXV.— PALMS  AND  CYCADS.  Propagation— Insect  Pests— List  of  Palms— Cycads  608 

CHAP.  XXXVI.— SUCCULENT  PLANTS.  Cultivation— Cacti  and  their  Treatment— List  of 

Succulent  Plants . 615 

CHAP.  XXXVII.— HARDY  SHRUBS  FOR  FORCING . 621 

CHAP.  XXXVIII.— HERBACEOUS  PLANTS  AND  BULBS  FOR  FORCING  -  -  -  625 

CHAP.  XXXIX.— RETARDING  PLANTS . 628 

CHAP.  XL.— SPRING  BEDDING . 628 


■:.:r  > :■  ,vo : ■; 


it  t  t  - :  -  ■ '  \-V  ' 1  '  '  ' 


■ 


r  .  .  ■' 


■ 


■ 


TEA-ROSES 


The  merits  of  the  many  beautiful  Roses  which  are  known  as 
tea-scented  owing  to  their  peculiar  odour,  are  not  yet  fully 
recognized  in  gardens.  They  are  supposed  to  be  too  tender  to 
be  grown  in  the  open  air,  developing  their  full  beauty  only 
under  glass;  but  with  few  exceptions  they  will  bear  as  much 
cold  as  most  Roses,  provided  they  are  afforded  protection  from 
nipping  wind  and  frost  in  early  spring,  when  they  are  apt  to 
suffer  through  starting  too  early  into  growth.  Breeders  have 
done  more  within  the  last  ten  years  to  improve  this  class  than 
any  other,  and  there  are  now  hundreds  of  varieties,  many  of 
which  are  as  large  and  beautiful  in  form  and  colouring  as  the 
three  represented  in  the  plate  herewith.  Of  the  6000  cut 
blooms  of  Roses  shown  at  the  last  exhibition  at  the  Crystal 
Palace,  half  were  Tea-Roses.  They  have  the  valuable  quality 
of  flowering  freely  and  continuously  from  June  to  November, 
and  even  later.  They  are  best  on  their  own  roots  or  budded  on 
seedling  Brier.  When  grafted  or  budded  on  the  Manetti  they 
are  least  satisfactory. 


!,  COMTESSE  DE  ElADAILLAC.  '  2,  THE  BRIDE.  3,  MADAME  CUSIN. 


:  ft  -  I'-:..'  S’jii.S  i  ' 

■  :!  '  '  ■  1  ' 

‘.ii;,!  '  i,.  v  .f'Kfi .  -  •’>  '  ’  //*->:; 

:  >  ft  1  ilttfibOfi : :  tk  '  ■  ■  '  ’  ■  •: 

■;  iiv.'o  :i  liii?/  fu  ,  -V  ■>'-  *V..V*  ■  ■■■  -;i  '  -  ■  'i-  '  ■  ■  ■  ■•••'  • 

fsiv,  :  ;  "■ 

f.  ••>!.: :;'n  0  .  •  .J  ffl  ‘  VOT  r  ;.•••• 

.  ->i  ..  ;:■?  t|i;  1  *V  ■... 

!o  tiviij  ft:  'i;:V  i'  ■ 

; '  , ■ !  ■  uh  ,  Cl  1  V.  Vis  :  :•  =  ! a. 

':!:!yb  -  ifjtf'.ffji'l  j'"-Y  t;  >in.y  ro  * 

. 

. . : t  ;  >'  V 

I  Iji  :  ...  !■-.'■(  .:.‘.-;r[  '-hr  ‘  ■  ;  v  ;  s- 

..  •: ' '■  v  S 

-  .  •!,  5.11  !  ..  i'  ;v  ■ . '  '  '■  -  f'  ;  • 


CATTLEYAS 


Cattleyas  take  first  rank  among  garden  Orchids,  and  they 
owe  this  position  to  their  usually  large  and  richly-coloured 
flowers,  not  one  of  the  many  species  and  varieties  known 
being  unattractive.  By  far  the  handsomest  of  them  are  all 
those  which  constitute  the  Labiata  section,  of  which  that  shown 
in  the  plate  is  a  type.  In  this  section  there  are  varieties  with 
pure  white,  rose-tinted,  purple,  or  nankeen -yellow  flowers, 
the  lip  in  every  case  being  blotched  or  veined  with  some  more 
pronounced  colour.  They  vary  in  their  season  of  flowering, 
the  true  Labiata ,  often  called  Vera,  flowering  in  autumn. 
The  variety  Mossice,  forms  of  which  have  flowers  eight 
inches  across,  beautifully  coloured,  blooms  in  May  or  June. 
The  species  have  been  intercrossed  freely  by  breeders,  and 
there  are  now  many  beautiful  hybrids  which,  judged  by  their 
commercial  value,  are  greatly  superior  to  their  parents.  There 
are  also  many  hybrids  between  Cattleyas  and  the  closely- 
related  Laelias. 


1  '  ]  .1  -0  ; 1  :  ■  :  ;  ■  :  •'  V 

'  :ki  Jl.  '  >,  ■  .  . 


CANNAS 


The  beautiful  race  of  Carinas  that  we  now  possess  was 
originated  by  M.  Crozy,  a  French  nurseryman,  who,  by 
crossing  two  species,  obtained  a  new  “break”  of  compara¬ 
tively  dwarf  habit  and  with  large  flowers.  Other  breeders, 
especially  Herr  Pfitzer  and  Herr  Ernst,  German  nurserymen, 
have  continued  the  work  of  improvement  by  cross-breeding 
and  selection,  with  the  result  that  a  large  number  of  beautiful 
varieties  are  now  available  for  the  garden,  both  under  glass 
and  in  the  open  air  in  summer.  In  the  warmer  parts  of  this 
country  Cannas  are  used  as  bedding  plants;  they  are  lifted 
in  October  and  stored  in  a  dry  frost-proof  place  until  March, 
when  they  are  started  in  a  little  warmth  with  Dahlias,  &c., 
and  planted  outside  in  June.  They  flower  continuously  from 
July  onwards.  Grown  in  pots  under  glass  they  form  hand¬ 
some  pictures  of  large  green  or  bronzed  leaves  and  spikes  of 
flowers,  whose  colours  vary  from  rose  to  crimson,  cream 
yellow  to  orange,  or  variegated,  as  in  that  shown  in  the  plate. 


HIMALAYAN  HOUSE  AT  KEW 

(A  Wing  of  t^e  Great  Winter  Garden) 


PLANT-HOUSE  RANGES 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT 


INTRODUCTORY 

CALENDAR  OF  OPERATIONS  IN  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN 


it  is  necessary  to  observe,  that  no  calendarial 
directions  can  be  made  to  justify  the  expectation 
that  they  can  be  strictly  followed  in  all  cases. 
The  climate  of  the  locality,  the  season,  soil, 
and  other  circumstances,  may  render  deviation 
expedient  or  absolutely  necessary.  It  will  be 
found,  however,  that  in  preparing  the  following 
Calendar  most  of  the  circumstances  that  lead 
to  exceptions  have  been  noticed,  and  suitable 
directions  given  accordingly.  It  is  obviously 
impossible  to  provide  for  every  contingency; 
but  any  intelligent  person  will  easily  adopt 
such  modifications  as  his  particular  case  may 
require.  On  the  whole,  it  is  presumed  that 
the  following  Calendar  will  be  generally  appli¬ 
cable  throughout  the  United  Kingdom.  It  may 
be  said  that  over  this  extent  the  climate  is 
exceedingly  variable,  and  therefore  no  one 
Calendar  can  be  applicable;  but  within  certain 
limits  of  elevation  the  difference  between  the 
temperatures  of  any  two  places  is  much  less 
than  frequently  occurs  between  the  tempera¬ 
tures  of  two  different  seasons  at  the  same  place. 
For  example,  if  we  take  March — the  principal 
spring  month  for  seed-sowing — we  find  that 
over  nearly  ten  degrees  of  latitude,  extending 
from  Paris  to  Wick,  in  Caithness,  the  mean 
temperature  of  that  month  differs  very  little  on 
the  average  of  a  number  of  years,  as  will  be 
seen  by  the  following  table : — 


Latitude. 

Mean  Temperature 
of  March. 

Paris,  . 

.  43-79 

Rouen, . 

.  49  26  ... 

. 41-12 

Brussels, . 

.  50  51  ... 

. 42-78 

Chiswick,  London, . 

. 51  29  ... 

. 42-23 

Boston,  Lincolnshire, .... 

.  52  48  ... 

. 41-67 

Dublin, . 

.  53  21  ... 

. 42-46 

Liverpool,  . 

.  53  25  ... 

. 44-44 

Edinburgh, . 

.  55  58  ... 

.  40-53 

Dundee, . 

.  56  27  ... 

. 42-20 

Aberdeen, . 

.  57  9  ... 

.  42-80 

Elg-in,  Morayshire,  . 

.  57  38  ... 

.  40-53 

Wick,  Caithnesshire,  . 

VOL.  I. 

.  58  29  ... 

.  41-94 

From  the  above  it  appears  that  the  mean 
temperature  of  March  is  nearly  the  same  at 
London,  Dublin,  Dundee,  and  Aberdeen,  al¬ 
though  the  last-named  of  these  places  is  nearly 
400  miles  north  of  the  first.  At  Elgin,  the 
month  of  March  is  just  as  warm  as  it  is  at  Edin¬ 
burgh;  and  at  Wick,  furthest  north  of  the  towns 
noted,  the  mean  temperature  at  that  period  of 
the  year  is  higher  than  at  Edinburgh.  It  will 
also  be  seen  that  at  all  the  above  places  the 
difference  of  temperature  in  March  is  not  such 
as  to  materially  affect  the  Calendar  of  Opera¬ 
tions.  In  fact  its  scope  may  include  all  those 
widely-distant  places. 

But  in  different  seasons,  at  the  same  place,  a 
greater  variation  than  that  arising  from  latitude 
frequently  occurs,  in  consequence  of  which  con¬ 
siderable  modifications  of  usually  applicable  di¬ 
rections  have  to  be  made.  The  mean  tempera¬ 
ture  of  the  month  to  which  we  have  referred 
varies  as  much  as  ten  degrees  in  different  years ; 
and  operations  such  as  sowing  and  planting, 
which  in  ordinary  seasons  would  be  properly 
done  in  the  first  week  of  March,  may  not  be  at 
all  practicable,  in  consequence  of  frost  and  snow, 
till  the  very  end  of  the  month. 

The  adaptation  of  a  Calendar,  therefore,  is 
more  affected  by  the  variations  of  the  seasons 
than  by  any  circumstance  connected  with  lo¬ 
calities  fit  for  gardens  throughout  the  extent  of 
Britain.  If,  then,  a  Calendar  is  carefully  made 
for  one  place,  it  may  be  considered  suitable  for 
this  country  in  general.  By  gardeners  in  the 
south,  as  well  as  in  the  north,  calendarial  direc¬ 
tions  must  be  understood  with  the  proviso — 
weather  and  state  of  the  soil  permitting.  If  these 
are  favourable  the  earliest  practicable  oppor¬ 
tunity  should  be  taken  to  carry  out  the  opera¬ 
tions  indicated. 


l 


l 


2 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


JANUARY. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — AH  through  this  month 
it  will  he  very  necessary  to  pay  special  attention 
to  orchids,  as  there  are  some  species  which  do 
not  thrive  under  artificial  heat  if  it  be  too  liber¬ 
ally  supplied;  while  at  the  same  time  some  of 
those  from  the  hotter  regions  of  the  earth  would 
suffer  in  a  low  moist  temperature  if  allowed  to 
remain  under  those  conditions  for  any  protracted 
period.  Odontoglossums  of  the  crispum  type 
should  be  kept  in  a  temperature  of  from  45°  at 
night  to  50°  or  60°  in  the  day,  according  to  the 
weather.  Air  should  be  admitted  on  all  favour¬ 
able  occasions,  and  the  plants  should  be  sprinkled 
with  a  syringe  every  day  that  the  weather  per¬ 
mits.  If  possible,  the  house  should  be  washed 
and  thoroughly  cleaned  inside,  so  as  to  get  rid 
of  all  insect  and  other  pests  that  may  have  crept 
inside  from  the  cold.  Constant  supervision 
must  be  exercised  to  prevent  snails  from  destroy¬ 
ing  the  flower-spikes,  which  they  soon  find  out 
if  any  are  showing. — Those  of  the  vexillarium 
type  ought  to  be  kept  in  a  temperature  a 
few  degrees  higher;  also  0.  Harryanum,  0. 
citrosmum,  0.  Roezlii,  and  others.  If  the  weather 
in  this  month  lie  very  severe,  so  that  much  fire- 
heat  is  necessary  to  keep  the  temperature  to  the 
requisite  degree,  a  close  search  must  be  made 
for  thrips.  A  little  sulphur  put  down  the  sheaths 
will  be  sufficient  to  keep  them  in  check.  Some 
of  the  different  sections  of  Dendrobiums  will 
now  be  in  flower,  and  they  should  be  kept  free 
from  damp  or  the  flowers  will  become  spotted. 
Those  of  the  nobile  division,  as,  for  example, 
Ainsworthii,  aureum,  and  moniliforme,  may  have 
a  temperature  of  from  50°  to  55°  Fahr.  when  in 
flower,  and,  while  at  rest,  from  45°  to  50°,  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  weather.  Plants  belonging  to 
the  bigibbum  section  should  be  kept  in  a  tem¬ 
perature  which  should  not  fall  below  60°;  neither 
ought  such  as  Farmeri  to  be  subjected  to  a 
lower  temperature.  Cattleyas  generally  will 
now  be  at  rest,  and  they  should  have  a  tem¬ 
perature  of  from  55°  to  60°,  with  a  rather  dry 
atmosphere.  Those  who  grow  a  mixed  collec¬ 
tion  of  orchids  in  one  house  will  find  the 
Zygopetalums  very  useful  at  this  period  of  the 
year.  These  thrive  best  in  an  intermediate 
temperature.  Most  of  the  Calanthes  will  by 
this  time  have  finished  flowering,  and  should 
therefore  be  put  to  rest  in  a  warm  dry  place, 
which  should  not  be  allowed  to  fall  below  55°. 
As  many  of  the  Oncidiums  will  be  throwing 


up  their  flower-spikes,  they  will  require  careful 
watching  to  prevent  slugs  from  eating  them. 

Hothouse — During  the  present  month  work 
in  this  department  is  not  abnormally  severe. 
Special  care,  however,  must  be  taken  to  keep 
the  houses  at  the  proper  temperature,  for  as  t  he 
inmates  of  these  structures  have  their  native 
habitats  in  warm  countries,  they  will  not  remain 
in  health  if  subjected  to  cold.  Where  much 
house  decoration  is  required  it  will  be  requisite 
to  propagate  plants  for  the  purpose,  and  to 
bring  them  forward,  so  that  they  may  take  the 
place  of  those  which  become  unhealthy  through 
standing  too  long  in  dwelling-rooms. 

Caladium  bulbs  may  be  divided  where  there 
is  sufficient  heat  at  command  to  cause  them  to 
commence  growth  quickly.  The  little  Argyrites 
and  Le  Nain  Rouge  are  two  useful  kinds  for  this 
purpose.  Small  palms  should  be  potted  on,  so 
that  they  may  be  well  rooted  before  being 
removed.  Kentias,  Cocos,  Arecas,  and  Geo¬ 
nomas  are  the  most  easily  adapted  to  this  use. 
Such  plants  as  Gymnostachyum,  Acalyphas, 
Pandanus,  Panicum,  Asparagus  plimosus,  Cy-  • 
perus,  Crotons,  and  the  like,  are  all  useful  in  a 
small  state,  and  may  be  propagated  where  suffi¬ 
cient  heat  is  available.  Many  of  the  plants  in 
this  department  will  soon  be  starting  into  growth, 
and  will  therefore  require  re-potting.  Material 
for  this,  such  as  peat  loam,  leaf-mould,  sand, 
cocoa-nut  fibre,  manure,  and  moss,  should  be 
got  ready,  and,  if  possible,  put  into  a  warm 
place,  so  that  it  may  be  of  the  same  tempera¬ 
ture  as  that  in  which  the  plants  are  growing. 
Have  all  pots  and  drainage  material  washed 
previous  to  using  them,  as  cleanliness  is  of  great 
importance  in  plant-cultivation. 

Intermediate  House. — This  will  now  be 
occupied  with  the  preparation  of  cut  flowers  and 
plants  for  the  conservatory,  for  where  a  supply 
of  these  has  to  be  kept  up  it  is  imperative  that 
they  should  be  subjected  to  a  lower  degree  of 
heat  than  that  of  the  forcing  house  before  they 
are  removed  to  cooler  structures.  Bouvardias, 
Heliotropes,  and  many  other  plants  of  a  similar 
nature  will  grow  in  such  places.  Imantophyll- 
ums,  Amaryllis,  and  Epiphyllums,  together  with 
many  other  plants  of  a  like  nature,  will  succeed 
well  in  a  temperature  of  about  55°  Fahr.,  in  addi¬ 
tion  to  those  which  have  been  brought  from 
warmer  houses  to  be  hardened  a  little  before 
removal  to  a  lower  temperature. 

Forcing  House Where  a  constant  demand 

for  flowering  plants  exists  many  things  will  have 
to  be  brought  forward  in  heat.  Among  these  may 
be  mentioned  Azalea  mollis,  A.  indica,  A.ponlica, 


FEBRUARY. 


3 


and  the  various  Ghent  varieties.  These,  with 
Spiraeas,  including  Spiraea  astilboides,  S.  japonica, 
S.  confusa,  and  &  T lumber gii,  Lilacs,  Philadelphus, 
Deutzias,  Rhododendrons,  and  Roses,  should  he 
potted  up,  and  introduced  in  batches  as  they  are 
required.  Tuberoses  will  also  have  arrived  by 
this  time,  and  a  batch  of  them  ought  to  be  started 
in  small  pots,  potting  them  on  into  those  of  larger 
size  as  soon  as  they  show  their  flower-spikes. 
Batches  of  Lilium  Harrisii,  Hyacinths,  Tulips, 
Lily  of  the  Yalley,  Polygonatum,  Narcissus, 
Gladiolus  (The  Bride),  and  other  bulbs  ought 
also  to  be  brought  forward  in  gentle  heat,  and  re¬ 
moved,  just  as  the  flowers  begin  to  expand,  into 
a  cooler  and  more  airy  structure.  This  is  done 
in  order  that  their  flowers  may  be  of  greater 
substance,  and  therefore  better  able  to  endure 
the  lower  temperature  to  which  they  will  be 
subjected. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — In  cold, 
frosty  weather  much  care  must  be  exercised  to 
keep  the  occupants  of  these  places  in  good  health, 
particularly  if  they  include,  as  is  usually  the 
case,  a  varied  collection  of  plants.  Cape  Heaths 
do  not  thrive  under  much  artificial  heat,  while 
some  of  the  soft-wooded  plants,  such  as  Pelar¬ 
goniums,  ought  not  to  be  in  a  lower  tempera¬ 
ture  than  45°  Fahr.  Where  these  plants  have 
to  occupy  the  same  houses  as  those  derived  from 
Australia  they  should  be  placed  at  the  warmest 
end  of  the  building,  in  such  positions  that 
they  may  be  placed  near  the  glass.  Watering 
must  be  done  cautiously,  especially  if  the  ther¬ 
mometer  should  show  a  lower  degree  than  that 
mentioned.  Heaths,  and  other  hard-wooded 
plants  of  similar  habit,  should  have  all  the  air 
possible  when  the  weather  is  propitious,  for  a 
close  atmosphere  conduces  to  the  formation  of 
mildew. 

The  conservatory  must  be  kept  free  from  all 
dead  or  decaying  foliage  or  flowers,  and  no  more 
water  should  be  used  than  is  necessary  to  keep 
the  plants  in  a  state  of  health,  for  the  less  mois¬ 
ture  there  is  in  the  house  the  better  and  fresher 
will  the  flowers  keep.  Superfluous  moisture 
may  be  expelled  by  keeping  up  a  sufficient 
heat.  It  is  always  best  to  ventilate  in  the  early 
part  of  the  day,  closing  the  lights  early,  so  as  to 
aid  in  maintaining  the  temperature  during  the 
night. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

Under  this  heading  must  be  included  both 
hot  and  cold  pits,  wooden  frames,  and  boxes  for 
placing  in  hot-beds.  The  former  are  most  use¬ 
ful  for  protecting  plants  which  are  required  for 


the  flower-garden  during  summer.  The  gentle 
heat  generated  by  the  hot-water  pipes  will  be  suf¬ 
ficient  to  keep  the  frost  away  from  such  plants  as 
Pelargoniums,  Ageratums,  Lobelias,  and  other 
half-hardy  kinds  required  for  the  aforesaid  pur¬ 
pose.  They  are  also  well  adapted  for  propa¬ 
gating  most  of  such  plants.  Unheated  pits  are 
serviceable  for  growing  Yiolets,  and  for  winter¬ 
ing  many  plants  which  are  too  sensitive  to  cold 
to  withstand  the  rigour  of  an  English  winter,  as, 
for  example,  Cinerarias,  Calceolarias,  Stocks,  and 
similar  plants.  Frames  are  also  exceedingly 
useful,  as  they  may  be  moved  from  place  to  place 
and  put  over  beds  of  various  plants,  either  to 
bring  them  forward,  or  as  a  protection  from  cold. 
They  are  also  much  in  demand  during  spring 
for  “hardening  off”  numerous  plants  before  their 
exposure  to  the  open  air.  Cuttings  of  Chrysan¬ 
themums  may  be  inserted  in  them,  and  if  there 
be  no  room  in  the  heated  pits,  pots  of  Sweet 
Peas  may  be  forwarded  in  them  for  planting 
out  later  on. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Ii  the  weather  be  frosty  wheel  manure  on  to 
all  vacant  ground,  to  be  dug  in  as  soon  as  con¬ 
ditions  are  favourable.  Clear  up  any  weeds 
and  other  rubbish  which  may  have  accumulated 
during  boisterous  weather.  When  atmospheric 
conditions  permit,  prune  and  nail  deciduous 
climbers  and  other  shrubs.  Push  forward  any 
ground  work  that  can  be  done  before  tasks  of 
a  more  urgent  character  reveal  themselves. 
Should  there  be  very  severe  frost  it  may  be 
necessary  to  protect  some  of  the  more  tender 
plants,  such  as  Magnolia  grandiflora,  Euonymus, 
Tea  Roses,  Escallonias,  Ceanothus,  &c.  Nothing 
is  more  suited  to  this  end  than  bracken.  Ground 
around  the  roots  of  plants  covered  with  decaying 
leaves  will  be  hindered  from  becoming  frozen. 
Occasionally  deciduous  trees  and  shrubs  may 
be  planted,  and  many  hardy  plants  may  be 
divided  and  replanted. 


FEBRUARY. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — -Many  Odontoglossums 
of  the  crispum  type  will  now  be  showing  their 
flower-spikes,  and  these  should  be  carefully  in¬ 
spected  every  day  for  slugs  and  snails,  which 
are  particularly  fond  of  them.  If  the  past 
month  has  been  severe,  rendering  much  fire- 
heat  necessary,  thrips  will  most  probably  have 


4 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


made  their  appearance.  Should  any  be  visible,  I 
dip  the  plants  occasionally  in  soft-soap  and  I 
water.  0.  citrosmum  will  also  have  commenced 
growth,  and  should  be  repotted  where  neces¬ 
sary,  before  the  roots  are  far  advanced.  Some 
of  the  winter-flowering  section  of  Cattleyas  and 
Delias  will  also  be  starting,  and  will  therefore 
need  attention.  Any  which  require  repotting 
or  surfacing  should  be  attended  to.  C.  labiata 
and  C.  Dowiana  will  be  the  first  to  require  care. 
Good  fibrous  peat  and  clean  crocks  only  should 
be  used.  Any  Dendrobiums  which  have  finished 
their  flowering  period  and  are  starting  afresh 
should  also  be  potted  or  put  into  fresh  baskets  as 
need  arises.  Vanda  Amesiana,  V.  ccerulea,  and 
various  other  orchids  which  require  repotting, 
should  be  attended  to  on  the  first  available 
opportunity. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  month,  when  the  days 
lengthen  and  the  sun  has  more  power,  it  may 
be  found  advisable  and  necessary  to  put  up  the 
blinds,  for  many  plants  suffer  more  from  sudden 
bursts  of  sunshine  than  if  they  were  exposed 
to  it  continually.  Blinds  will  also  prevent  the 
necessity  of  damping  down  too  frequently,  which, 
at  this  season  of  the  year,  owing  to  extremely 
low  outside  temperature  at  night,  is  apt  to  cause 
drip  through  the  condensation  of  the  moisture 
on  the  roof-glass. 

Hothouse. — Numerous  plants  in  these  struc¬ 
tures  will  be  starting  into  growth,  therefore 
potting  will  be  general.  If  the  necessary  mate¬ 
rials  were  prepared  last  month,  as  then  advised, 
the  work  may  be  taken  in  hand  at  the  expiration 
of  the  first  fortnight.  All  pots  and  drainage 
appliances  should  be  perfectly  clean.  Most 
stove-plants  succeed  in  a  mixture  of  loam,  leaf- 
mould,  peat,  and  sand.  There  are,  however,  a  few 
which  need  a  special  soil,  as,  for  example,  Ixoras, 
Dipladenias,  Phryniums,  &c.,  which  thrive  best 
in  sandy  peat.  Particular  care  is  needed  in 
potting.  Such  plants  as  have  thick  fleshy  roots 
should  not  have  the  soil  made  too  firm,  while 
those  of  a  more  fibrous  nature  take  hold  much 
better  if  it  be  pressed  down  hard. 

Gloxinias,  Caladiums,  and  other  bulbs,  which 
have  been  lying  dormant  through  the  winter, 
should  now  be  induced  to  commence  growth. 
The  former  succeed  best  in  sandy  peat  to 
which  a  little  loam  has  been  added.  The  latter 
require  a  rich,  light,  rough  soil,  so  that  their 
roots  may  ramify  freely.  The  temperature  should 
be  increased  to  65°  at  night  in  mild  weather, 
and  from  70°  to  75°  in  the  daytime. 

Intermediate  House.  —  Gardenias,  and 
other  plants  of  a  similar  nature  that  require  a 


temperature  of  from  55°  to  60°  and  are  now 
coming  into  flower,  should  be  exposed  to  the 
light  as  much  as  possible.  Weak  manure-water 
should  be  given  to  those  whose  roots  fill  the  pots, 
to  assist  them  in  swelling  their  buds.  Many  of 
the  Java  section  of  Rhododendrons  should  be 
potted  before  growth  and  root-action  have  made 
much  progress.  Most  of  the  palms  find  the 
temperature  of  the  intermediate  house  con¬ 
genial,  and  those  should  be  potted  which  require 
it.  They  all  succeed  well  in  a  compost  of  light 
rich  loam,  peat,  and  leaf-soil.  They  should  be 
potted  rather  firmly,  as  many  of  them  make  a 
quantity  of  fibrous  roots.  Begonias  of  the 
tuberous-rooted  kinds  should  be  started  into  a 
renewal  of  growth. 

Forcing  House. — Continue  to  introduce 
plants,  to  bring  forward  as  recommended  for 
last  month.  In  addition  to  these,  cuttings  of 
various  other  plants  may  be  rooted  in  this  struc¬ 
ture.  Among  these  may  be  included  Perpetual 
Carnations  for  winter  flowering,  Heliotropes, 
Bouvardias,  Harrison’s  Musk,  and  various  stove- 
plants.  Many  kinds  of  plants  may  now  be 
raised  from  seed. 

Greenhouses  and  Conservatory. — This 
month  is  usually  one  of  the  most  pleasant  of 
the  whole  year  in  this  department,  as  there  are 
so  many  spring  flowers  that  have  been  brought 
forward  in  heat,  which  will  now  be  in  bloom. 
Much  care,  however,  will  be  needed  to  keep  the 
flowers  fresh,  as  probably  the  weather  may  be 
very  changeable. 

Cinerarias,  Cyclamens,  Primulas,  and  other 
flowers  of  their  class  should  now  be  had  in 
abundance ;  while  the  numerous  bulbs  that  have 
been  brought  forward  all  tend  to  make  the  con¬ 
servatory  gay.  Any  climbers  that  need  pruning 
should  receive  attention  without  delay,  as  the 
sap  will  soon  be  active. 

The  propagation  of  various  soft-wooded  plants 
for  summer  flowering  should  be  taken  in  hand. 
These  include  such  as  Petunias,  Heliotropes, 
Pelargoniums,  and  Fuchsias.  Fancy  Pelargo¬ 
niums  intended  for  early  flowering  should  be 
removed  to  their  final  quarters.  Many  hard- 
wooded  plants,  particularly  those  that  bloomed  in 
the  autumn  or  early  winter,  will  now  be  starting 
into  growth,  and  these  should  be  repotted.  Such 
climbers  as  Lapagerias,  Tecomas,  Rhynchosper- 
mums,  &c.,  that  need  top-dressing  or  their  border 
extending,  should  be  looked  to.  Heaths  and 
many  New  Holland  plants  will  be  revealing 
their  flower-buds.  If  these  require  retarding 
for  any  special  purpose,  this  should  be  done 
before  the  buds  get  too  far  advanced.  For  this 


MARCH. 


5 


purpose  they  should  be  kept  in  the  coolest  end 
of  the  house,  and  air  admitted  on  all  favourable 
occasions. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

With  warmer  weather  and  an  increase  in  the 
latent  store  of  heat,  many  plants  will  be  starting 
into  new  life.  Where  Polyanthus,  Auriculas, 
Stocks,  Border  Carnations,  Aquilegias,  Hydran¬ 
geas,  Marguerites,  and  such-like  plants  have  been 
wintered  in  these  contrivances,  they  should  be 
looked  over,  and  all  dead  leaves  removed.  Air 
should  be  ungrudgingly  admitted  on  all  pro¬ 
pitious  occasions.  The  sun  being  bright  and 
the  weather  mild,  the  lights  may  be  removed 
altogether  for  an  hour  or  two  in  the  middle  of 
the  day.  Make  another  sowing  of  Sweet-peas 
and  other  half-hardy  annuals,  such  as  Sweet 
Sultan,  Gaillardias,  and  Perpetual  Stocks  for 
cutting.  Violets  will  need  plenty  of  ventilation 
when  the  weather  is  fine.  They  must,  however, 
be  well  covered  at  night  to  protect  them  in  case 
of  frost. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure-ground. 

When  the  weather  permits,  push  forward  with 
all  digging  and  the  planting  of  deciduous  shrubs, 
as  such  work  should  be  brought  to  a  conclusion 
by  the  end  of  the  month.  Where  any  new  turf 
has  to  be  laid,  it  should  be  done  without  delay ; 
walks  should  be  regravelled  if  necessary .  Sweep 
and  roll  lawns  to  give  them  a  tidy  appearance. 
Look  over  the  flower-beds,  and  if  any  of  the 
spring  bedding  plants,  such  as  Daisies,  Poly¬ 
anthus,  Myosotis,  Silene,  &c.,  have  been  lifted 
by  frost,  press  their  roots  in  again.  All  dead 
leaves  should  be  removed.  Look  well  after 
mice  where  Crocuses  are  growing,  as  they  are 
often  very  troublesome  just  as  the  flower-buds 
are  appearing.  Should  any  pruning  remain  un¬ 
done,  finish  it  as  soon  as  possible,  as  the  sap 
will  very  shortly  commence  to  flow. 


MARCH. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — Of  all  the  trying  periods 
of  the  year  March  is  one  of  the  worst  with 
which  a  gardener  has  to  contend.  Often  there  are 
cold  winds  blowing  from  the  north-east,  which 
lower  the  temperature  of  the  houses,  so  necessi¬ 
tating  the  consumption  of  a  large  quantity  of 
fuel  in  order  to  maintain  the  requisite  degree 
of  warmth.  While  these  remain,  frequent  damp¬ 


ing  down  must  be  done,  or  otherwise  the  young 
growths  will  soon  be  covered  with  yellow  fly 
and  thrips. 

Oncidiums  of  the  autumn  and  winter  flower¬ 
ing  section,  such  as  0.  Lanceanum,  0.  ampliatum, 
0.  majus,  and  0.  pulvinatum,  will  now  require 
potting.  After  this  is  done,  they  should  be 
placed  in  a  temperature  of  60°  at  night,  and  from 
70°  to  75°  during  the  daytime.  Such  varieties 
as  0.  incurvuni,  0.  ornithorhynchum,  0.  tigrinum, 
0.  Marshallianum,  0.  crispum,  and  0.  sarcodes, 
should  be  grown  with  the  Odontoglossums. 
Some  of  the  Cattleyas,  notably  C.  Aclandice,  C. 
superba,  and  C.  Schilleriam,  will  now  need  pot¬ 
ting.  Use  clean  pots  and  crocks,  for  these 
plants  dislike  sour  soil.  The  remarks  applied  to 
Laelias  last  month,  hold  good  during  the  present 
one.  All  that  have  commenced  new  growth 
should  either  be  top-dressed  or  placed  in  new 
baskets  if  they  require  it.  Dendrobiums  will 
be  gay  during  March.  Those  which  have  finished 
blooming  should  be  attended  to,  and  any  that 
need  potting  should  have  this  taken  in  hand 
before  growth  has  advanced  too  far,  as  the 
process  retards  it.  Many  of  the  plants  in  the 
intermediate  house  will  now  need  removal  to 
fresh  pots.  Maxillarias,  Lycastes,  and  Cypri- 
pediums  that  are  starting  into  growth  will  also 
require  more  root-room.  Calanthes  that  have 
been  at  rest  will  be  resuming  active  life  again. 
When  the  new  growths  are  about  an  inch  long, 
they  should  be  potted.  The  compost  used  should 
consist  of  rich  turfy  loam  and  dried  cow-dung. 
The  base  of  the  old  bulb  should  be  just  covered 
with  the  soil,  and  a  small  stick  used  to  support 
each  till  it  has  become  firmly  established  in  its 
new  quarters.  No  water  will  be  needed  for  some 
time  except  for  damping  over  the  surface  with 
the  syringe.  They  should  have  a  temperature 
of  65°  at  night,  and  of  75°  to  80°  by  day. 
Repot  Odontoglossums  that  are  just  renewing 
their  growth.  Be  careful  to  keep  these  plants 
shaded  from  the  sun,  and  use  plenty  of  water, 
both  at  the  roots,  over  the  stages,  and  amongst 
the  pots. 

Keep  a  little  air  on,  from  both  top  and  bottom 
ventilators,  whenever  the  weather  will  permit 
the  practice.  The  temperature  at  night  should 
be  from  45°  to  50°,  and  by  day  from  50°  to  60°, 
according  to  the  weather. 

Hothouse. — The  present  is  a  busy  month 
in  this  department,  as  many  plants  will  need 
repotting,  cuttings  must  be  put  hi,  and  seeds 
sown.  Such  plants  as  Crotons,  Dracaenas,  Alla- 
mandas,  Alocasias,  Marantas,  and  stove-plants 
in  general  will  need  fresh  pots.  Since  so  many 


6 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


plants  are  required  for  general  house  decora¬ 
tion,  they  must  be  provided  of  various  sizes. 
To  attain  this  end  a  variety  of  cuttings  should 
he  rooted.  Among  these  we  may  mention  An- 
dropogon  schcenanthus.  Aralias  of  numerous  kinds 
should  be  grafted,  Ardisias  raised  from  seed, 
Curculigo  by  division,  Cissus  discolor  from  cut¬ 
tings,  Eranthemums  by  cuttings,  Cyperus  by 
taking  oft’  the  heads  with  two  inches  of  stem, 
and  inserting  them  up  to  the  pennates  in  a 
mixture  of  peat  and  sand,  Epiphyllums  by  graft¬ 
ing,  Goldfussia  anisophytta,  Pandanus,  Panicum, 
Pellionia,  Phrynium,  Pilea,  Reidia,  &c.,  from 
cuttings;  and  Rivinas,  Torenias,  Smilax,  and 
the  various  forms  of  Asparagus  from  cuttings. 
These  must  all  have  attention,  in  order  that  a 
regular  supply  of  such  plants  may  be  had  as 
required.  Pot  up  Caladium  bulbs  and  increase 
their  number  by  dividing  them  into  as  many 
pieces  as  there  are  eyes. 

Intermediate  House. — Divide  and  pot  all 
such  plants  as  Aspidistras,  Olivias,  Farfugiums, 
Hedychiums,  Myrsiphyllum  asparagoides,  Phor- 
miums,  Ophiopogons,  Rliapis  flabelliformis,  and 
Curculigo  recurvata.  If  this  be  done  this  month, 
nice  well-established  plants  may  be  had  for  use 
in  the  autumn.  Sow  seed  of  Aralia  Sieboldii, 
Grevillea,  and  other  plants,  and  propagate  by 
means  of  cuttings  Libonias,  Eupatoriums,  Be¬ 
gonias,  Linums,  and  similar  plants  for  winter 
flowering.  Many  of  the  Ferns  will  also  require 
repotting,  and  any  seedlings  should  be  pricked 
out  into  pans  as  they  get  large  enough  to  handle. 

Forcing  House.  —  Continue  to  introduce 
plants  required  to  be  brought  into  bloom,  but 
as  the  days  get  longer  they  will  come  into 
flower  with  far  less  artificial  warmth  than  in 
the  previous  months.  It  will  therefore  be  no 
longer  necessary  to  place  so  many  in  heat  at  one 
time.  Cuttings  of  such  plants  as  Aloysia  and 
Coronilla  should  now  be  rooted.  The  former 
will  be  found  very  serviceable,  if  planted  out, 
for  cutting  in  the  autumn. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — Hard- 
wooded  plants  will  require  constant  attention 
during  this  month.  The  bright  gleams  of  sun¬ 
shine  and  the  parching  winds  have  each  to  be 
contended  with.  The  former  causes  the  tempera¬ 
ture  to  rise  suddenly,  while  the  latter  prevents 
the  admission  of  air  to  regulate  it.  Azaleas  that 
have  been  forced,  and  have  finished  blooming, 
should  have  the  old  flowers  picked  off,  and  if 
the  plants  require  repotting,  this  should  be  done 
before  growth  has  too  far  advanced.  If  there  is 
no  lime  in  the  soil,  some  good  turfy  loam  may 
be  mixed  with  the  peat,  but  where  lime  is 


present,  this  should  be  discarded,  nothing  being 
used  but  sharp  sand  to  mix  with  the  peat. 

Camelliaswhose  flowering  period  is  over  should 
be  repotted.  We  do  not  advocate  placing  them 
in  heat  to  forward  their  growth,  except  for  the 
purpose  of  causing  them  to  flower  earlier,  as  more 
robust  shoots  are  developed  in  a  cooler  atmo¬ 
sphere. 

The  conservatory  will  now  have  a  gay  appear¬ 
ance,  with  the  various  kinds  of  flowers  that 
have  been  forced;  and  as  a  number  of  these 
will  be  tender,  the  house  should  be  shaded  to 
protect  them  from  the  direct  rays  of  the  bright 
sunshine.  More  water  should  also  be  used  to 
keep  the  house  cool.  Sudden  changes  in  tem¬ 
perature  must  be  avoided  by  keeping  the  venti¬ 
lators  in  use  when  possible. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

These  will  now  be  filled  to  their  utmost 
capacity,  as  many  plants  which  have  been  occu¬ 
pying  the  houses  will  be  transferred  to  them 
towards  the  end  of  the  month.  They  will  also  be 
useful  in  retarding  Tulips,  Hyacinths,  Freesias, 
and  such-like,  and  for  the  protection  of  the  early- 
flowering  Gladiolus.  Florists’  flowers,  too,  will 
still  need  their  shelter.  Violet  cuttings  may  be 
rooted  in  them. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Any  leaves  which  have  been  blown  about  by 
the  wind  should  be  cleared  away.  Edge  grass- 
walks,  sweep  and  roll  lawns,  and  make  all  tidy. 
When  the  weather  is  favourable  finish  digging 
shrubbery  borders,  and  prune  any  evergreens 
that  may  require  it.  In  warm  localities  many 
half-hardy  plants  that  have  occupied  cold  frames 
during  the  winter  may  be  planted  out  towards 
the  end  of  the  month,  as  may  also  Carnations, 
Pentstemons,  and  various  other  plants.  Re¬ 
arrange  herbaceous  borders,  and  divide  plants 
where  necessary. 

Helianthus,  Chrysanthemums,  Heleniums, 
Pyrethrums,  and  other  autumn-flowering  plants, 
should  have  due  attention  paid  to  their  require¬ 
ments. 

Spring  bedding  plants  will  soon  be  gay,  espe¬ 
cially  those  planted  early  in  the  autumn.  Many 
of  the  Violas,  Silenes,  Polyanthuses,  Myosotis, 
Arabis,  and  others  that  bloom  early,  will  be  in 
flower. 

Keep  the  beds  under  inspection  and  remove 
all  decayed  leaves.  In  dry  weather  stir  the 
surface  of  the  soil  with  a  hoe,  to  destroy  any 
little  weeds  which  may  be  making  their  appear¬ 
ance.  Put  sticks  to  Tulips  and  Hyacinths,  to 


APRIL. 


7 


prevent  them  being  broken  off  by  high  winds, 
and  pay  particular  attention  to  catching  mice, 
which  are  often  very  obnoxious,  and  do  much 
harm  to  Crocuses  and  Snowdrops.  Towards  the 
latter  end  of  the  month  plant  out  Sweet-peas 
and  other  annuals  which  have  been  raised  in 
pots.  Protect  them  with  evergreen  boughs  if 
the  weather  should  make  it  necessary. 


APRIL. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — This  is  a  busy  month 
with  all  gardeners,  as  so  many  plants  require 
attending  to.  In  this  department  there  is  much 
necessary  work,  caused  by  the  rapid  growth 
and  development  of  plants  under  the  fostering 
influence  of  increased  sunshine  and  longer  days. 
Coelogynes  will  have  finished  their  flowering 
period,  and  therefore  will  either  need  potting 
or  fresh  surfacing.  Those  of  the  cristata  type 
do  best  in  baskets  suspended  from  the  roof. 
Many  of  the  Cypripediums  and  Dendrobiums 
will  also  need  repotting  as  they  start  into  fresh 
growth;  as  will  likewise  Epidendrums,  Masde- 
vallias,  Phaius,  Sobralias,  &c.  The  two  last- 
named  require  rather  large  pots,  and  should  be 
grown  in  a  mixture  of  turfy  loam,  peat,  leaf-soil, 
and  sand.  The  pots  should  be  well  drained,  as, 
during  the  growing  season,  these  plants  consume 
abundant  supplies  of  water.  The  former  does 
well  in  the  hothouse  or  any  place  where  it 
can  have  bottom  heat.  Shade,  however,  is 
necessary,  or  the  leaves  may  scald.  Vanda  teres 
will  now  be  showing  flower  and  should  be  shaded 
from  the  sun.  Any  of  the  other  species  that 
need  potting  should  be  looked  to,  as,  if  left  to 
themselves,  they  are  apt  to  become  leggy. 
Attend  to  Cattleyas,  and  repot  or  surface  any 
which  are  commencing  growth.  As  the  weather 
becomes  milder  there  should  be  a  free  circula¬ 
tion  of  air,  but  cold  draughts  must  be  carefully 
avoided.  The  Odontoglossum  house  will  not 
need  fire-heat,  unless  an  occasional  frosty  night 
should  make  an  exception.  Keep  the  stages, 
paths,  and  pots  well  moistened  by  damping 
down  two  or  three  times  daily.  The  plants 
may  also  be  syringed  both  morning  and  evening. 
If  the  sphagnum  is  growing  well,  it  may  be 
taken  as  a  sign  that  the  plants  are  receiving 
the  right  treatment.  The  Dendrobium  house 
requires  to  be  kept  at  a  temperature  of  70°  at 
night  during  mild  weather,  but  may  be  allowed 
to  fall  5°  or  10°  if  the  season  is  cold,  as  too 


much  fire-heat  is  harmful,  and  encourages  insect 
pests.  The  plants  in  active  growth  may  be 
watered  from  above  with  a  rose.  Shade  from 
the  direct  rays  of  the  sun,  but  raise  the  blinds 
as  soon  as  the  sun  is  off  them,  in  order  that  its 
rays  may  keep  up  the  temperature  of  the  house. 

Hothouse. — The  greater  part  of  the  potting 
in  this  department  will  have  been  finished,  ex¬ 
cept  in  the  case  of  young  plants  that  have  been 
propagated  from  cuttings  or  seed.  Do  not  on 
any  account  allow  these  to  become  either  pot- 
bound  or  overcrowded  in  the  seed-pans,  for  if 
either  of  these  contingencies  arise,  the  plants 
will  become  stunted  in  their  growth  or  spindly 
while  young. 

All  seedlings  should  be  kept  as  near  the  glass 
as  possible,  and  those  newly  placed  in  small 
pots  should  be  kept  close  and  shaded  from  the 
sun. 

Pot  up  Achimenes,  Gesneras,  and  Gloxinias, 
and  start  them  into  growth.  Continue  to  pro¬ 
pagate  such  plants  as  Euphorbia  jacquiniceflora, 
Ixoras,  Begonias,  TEschynanthus,  Acalyphas, 
Dracaenas,  Coccocypselum  discolor ,  Pandanus,  Gar¬ 
denias,  and  Thyrsacanthus  rutilans,  as  many  of 
them  will  be  useful  either  in  producing  a  supply 
of  flowers  or  furnishing  plants  for  house  deco¬ 
ration.  Shade  will  be  needed  whenever  the  sun 
is  bright,  and  this  will  prevent  the  necessity  of 
too  much  watering.  Keep  the  syringe  well  at 
work  amongst  the  foliage,  in  order  to  destroy 
all  insect  pests.  The  temperature  should  vary 
from  65°  at  night  to  85°  by  day  under  sun- 
heat. 

Intermediate  House. — Rhododendrons  of 
the  Javanicum  type  will  now  need  special  care. 
They  must  be  potted  firmly  in  peat,  and  after¬ 
wards  carefully  watered.  Streptocarpus  will  now 
be  in  bloom,  and  if  seed  is  needed,  the  flowers 
must  be  kept  dry.  Pot  on  seedlings  as  they 
get  large  enough.  Many  palms  will  also  need 
looking  after,  as  thrips  are  nearly  certain  to  make 
an  appearance.  Air  should  be  admitted  liberally 
on  all  favourable  occasions.  The  temperature 
should  range  from  55°  at  night  to  65°  or  70° 
by  day. 

Forcing  House. — Sow  seeds  of  Ricinus, 
Tobacco,  Solanums,  and  other  plants  of  orna¬ 
mental  foliage,  to  produce,  early  in  the  month, 
plants  for  use  in  sub-tropical  gardens  later  on 
in  the  year.  If  these  are  grown  on  in  a  brisk 
heat  till  the  middle  of  next  month,  and  then 
gradually  hardened,  they  will  become  large 
plants  by  the  time  it  will  be  advisable  to  plant 
them  out.  It  will  not  be  necessary  to  introduce 
any  more  hardy  shrubs  to  be  forced  into  flower- 


8 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


ing,  as  so  many  other  things  will  now  be  coming 
into  bloom  naturally.  Many  cuttings,  neverthe¬ 
less,  will  need  to  be  put  in  for  the  purpose  of 
furnishing  the  flower-garden  during  summer, 
and  no  better  place  can  be  found  for  them  than 
the  forcing  house. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — The 

latter  will  now  be  gay  with  the  various  plants 
that  have  been  pushed  forward  into  early  flower, 
and  a  great  number  of  hard-wooded  New  Hol¬ 
land  plants  which  have  their  natural  period  of 
efflorescence  at  this  time  of  the  year.  There  are 
several  Acacias,  Chorizemas,  Clematis,  Aphel- 
exis,  Pimeleas,  Leschenaultias,  Hydrangeas, 
Roses,  &c.  These,  together  Avith  bulbous  and 
herbaceous  plants,  will  make  a  fine  display. 
Care  must  be  taken,  however,  not  to  overcrowd, 
as  is  much  too  often  the  tendency  when  there 
is  such  a  tempting  array  of  floAvering  plants. 
Propagate  such  things  as  Francoas,  Pleromas, 
and  Bochea  falcata.  Soav  Mignonette,  Rhoclantlie 
Manglesii,  and  other  hardy  and  half-hardy  an¬ 
nuals,  to  give  a  supply  of  cut  flowers  and  deco¬ 
rative  plants.  Tuberous  Begonias  should  also 
be  potted  for  floAvering  later  on.  The  pretty  little 
Grassula  jcisminoides  and  other  species  should  be 
rooted,  so  that  good  plants  may  be  had  for 
another  season.  Fancy  Pelargoniums  will  be  in 
active  grorvth,  and  as  the  pots  get  filled  Avith 
roots,  they  should  be  supplied  with  Aveak  manure- 
Avater,  to  assist  them  in  sending  up  strong  trusses 
of  flowers.  Fuchsias  that  were  started  last 
month  Avill  now  need  repotting.  Cuttings  may 
also  be  rooted,  to  give  good  plants  for  autumn 
floAvering. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

Propagate  Dahlias,  Cannas,  Zonal  and  other 
Pelargoniums,  for  floAvering  in  Avinter,  Helio¬ 
tropes,  and  other  bedding  plants.  Pot  off  Car¬ 
nations  that  Avere  rooted  in  heat  last  month. 
Harden  bedding  Pelargoniums  and  other  plants 
of  a  like  nature.  Soav  seeds  of  Asters,  Stocks, 
Balsams,  Chinese  Primulas,  ornamental  grasses, 
&c.  Plant  out  herbaceous  Calceolarias,  Pansies, 
Hollyhocks,  Pentstemons,  Gladiolus,  &c.,  to- 
Avards  the  middle  of  the  month,  or,  in  warm 
sheltered  situations,  at  the  beginning  of  it.  By 
so  doing  more  room  in  the  frames  Avill  be  avail¬ 
able  for  less  hardy  subjects. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Evergreen  shrubs,  such  as  Hollies,  Rhodo¬ 
dendrons,  Kalmias,  and  Andromedas,  should 
lie  planted  in  shoAvery  Aveather.  Tidy  up  all 
herbaceous  borders,  and  do  eArerything  in  the 


Avay  of  transplanting,  &c.,  not  already  done 
Avithout  delay.  Grass  Avill  noAV  be  groAving  Avell 
on  the  laAvns,  and  Avill  need  cutting.  It  should 
be  SAvept  first,  then  rolled,  after  which  the 
machine  may  be  run  over  it.  Edge  and  clear 
up  gravel  Avalks,  and  give  immediate  attention 
to  any  re-gravelling  Avliich  may  be  necessary. 
Look  over  and  prune  Roses  at  the  beginning  of 
the  month,  and  replace  with  others  all  which 
have  succumbed  to  the  winter  frosts.  Spring 
bedding  should  be  looking  very  bright  at  this 
season,  as  most  of  the  plants  Avill  be  in  floAver. 
Keep  the  edges  of  the  beds  trimmed,  and  clear 
off  all  decayed  leaves  or  other  rubbish  that  may 
have  been  bloAvn  on  by  the  winds. 


MAY. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — Many  plants  Avill  iioav 
have  reached  their  full  development  Avith  regard 
to  size,  and  Avhen  such  have  got  firmly  estab¬ 
lished  in  the  neAv  material  in  Avhicli  they  Avere 
potted  plenty  of  Avater  should  be  afforded  them. 
Sobralias  should  be  potted  before  groAvth  is  far 
advanced.  These  plants  succeed  best  in  a  light, 
rich  compost,  in  which  their  thick,  fleshy  roots 
can  more  easily  push  their  Avay  and  ramble  at 
will  in  search  of  nutriment.  Odontoglossum  In- 
sleayi,  0. 1,  leopardinum,  and  other  Ararieties  of  this 
section  should  also  be  potted  and  groAvn  in  the 
Mexican  or  intermediate  house.  Other  occu¬ 
pants  of  this  structure  Avill  also  need  attention. 
Zygopctalums,  which  should  have  a  place  in  all 
gardens  on  account  of  the  fragrance  of  their 
floAvers,  should  iioav  be  potted.  They  thrive 
most  conspicuously  in  a  mixture  of  good  fibrous 
loam,  coAv-dung,  crocks,  and  a  little  peat.  They 
must  be  very  carefully  drained,  as  they  are 
moisture-loving  plants.  Phalaenopsis  that  le- 
quire  fresh  pots,  baskets,  pans,  or  blocks,  should 
be  accommodated  therewith.  This  lovely  tribe 
is  not  so  difficult  of  management  as  some  people 
suppose  if  they  receive  proper  attention.  They 
should  be  kept  shaded  from  the  sun,  have  a 
uniform  temperature,  with  a  humid  atmosphere. 
Many  Cattleyas  will  be  in  floAver  during  this 
month,  and  these,  if  possible,  should  have  a  rather 
more  airy  atmosphere  than  the  others  to  pre¬ 
vent  their  flowers  from  spotting.  When  floAver¬ 
ing  is  over  look  to  their  roots,  and  if  any 
require  potting  this  should  be  done.  More 
moisture  should  afterwards  be  alloAved  them. 
Odontoglossums  of  the  crispum  type  Avill  be 


MAY. 


9 


expanding  their  flowers.  Shade  for  these  will 
be  a  very  essential  requirement,  and  plenty  of 
water  must  be  kept  about  the  paths  and  stages. 
The  top  and  bottom  ventilators  should  also  be 
•opened  when  the  weather  is  warm  so  that  the 
house  may  be  kept  as  cool  as  possible.  Den- 
•drobiums  of  the  densiflorum  type,  that  is,  all 
those  with  persistent  foliage,  will  be  going  out 
of  flower.  As  soon  as  the  flowers  are  faded  the 
plants  should  be  potted  in  order  that  their  roots 
may  be  as  little  injured  as  possible.  After  this 
operation  they  should  be  subjected  to  a  tem¬ 
perature  of  70°  by  night  and  from  80°  to  90°  by 
day,  according  to  the  weather.  Syringe  the 
plants  over  the  foliage  twice  daily  during  warm 
weather,  and  shade  should  be  afforded  at  all 
times  when  the  sun  is  bright. 

Hothouse. — -Most  of  the  plants  that  were 
potted  in  March  will  by  this  time  have  got 
well  rooted,  so  that  liquid  manure  may  be  given 
where  it  is  intended  to  keep  them  growing. 
Plants  of  Allamandas,  Stephanotis,  Dipladenias, 
•&c.,  will  produce  more  flowers  if  liberally  treated 
thus.  Many  of  the  fine-foliaged  plants  and 
palms  will  also  be  benefited  by  applications  of 
some  description  of  stimulant.  With  increased 
heat  various  insects  will  become  troublesome. 
It  will  therefore  be  necessary  to  prevent  their 
ravages.  Syringe  or  dip  the  plants  frequently 
with  some  insecticide.  Start  plants  of  Poin- 
settia,  and  when  the  young  shoots  are  forward 
enough  they  should  be  taken  off  and  l’ooted  in 
•close,  moist  heat.  Euphorbia  jacquiniceflora  may 
also  be  propagated  now.  The  temperature  at 
night  should  be  about  70°  Fahr.,  with  an  in¬ 
crease  of  10°  to  20°  by  day  under  sun-heat. 
Shade  in  bright  weather,  but  draw  up  the 
blinds  early,  and  close  the  house  so  as  to  main¬ 
tain  a  good  night  temperature  without  the 
assistance  of  much  fire-heat. 

Intermediate  House. — Pot  on  Bouvar- 
dias  as  they  require  it,  and  towards  the  end  of 
the  month,  when  they  are  well  rooted,  remove 
them  to  a  cooler  structure  where  they  may  get 
more  air.  Gardenias  will  be  flowering  freely, 
and  Avhen  new  growth  is  made  cuttings  should 
be  taken  off  and  rooted  to  give  young  plants. 

Many  Ferns  will  now  be  resuming  active 
growth.  Shade  should  be  afforded  these,  or 
the  young  fronds  may  get  scalded.  Pot  up 
any  which  require  it,  and  keep  remainder  well 
watered. 

Forcing  House. — It  Avill  not  be  found 
necessary  this  month  to  push  forward  any  hardy 
shrubs  for  decorating  the  conservatory,  as  plenty 
of  flowers  Avill  be  in  bloom  under  the  natural 


influence  of  the  sunshine.  There  is,  hoAvever,  a 
number  of  useful  plants  that  may  be  caused  to 
floAver  which  Avould  not  othenvise  do  so  till  a 
much  later  period  of  the  year  if  not  forced. 
Take,  for  example,  Tuberoses,  Lilium  Harrisii, 
and  some  other  choice  floAvers.  It  Avill  there¬ 
fore  be  necessary,  if  a  quantity  of  flowers  are 
required  for  cutting,  to  bring  them  forward 
artificially. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — Hard- 
Avoocled  plants  of  various  kinds  will  hoav  be  in 
bloom,  and  when  their  floAvers  are  over  the 
plants  should  be  cut  back  to  induce  them  to 
make  a  clean  growth  for  another  season.  The 
potting  of  plants  of  this  kind  should  be  attended 
to,  especially  Azaleas,  Pimeleas,  Cassias,  Heaths, 
&c.  The  soil  must  be  pressed  down  firmly,  as 
othenvise  the  roots  Avill  not  take  hold  of  it.  The 
plants  must  be  Avell  syringed  to  keep  doivn  in¬ 
sects.  The  conservatory  should  be  kept  shaded, 
and  air  admitted  night  and  day,  in  order  that 
the  floAvers  may  last  as  long  as  possible.  Any 
plants,  as,  for  example,  Pelargoniums,  that  are 
subject  to  the  attacks  of  aphides,  should  be 
cleansed  thoroughly  before  their  introduction  to 
the  conservatory,  as  at  this  time  of  the  year 
these  pests  increase  very  rapidly. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

Violets  that  Avere  rooted  in  these  should  be 
planted  out  in  the  open  ground  early  in  the 
month,  and  their  places  reoccupied  Avith  bed¬ 
ding  plants.  Perpetual  Carnations,  which  Avere 
rooted  early  in  the  season,  Avill  hoav  require  to 
be  potted,  and  various  plants  from  the  green¬ 
house  may  be  placed  in  the  pits,  &c.,  as  space 
becomes  vacant.  Begonias  of  the  tuberous- 
rooted  section  Avill  need  potting,  and  no  more 
suitable  place  can  be  found  for  them  than  in 
these  structures.  ToAvards  the  end  of  the  month 
Chrysanthemums  Avill  require  to  be  put  into 
their  floAvering-pots  and  removed  to  the  open. 
See  that  these  pots  are  properly  drained,  for 
Avithout  this  precaution  they  may  become  water- 
logged.  Various  kinds  of  herbaceous  plants 
Avhich  Avere  propagated  from  cuttings  put  in 
during  the  autumn  should  uoav  be  transferred 
to  the  open.  This  Avill  give  space  for  other 
occupants  of  a  more  tender  nature,  such  as 
Balsams,  Celosias,  Solanums,  Ricinus,  &c. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

The  present  is  a  busy  time  Avith  gardeners 
as  many  summer-floAvering  plants  may  now  be 
placed  in  their  permanent  quarters.  In  warm 
and  sheltered  situations  Calceolarias,  Verbenas, 


10 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


Stocks,  Asters,  and  similar  plants  may  be  put 
out  in  the  early  part  of  the  month.  These  may 
be  followed  by  Pelargoniums,  Petunias,  Fuch¬ 
sias,  and  Begonias.  Annuals  may  also  be  sown 
to  procure  a  succession  to  those  sown  early  last 
month.  Sow  also  Perpetual  Stocks  for  autumn 
flowering.  Stake  and  tie  any  plants  which 
require  it,  taking  care  not  to  leave  the  ties  too 
tight.  Grass  usually  grows  very  fast  during 
this  month,  but  it  should  be  kept  well  under  at 
any  cost.  Walks  and  beds  should  be  edged,  and 
nothing  omitted  which  tends  to  give  them  a 
tidy  and  neat  appearance.  Should  the  weather 
prove  dry  it  will  be  necessary  to  water  all 
newly-planted  shrubs  and  plants.  When  this 
has  to  be  done  give  a  generous  soaking,  not  a 
mere  dribbling  over  the  surface.  Keep  the  hoe 
at  work  among  seedling  plants  to  check  weeds, 
which  at  this  time  of  the  year  grow  at  a  great 
rate. 

JUNE. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — The  sun  will  now  have 
great  power,  therefore  it  will  be  necessary  to 
pay  much  attention  to  shading.  Neglect  of  this 
precaution  is  productive  of  more  harm  than 
any  other  omission.  If  plants  that  have  been 
kept  in  shade  happen  to  be  exposed  to  sunshine 
during  the  hottest  part  of  the  day,  they  are 
certain  to  suffer  in  consequence.  Verb.  sap. 
Calanthes  will  now  be  growing  rapidly,  and 
should  have  an  ample  provision  of  water,  both 
at  the  roots  and  over  the  foliage.  Dendrobiums 
also  will  be  in  active  growth,  and  will  therefore 
need  plenty  of  moisture.  A  number  of  the 
“  cool  ”  Oncidiums  will  require  potting  or  top¬ 
dressing  during  the  month,  to  give  them  fresh 
vigour.  Brassias  will  generally  be  out  of  flower, 
and  they  should  likewise  be  attended  to,  as 
regards  potting,  &c., before  newroots  are  formed. 

As  Cypripediums  of  different  varieties  are 
mostly  now  out  of  bloom,  they  should  be  potted 
as  growth  commences. 

A  great  number  of  Cattleyas  will  have  finished 
flowering ;  there  are,  however,  some  which  bloom 
during  the  present  month.  As  they  go  out  of 
flower  and  start  to  make  roots,  the  supply  of 
moisture  should  be  increased.  It  is  a  mistake 
to  allow  the  flowers  to  remain  on  the  plants  too 
long,  as  they  have  a  tendency  to  exhaust  them. 
One  of  the  chief  points  in  the  successful  culti¬ 
vation  of  these  plants  is  the  keeping  them  in  a 
uniform  temperature,  with  plenty  of  light,  but 


shaded  from  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.  Air 
should  be  freely  admitted,  but  cold  draughts 
must  be  avoided.  Look  well  after  all  kinds  of 
insects  and  other  vermin,  such  as  snails,  for 
they  are  very  troublesome. 

Hothouse.  —  Pay  close  and  unremitting 
attention  to  the  inmates  of  this  department,  for 
insects  of  all  kinds  thrive  wonderfully  under 
the  genial  heat  there  afforded.  Sponge,  syringe, 
or  dip  any  that  show  signs  of  these  obnoxious 
creatures. 

Many  of  the  summer- flowering  plants  will 
now  be  in  full  bloom,  as,  for  example,  Dipla- 
denias,  Ixoras,  Allamandas,  Clerodendrons,  &c.,. 
and  all  such  should  receive  every  necessary  care, 
and  not  be  allowed  to  deterioiate  for  want  of 
moisture.  Many  fine  foliage  plants  will  also- 
be  making  active  growth,  and  these  should  be 
liberally  treated.  Pot  up  a  batch  of  Caladiums 
for  late  use.  Bulbs  started  in  this  month  will 
make  a  fine  show  till  late  in  the  season.  Pot  on 
young  plants  as  they  require  it,  taking  care  to- 
allow  none  to  suffer  through  becoming  pot- 
bound. 

Such  plants  as  Torenias,  Acalyphas,  Ardisias,. 
Winter-flowering  Begonias,  Epiphyllums,  Eran- 
themums,  Euphorbia  jacquinicefloi'a,  Goldfussia, 
Justicia,  and  other  winter-flowering  kinds  should 
be  placed  in  heated  pits,  where  they  may  have 
the  benefit  of  sunshine  to  ripen  their  wood. 

Palms  of  all  kinds  will  now  be  making  active 
growth,  and  should  have  plenty  of  water,  as. 
otherwise  their  fronds  will  be  imperfect.  Attend 
to  the  potting  of  ferns  before  they  become  pot- 
bound,  or  it  will  be  difficult  to  get  the  water 
through  the  old  ball  afterwards. 

Intermediate  House. — The  first  batch  of 
Bouvardias  should  now  be  put  into  their  flower¬ 
ing-pots,  using  for  the  purpose  a  light  rich 
compost.  Do  not  pinch  them  subsequently,  but 
allow  all  shoots  to  grow  up  strong.  Heliotropes, 
for  winter-flowering  should  now  be  potted  up. 
These  plants  should  on  no  account  be  allowed 
to  get  pot-bound,  or  they  will  not  make  satis¬ 
factory  progress.  Tuberoses  should  be  potted, 
and  if,  after  they  have  started,  they  are  taken 
and  plunged  in  a  cold  frame,  they  will  give  a 
supply  of  flowers  through  the  autumn  and  winter- 
months. 

Pot  on  seedlings  of  Celosias,  Cockscombs,. 
Streptocarpus,  &c.,  as  they  become  large  enough 
to  handle,  and  shade  for  a  time  till  they  have- 
got  well  established,  then  expose  to  the  sun. 
Gloxinias,  Achimenes,  and  Gesneras  should  be 
potted  as  they  require  it. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — Many'- 


JULY. 


11 


climbers  in  these  structures  will  now  be  making 
active  growth,  and  as  the  young  shoots  of  some 
are  very  susceptible  to  the  attacks  of  slugs,  a 
search  should  be  made  for  these,  late  each  night 
and  early  in  the  morning. 

Lapagerias,  Passifloras,  Habrothamnus,  Cho- 
rizemas,  Kennedyas,  Jasminums,  Solarium  jasnvi- 
noides,  Clematis  indivisa,  and  some  others  will 
need  a  quantity  of  water  to  keep  them  growing. 
Cyclamen  should  be  potted  on  into  larger  pots 
before  they  become  pot-bound,  as  should  also 
the  early  batch  of  Primulas  and  Cinerarias. 
Hard-wooded  plants  will,  towards  the  end  of 
the  month,  have  completed  their  growth,  and 
many  of  them  may  then  be  placed  out-of-doors 
in  a  sheltered  place  on  a  bed  of  ashes.  Pelar¬ 
goniums,  both  show  and  French  varieties,  will 
now  be  in  full  bloom,  and  should  therefore 
receive  every  attention  in  the  way  of  watering. 
If  the  soil  be  allowed  to  get  dry  the  flowers  will 
not  open  properly,  neither  •will  they  last  so  long. 
Plenty  of  air  should  be  allowed  them  by  night 
and  day,  unless  the  weather  is  cold. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

Zonal  Pelargoniums  for  winter  flowering 
should  be  potted  on  as  soon  as  the  roots  reach 
the  sides  of  the  pots.  Plant  out  Richardias, 
Solanum  capsicastrum,  and  other  things,  to  be 
lifted  in  autumn  for  flowering  in  winter.  Pot  on 
Perpetual  Carnations,  Fuchsias,  Sweet-scented 
Geraniums,  Aloysia  citriodora,  Celsias,  Begonias, 
&c.,  intended  for  autumn  and  winter  decora¬ 
tions.  Do  not  permit  any  to  suffer  through  want 
of  water.  Chrysanthemums  that  have  not  yet 
been  placed  in  their  flowering-pots  ought  to  be 
so  treated  without  delay.  Propagate  Petunias, 
Marguerites,  and  such  plants,  for  late  use.  Sow 
Mignonette  in  pots  for  the  conservatory.  Stake 
and  tie  all  such  plants  as  require  it. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Sow  seeds  of  biennials  and  perennials  thinly, 
in  order  that  the  plants  may  not  become  over¬ 
crowded.  The  following  is  a  good  selection : — 
Anemones,  Wallflowers,  Sweet  Rockets,  Polyan¬ 
thus,  Foxgloves,  Canterbury  Bells,  Lunaria, 
Chelone,  &c. 

Thin  out  annuals  as  they  become  large  enough, 
and  finish  planting  bedding  plants.  Every  oper¬ 
ation  should  be  performed  at  its  proper  time. 
When  flower-beds  have  to  be  cleared  of  winter 
and  spring  bedding-plants,  this  should  be  done 
as  each  variety  goes  out  of  flower,  and  they 
should  be  replaced  by  those  that  are  to  occupy 
the  beds  during  the  summer.  Sub -tropical 


plants  may  be  put  out  now,  as  the  weather  will 
be  sufficiently  warm  for  all  kinds  of  half-hardy 
plants.  Water  liberally  in  the  event  of  hot 
and  dry  weather.  Herbaceous  borders  will  need 
much  care,  as  a  number  of  plants  will  require 
staking,  and  others  cut  down,  as  they  cease 
flowering,  to  make  room  for  those  which  tend 
to  spread. 

The  rose-garden  will  now  be  gay,  but  when 
the  flowering  season  is  past  the  beds  look  untidy, 
unless  something  be  planted  amongst  them. 
Gladiolus  started  in  pots  may  be  turned  out 
here,  as  they  make  a  grand  display  during  the 
autumn  season.  Any  shrubs  which  have  been 
used  for  forcing  may  be  turned  out.  Cut  down 
Deutzia  gracilis  to  cause  it  to  make  new  growth. 
Dahlias  and  other  tender  plants  ought  not  to 
be  planted  out  till  all  danger  of  frost  is  at  an 
end,  for  if  once  cut  down  they  will  not  grow 
satisfactorily  afterwards.  Keep  the  grass  cut 
short,  and  see  that  neatness  prevails  every¬ 
where. 


JULY. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses.  —  Many  Cattleyas  will 
still  be  in  bloom,  among  them  being  C.  Gaskel- 
liana,  C.  Warneri,  C.  gigas.  While  they  are 
flowering  it  will  be  necessary  to  keep  them 
well  supplied  with  water,  for  at  this  warm 
season  of  the  year  the  flowers  would  soon  fade 
if  they  were  allowed  to  get  dry.  When  flower¬ 
ing  is  over,  less  water  will  be  needed.  At  the 
same  time  they  must  not  be  allowed  to  dry  up 
in  the  heated  atmosphere.  Air  should  be  freely 
admitted  at  all  times  during  this  month,  but 
cold  draughts  at  night  must  be  avoided.  Lcelia 
purpurata  and  some  others  of  that  class  will  need 
looking  over,  and  if  any  require  potting,  this 
should  be  done.  Dendrobiums  in  full  growth 
must  be  freely  supplied  with  water,  both  at  the 
roots  and  overhead.  They  should  also  be  kept 
in  a  high  temperature.  Close  the  house  early 
so  that  the  thermometer  may  indicate  90°  to 
100°  F.  with  the  sunshine.  Odontoglossums 
should  be  kept  as  cool  as  possible  by  a  free  cir¬ 
culation  of  air.  Plenty  of  moisture  on  roots, 
paths,  and  stages  alike  must  be  given,  with 
shade  constantly  when  the  sun  is  bright.  When 
available  use  rain-water  for  syringing,  as  this 
does  not  discolour  the  leaves.  Calanthes,  Phaius, 
and  others  with  large  leaves  will  need  plenty  of 
water  with  a  high  temperature  to  promote  as 
free  growth  as  possible,  for  unless  this  is  made 


12 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


during  bright  sunny  weather,  it  is  often  neces¬ 
sary  to  use  increased  fire -heat  in  autumn  to 
mature  the  growth.  If  insects  of  any  kind 
make  their  unwelcome  appearance,  they  should 
be  promptly  dealt  with  by  either  dipping  the 
plants  in  soft-soap  solution  or  by  sponging, 
taking  care  not  to  injure  the  tender  foliage. 

Hothouse. — -As  the  heat  increases,  con¬ 
siderable  attention  will  be  requisite  to  keep 
insect  pests  in  check,  as  they  increase  and 
multiply  exceedingly  fast.  Mealy-bug  is  one  of 
the  most  obnoxious  of  these  that  the  gardener 
has  to  contend  with,  but  every  effort  should  be 
made  to  eradicate  it.  Thin  out  and  regulate 
shoots  of  Clerodendron  Balfourianum,  Stephanotis, 
and  other  stove  climbers  that  they  may  not 
become  overcrowded.  Where  plants  for  table 
decoration  have  to  be  grown  to  a  considerable 
extent,  a  suitable  selection  of  these  should  be 
made  and  put  forward  for  the  purpose.  By 
potting  them  now  they  will  become  rvell  estab¬ 
lished  by  autumn,  so  that  there  will  be  less 
risk  on  removing  them  to  a  lower  temperature. 
Plants  for  this  purpose  should  be  allowed 
plenty  of  room,  that  they  may  be  thoroughly 
developed.  Cocos  Weddeliana,  Cyperus  alterni- 
folia  variegata,  Arabia  Veitchii ,  A.  V.  gracillima, 
Asparagus  plumosus  nana,  Crotons  of  sorts, 
Dmccena  gracilis,  I).  rubra,  and  others  of  like 
character,  Eulalia  japonica,  Caladium  argyrites, 
Pandanus  Veitchii,  P.  javanicus,  small  plants  of 
Ardisia,  and  othffr  berry-bearing  species.  Seed 
of  the  Common  Asparagus  may  also  be  sown 
in  pots  to  supply  greenery  during  the  winter 
months. 

Intermediate  House. — Celosias,  Cocks¬ 
combs,  Torenias,  and  various  other  free-flower¬ 
ing  plants  of  similar  nature  that  are  grown 
for  the  object  of  furnishing  the  conservatory, 
should  be  potted  on  as  they  require  it,  and 
fresh  seed  should  be  sown  to  provide  plants 
to  take  the  place  of  those  which  have  finished 
flowering.  Gloxinia  plants  in  flower  should 
be  kept  rvell  shaded  from  the  sun,  and  any 
varieties  that  it  is  thought  desirable  to  increase 
should  have  some  of  the  best  leaves  removed 
for  this  purpose.  If  these  leaves  have  the 
main  ribs  cut  through  with  a  sharp  knife,  and 
are  then  pegged  on  the  surface  of  pans  filled 
with  a  mixture  of  finely-sifted  peat  and  sand, 
afterwards  being  plunged  into  a  moderate  hot¬ 
bed,  they  will  soon  form  corms.  These,  by  the 
end  of  the  season,  will  have  grown  large  enough 
to  make  strong  plants  the  follorving  year. 

Achimenes  and  Gesneras  should  be  staked  as 
growth  proceeds  to  prevent  them  bending  down. 


Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — Most 
of  the  hard-wooded  plants  will  by  this  time 
have  completed  their  growth,  and  may  be  stood 
in  shaded  situations  out  of  doors,  where  they 
will  thrive  far  better  during  the  next  three 
months  than  under  the  heat  of  a  glass  structure. 
Their  places  may  be  occupied  by  some  of  the 
more  tender  flowering  plants,  or  for  growing 
on  Fuchsias,  Balsams,  Campanula  pyramidalis, 
tuberous-rooted  Begonias,  and  similar  things 
for  decorating  the  conservatory,  as  it  will  be 
necessary  to  make  frequent  changes  in  the 
latter  structure  at  this  time  of  the  year,  if  it 
is  to  be  kept  tidy,  for,  owing  to  the  heat, 
flowers  soon  fade,  and  on  that  account  necessi¬ 
tate  constant  removals. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

This  is  a  good  time  to  layer  Perpetual  Carna¬ 
tions  for  winter  flowering.  If  the  pots  can 
be  plunged  to  their  rims  in  an  old  hot-bed,  and 
plenty  of  room  allowed  between  them,  so  that 
the  shoots  can  be  brought  down  and  pegged 
into  the  soil,  they  will  soon  take  root.  When 
layered  they  should  be  well  watered,  and  after¬ 
wards  covered  with  the  lights  and  shaded  from 
the  sun.  Plants  rooted  from  cuttings  in  early 
spring  will  need  potting  on,  and  either  standing 
on  a  bed  of  ashes  in  the  open,  or  in  a  cold 
frame,  where  they  can  be  protected  in  case  of 
heavy  rain. 

Mignonette  for  winter  flowering  should  now 
be  sown.  If  the  weather  be  hot  and  dry,  shade 
till  the  seedlings  appear  above  the  soil.  Zonal 
Pelargoniums  for  winter  flowering  should  also 
be  put  into  their  permanent  pots,  and  after¬ 
wards  stood  on  a  bed  of  ashes  in  the  full  sun¬ 
light.  Heliotropes,  Bouvardias,  Primulas,  and 
Cinerarias  will  need  attention,  as  the  plants 
become  sufficiently  large  to  be  shifted,  for  if 
they  are  permitted  to  get  pot-bound,  they  sel¬ 
dom  make  much  further  progress.  Cuttings  of 
Hydrangea  hortensis,  Otaksa,  and  Thomas  Hogg, 
should  be  inserted  in  cold  frames  to  supply 
plants  which  will  flower  early  in  spring.  Pot 
on  Eupatorium,  Linum  trigynum,  and  other 
plants  of  similar  habit  for  winter  blooming. 
Sow  seed  of  Cyclamen  and  Calceolaria  where 
early  plants  are  required. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Make  another  sowing  of  Sweet-peas  at  the 
commencement  of  the  month  to  give  a  late 
supply  of  bloom,  also  sow  seed  of  Brompton, 
East  Lothian,  and  other  Stocks,  various  her¬ 
baceous  plants,  such  as  Aquilegias,  Delphiniums, 


AUGUST. 


13 


Polyanthus,  Antirrhinums,  Violas,  Campanula 
pyramidalis,  &c.  Cuttings  of  double  Wall¬ 
flowers,  Pinks,  &c.,  should  also  be  inserted  now. 
Lift  Anemones,  Narcissus,  and  other  roots  and 
bulbs  as  their  foliage  dies  down.  Many  plants 
in  this  department  will  now  be  revealing  their 
dower-spikes,  and  will  therefore  need  staking 
and  tying  to  prevent  them  being  blown  about. 
Commence  budding  Roses  towards  the  close  of 
the  month.  It  is  not  advisable  to  begin  too 
soon,  however,  in  forward  districts,  as  the  buds 
often  start  into  growth,  and  on  that  account 
are  sometimes  killed  if  severe  weather  follows. 
Cuttings  of  the  half-ripened  wood  will  root 
freely  at  this  time  of  the  year  if  inserted  under 
hand-lights,  or  in  cold  frames  behind  a  north 
wall,  where  there  is  but  little  sun.  Flower-beds 
will  now  require  constant  attention,  for  if  the 
weather  is  dry,  frequent  and  copious  waterings 
will  be  necessary.  Peg  down  and  pinch  any 
plants  growing  out  of  character;  remove  all 
dead  flower-stalks  to  preserve  a  tidy  appearance. 
Some  of  the  stronger-growing  plants,  as  Holly¬ 
hocks,  Dahlias,  Helianthus,  &c.,  would  be  greatly 
benefited  by  being  watered  with  liquid  manure. 
Most  of  the  sub-tropical  plants  will  be  making 
rapid  progress,  and  will  therefore  require  look¬ 
ing  to.  Run  the  hoe  through  the  beds  and 
amongst  the  plants  to  keep  down  weeds.  Mow 
lawns  and  edge  walks ;  trim  and  tie  creepers  as 
growth  proceeds,  in  order  to  prevent  them  being 
broken  off'  by  high  winds. 


AUGUST. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — A  number  of  the  plants 
in  these  houses  will  now  be  in  active  growth, 
and  for  this  reason  must  be  kept  warm.  Among 
these  may  be  mentioned  those  of  the  Phalae- 
nopsis  family,  which  require  a  warm,  even  tem¬ 
perature.  Dendrobiums  will  still  demand  plenty 
of  heat  and  moisture.  The  house  may  be  damped 
down  with  manure-water,  using  the  same  for  the 
evaporating  troughs.  Keep  a  sharp  look-out  for 
thrips,  which  are  very  destructive  to  the  young- 
foliage.  If  any  of  the  weevils  are  found  cut  away 
the  parts  affected  at  once  and  burn  them,  as 
nothing  does  more  harm  to  Dendrobes  than  these 
minute  creatures.  Odontoglossums  of  the  cris- 
pum  section  will  generally  have  gone  out  of 
flower,  and  some  will  be  starting  to  develop 
new  growth.  Any  that  require  potting  should 
be  attended  to  before  new  roots  are  formed,  as 


it  is  a  great  mistake  to  injure  them  by  the  pro¬ 
cess  of  transplanting  to  larger  pots  while  in 
active  growth.  See  that  all  pots  and  crocks  used 
are  quite  clean.  After  potting  shade  the  house 
a  little  more  in  bright  weather,  and  keep  the 
atmosphere  closer  for  a  short  time,  till  the  roots 
get  active.  Odontoglossum  vexillarium,  0.  Phalce- 
nopsis,  and  some  others  of  the  same  class,  need 
a  warmer  temperature;  from  60°  to  65°  at  night 
suiting  them  admirably  during  this  month. 
Keep  up  plenty  of  humidity  in  the  atmosphere 
by  constant  damping  down,  and  keep  a  sharp 
watch  for  red  thrips,  which  finds  its  way  into 
the  young  sheaths.  Epidendrum  vitellinum  majus 
and  some  others  will  be  improved  by  potting 
now.  They  should  be  grown  with  the  cool 
Odontoglossums.  Lycastes  and  Maxillarias  will 
have  completed  their  growth,  so  that  they  will 
need  less  water.  The  remarks  that  were  given 
last  month  still  apply  to  Cattleyas.  When  the 
nights  are  cold  less  air  should  be  admitted, 
and  a  little  fire-lieat  should  be  applied  to  cause 
a  circulation  of  air. 

Hothouse. — Poinsettias,  Euphorbia  jacqui- 
niceflora,  Amasonia  punicea,  and  other  winter¬ 
blooming  plants,  should  be  exposed  to  the  sun¬ 
light  for  the  purpose  of  ripening  their  shoots. 
This  is  a  good  time  for  potting  Anthuriums  in 
order  that  they  may  be  well  established  before 
their  flowering  season  comes  round.  Begonias 
of  the  section  flowering  in  winter  should  also  be 
potted  on,  and  kept  near  the  glass,  to  encour¬ 
age  a  sturdy  habit.  As  Caladiums  finish  their 
growth  give  less  water,  but  do  not  dry  them 
off  too  rapidly. 

Where  any  palms  need  to  be  potted,  perform 
the  work  during  the  current  month  so  that  they 
may  become  well  rooted  before  the  winter  ap¬ 
proaches.  Ferns  should  also  receive  attention; 
particularly  a  batch  of  Adiantums  for  winter 
decorations  should  be  potted  into  pots  of  a  size 
larger,  and  seedlings  should  be  pricked  out  into 
pans  or  pots  for  spring  use.  Take  cuttings 
of  Coleus  and  other  plants  of  a  tender  nature, 
and  root  them  in  gentle  heat  so  that  they  may 
grow  bushy. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory. — -When 
the  foliage  of  hard-wooded  plants  has  grown  firm, 
and  before  they  are  taken  indoors,  is  a  good 
time  to  look  over  them  and  rid  them  of  insect 
pests.  They  may  for  this  end  be  laid  down  on 
their  sides,  and  washed  with  the  garden  engine 
or  syringe,  taking  care  to  cleanse  the  under  sides 
of  the  leaves.  If  they  have  two  or  three  similar 
dressings  they  will  be  freed  from  insect  plagues. 
Cuttings  of  show  and  fancy  Pelargoniums  that 


14 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


Avere  put  in  last  month  will  be  ready  for  potting. 
When  doing  this  choose  a  light,  rich  soil ;  do  not 
over-pot,  and  use  plenty  of  drainage  material. 
Afterwards  stand  the  plants  in  a  cold  frame  or 
on  the  greenhouse  shelf.  Fuchsias  may  also  be 
rooted  jioav  to  give  a  supply  of  young  plants  for 
early  display.  Rochea  falcata  will  hoav  be  in 
flower.  When  the  floAvers  are  over  take  off  all 
young  groAvths  for  cuttings,  and  insert  them  in 
a  light,  sandy  soil;  then  put  them  on  a  dry 
shelf  till  rooted.  Cactuses  will  have  completed 
their  groAvth,  and  therefore  will  need  less  mois¬ 
ture.  These  plants  thrive  with  abundance  of 
air  and  a  dry  atmosphere.  There  will  still  be  a 
sufficiency  of  plants  in  dower  for  decorating  the 
conservatory,  as,  for  example,  Lilium  lancifolium, 
Hyacinthus  candicans,  Gladioli,  Hydrangeas,  Bal¬ 
sams,  and  many  other  plants  of  like  character 
raised  from  seed;  as  these  finish  doAvering  fresh 
specimens  should  be  introduced  to  keep  up  a  gay 
appearance.  As  the  nights  get  longer  there  Avill 
be  more  moisture  in  the  atmosphere,  therefore  it 
Avill  be  necessary  to  guard  against  the  damping 
od'  of  doAvers.  To  avoid  this  ventilate  freely  on 
all  favourable  occasions,  and  do  not  Avater  in  the 
evening  in  damp  Aveather.  Much  mischief  is 
often  done  among  doAvers  by  keeping  the  air  too 
humid.  A  cool,  dry,  airy  place,  shaded  from  the 
sun,  is  most  suitable  for  nearly  all  occupants  of 
the  Conservatory  Avhile  in  bloom. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

These  structures  will  now  be  in  great  demand 
for  the  propagation  of  plants  for  bedding  pur¬ 
poses.  If  Pelargonium  cuttings  are  put  in  early 
there  is  not  so  much  risk  of  their  damping  off 
in  Avinter  as  Avhen  they  are  left  till  next  month 
before  the  cuttings  are  taken.  The  young  plants 
become  Avell  rooted,  and  consequently  can  absorb 
more  moisture.  Frames  Avill  also  be  required 
toAvards  the  end  of  the  month  for  the  protec¬ 
tion  of  the  more  tender  plants  and  bulbs, 
such  as  Freesias,  Belladonna  Lilies,  Nerines, 
Tuberoses,  and  Yallota.  As  all  these  plants, 
excepting  the  drst-named,  doAver  in  the  autumn 
and  Avinter,  it  Avill  be  requisite  to  cover  them 
Avith  lights  in  Avet  Aveather.  Early  Roman  Hya¬ 
cinths,  Polyanthus  Narcissus,  and  the  earliest- 
kind  of  Tulips  should  be  potted  and  covered 
Avith  ashes.  If  they  can  be  plunged  in  a  frame 
it  will  be  so  much  the  better,  as  they  can  then 
be  had  in  bloom  very  early  Avithout  forcing. 
Viola  and  other  cuttings  of  herbaceous  plants 
should  be  inserted  so  that  roots  may  be  formed 
before  Avinter.  Attend  to  previous  remarks 


about  Hydrangeas,  Marguerites,  Primulas  and 
Cinerarias,  Calceolarias,  &c. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Outdoor  Avork  during  this  month  is  very 
heavy,  so  many  plants  requiring  attention.  Layer 
border  Carnations  at  the  beginning  of  the  month. 
Transplant  all  seedlings  of  herbaceous  plants 
that  Avere  soAvn  last  month.  Cuttings  of  Pent- 
stemons,  Antirrhinums,  and  some  of  the  Phloxes 
may  also  be  taken.  About  the  middle  of  the 
month  soav  annuals  for  spring  bedding,  such  as 
Saponaria  calabrica,  Limnanthes  Douglasi,  Virgin¬ 
ian  Stocks,  Lastlienia  californica,  Nemophila  in- 
signis,  Alyssum  saxatile,  Silene  pendula,  Myosotis, 
&c.  Cuttings  of  choice  alpines  should  noAv  be 
inserted,  as  they  will  then  make  strong  plants 
by  next  spring. 

Violets  for  floAvering  in  frames  during  Avinter 
should  have  liberal  AAraterings  with  liquid  manure 
to  induce  them  to  make  plump  croAvns.  Gather 
lavender  and  everlasting  floAvers  Avhere  they 
are  required  for  indoor  use.  Pay  attention  to 
staking  and  tying  all  herbaceous  and  other  tall- 
growing  plants.  LaAvns  Avill  iioav  need  constant 
attention,  for  the  grass  Avill  groAv  apace ;  walks 
must  be  edged,  and  the  Aveeds  kept  doAvn. 
FloAver-beds  should  have  all  the  dead  floAvers 
removed.  There  is  far  more  pleasure  to  be  de¬ 
rived  from  a  small  place  Avell  kept  than  from 
a  large  one  in  a  neglected  state.  Look  to  drains, 
and  see  that  they  are  clear,  or  heavy  thunder¬ 
storms  may  do  considerable  damage  if  the  Avater 
is  unable  to  get  away.  Shorten  the  shoots  of 
Laurels,  Hollies,  and  other  evergreen  shrubs 
that  have  groAvn  too  large  for  their  position. 
Hoe  and  rake  borders  to  keep  Aveeds  in  abey¬ 
ance. 


SEPTEMBER. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  Houses. — Many  of  the  Dendro- 
biums  Avill  noAv  have  reached  maturity,  therefore 
they  will  not  need  so  much  Avater,  but  Avill  want 
more  air  in  proportion  to  ripen  their  bulbs.  If 
plants  of  D.  nobile,  D.  crassinode,  D.  JV ardianum, 
D.  heterocarpum,  and  D.  Pierardi  be  removed 
to  a  cooler  house  when  growth  is  thoroughly 
ripened,  they  Avill  flower  much  more  profusely 
than  if  left  in  the  house  Avhere  others  are  still 
in  active  growth.  D.  chrysanthum  Avill  noAv  be 
in  flower.  As  soon  as  the  flowering  period  is 
past,  repotting  or  surface -dressing  should  be 


SEPTEMBER. 


15 


done,  as  growth  commences  immediately  after¬ 
wards.  Towards  the  end  of  the  month  shad¬ 
ing  may  be  dispensed  with,  as  the  sun  has 
not  sufficient  power  so  late  in  the  year  to 
do  harm.  Some  of  the  early  spring-flowering 
Cypripediums  should  be  looked  over,  and  if 
any  need  potting  this  should  be  done  before 
the  days  get  too  short  or  the  temperature  cold. 
If  the  plants  are  robust,  a  mixture  of  good  turfy 
loam  and  cow-dung  may  be  used,  if  the  former 
can  be  obtained  from  ground  containing  a  small 
percentage  only  of  lime.  For  the  more  delicate 
kinds  use  peat,  covering  the  surface  of  the  pots 
with  living  Sphagnum.  Most  of  the  Vandas 
belonging  to  the  tricolor  section  may  now  be 
potted  with  safety.  These  plants  are  apt  to 
become  leggy  if  left  alone  too  long,  therefore 
their  stems  should  be  shortened  and  the  roots 
brought  nearer  to  the  pots.  This  class  only  re¬ 
quires  something  to  steady  their  stems ;  so  that  if 
clean  crocks  and  charcoal  are  used,  covering  the 
surface  with  a  little  peat  and  Sphagnum,  it  will  be 
sufficient.  The  plants  will  need  but  little  water 
at  the  roots,  as  the  necessary  syringing  will  keep 
them  well  supplied  with  moisture.  They  should 
be  kept  under  a  temperature  of  from  65°  to  70° 
at  night  for  the  present,  with  a  corresponding 
rise  in  the  daytime,  according  to  the  weather. 
Lcelia  anceps,  L.  albida,  and  L.  autumnalis  will 
now  be  showing  their  flower-spikes,  and  should 
be  kept  still  in  a  moist  state.  Most  of  the  Catt- 
leyas  will  by  this  time  have  finished  growth,  so 
that  watering  must  be  done  carefully.  Ccelogyne 
cristata,  Sobralia  macrantha,  Gymbidium  Loicicmum, 
and  some  others  will  still  need  good  supplies  of 
water,  and  if  a  little  liquid  manure  could  be 
added  to  assist  them  to  finish  their  growth,  this 
would  be  very  beneficial.  As  all  plants  mature 
their  growth  they  should  be  gradually  hardened 
off,  so  that  they  may  be  the  better  able  to  with¬ 
stand  the  winter.  There  are,  however,  many 
species  still  in  active  growth  which  will  need 
particular  care. 

Hothouse.  —  Many  winter -flowering  sub¬ 
jects  in  these  structures  will  now  need  special 
attention,  in  order  to  induce  them  to  produce 
their  blooms  at  the  time  required.  Cenlropogon 
Lucianus,  Eranthemum  Andersonii,  Paiellia  macran¬ 
tha,  Plumbago  coccinea,  Poinsettias,  and  the  winter¬ 
flowering  Gesneras  should  be  exposed  to  the 
sun  as  much  as  possible,  so  that  their  shoots 
may  reach  their  full  development.  Caladiums 
should  be  thoroughly  dried  off,  and  when  all 
leaves  have  fallen  the  pots  may  be  stored  away 
under  the  stage,  but  do  not  remove  them  into 
a  lower  temperature  than  60°.  Gloxinias  may 


be  removed  to  a  house  in  which  the  heat  does  not 
fall  below  50°  If  allowed  to  remain  in  the  warm 
stove  the  bulbs  will  shrivel,  or  will,  if  moisture 
is  afforded,  recommence  growing.  Ixoras,  Cro¬ 
tons,  Dracamas,  and  other  plants  should  be  kept 
free  from  insects.  Gardenias  and  Eucharis  for 
winter-flowering  should  have  liberal  treatment, 
with  plenty  of  heat,  the  temperature  being 
maintained  at  70°  by  night,  with  a  rise  of  10° 
in  the  daytime.  Towards  the  end  of  the  month 
all  shading  may  be  abandoned,  unless  it  be  in 
the  case  of  newly-potted  seedlings  or  other  plants 
having  but  little  root. 

Greenhouse  and  Conservatory.  —  A 

goodly  quantity  of  Mignonette  should  be  sown 
during  this  month — one  lot  at  the  commence¬ 
ment,  and  another  towards  the  latter  end. 
Chrysanthemums  will  demand  special  care,  in¬ 
cluding  disbudding  and  protection  from  frost. 
Water  must  be  given  abundantly,  if  the  weather 
be  hot  and  dry,  as  sometimes  is  the  case,  in  the 
early  part  of  the  month.  This  sometimes  occurs, 
however,  in  conjunction  with  frosty  nights,  Avhen 
it  will  be  found  necessary  in  low  damp  places 
to  house  them  early.  The  first  batch  of  Zonal 
Pelargoniums  plunged  in  ashes  should  be  housed, 
as  should  also  the  earliest  set  of  Perpetual  Car¬ 
nations  and  Bouvardias.  Advantage  should  be 
taken  of  the  present  opportunity,  before  many 
of  the  hard-wooded  plants  are  taken  in,  to  prune 
and  tie  all  climbers,  such  as  Passifloras,  Jasminum 
grandiflorum,  Clianthus,  Tecomas,  Stauntonias, 
and  Clematises.  These  should  have  their  shoots 
thinned  out  and  cut  away,  and  after  the  glass 
has  been  washed  most  of  the  hard-wooded  species 
may  be  housed.  Teas  and  other  climbing  Roses 
may  also  be  pruned,  and  the  border  should  be 
top-dressed  with  rich  loam  and  decayed  manure. 

Pits  and  Frames. 

Pot  off  Malmaison  and  other  winter-flowering 
Carnations  that  were  layered,  as  advised,  last 
month.  Take  up  Solanum  capsicastrum,  Callas, 
Bouvardias,  and  other  winter-flowering  plants 
and  pot  them  afterwards,  standing  them  on  a 
bed  of  ashes  in  cold  frames,  shaded  from  the 
sun.  Cinei’arias  will  also  benefit  by  being 
shifted  into  larger  pots  before  they  become  pot- 
bound.  See  that  they  are  shaded  from  the 
bright  sun,  and  ventilate  freely.  Push  forward 
the  propagation  of  all  plants  required  for  bed¬ 
ding,  as  Heliotropes,  Coleus,  Alternantliera, 
Iresine,  Ageratums,  &c.  A  good  quantity  of 
the  scented  varieties  of  Pelargoniums  should 
also  be  put  in,  as  they  are  very  suitable  for 
cutting. 


16 


CALENDAR  FOR  THE  FLOWER-GARDEN. 


Violets  for  winter  flowering  must  be  put 
into  their  permanent  positions  not  later  than 
the  middle  of  the  month.  This  Avill  ensure 
their  getting  firmly  established  while  there 
remains  sufficient  heat  in  the  soil  to  induce  the 
formation  of  young  roots.  Herbaceous  Calceo¬ 
larias  sown  last  month  will  now  be  large  enough 
for  pricking  out.  The  sooner  this  is  done  the 
better,  to  prevent  the  plants  from  damping. 
Tuberoses  which  have  been  reared  in  pits  or 
frames  in  the  summer  should  be  taken  into  the 
greenhouse  as  their  flower-spikes  appear.  Cycla¬ 
men  should  be  potted  on  for  a  succession,  and 
towards  the  end  of  the  month  another  sowing 
may  be  made. 

Flower-garden  and  Pleasure  Ground. 

Proceed  with  the  propagation  of  hardy  border 
plants  such  as  Iberis,  Helianthemums,  Litho- 
spermums,  Dianthus,  Phloxes,  &c.,  by  taking 
the  young  side-growths  and  inserting  them  in 
sandy  soil  in  a  cold  frame.  Where  not  already 
done  take  cuttings  of  Violas  for  spring  flowering, 
also  Pentstemons,  Antirrhinums,  &c.,  for  the 
sooner  these  are  rooted  the  more  surely  will 
they  withstand  the  winter. 

Pay  attention  to  tying  and  staking  plants  in 
the  herbaceous  border  that  still  keep  in  bloom 
or  have  not  yet  flowered,  as  the  strong  winds 
generally  prevalent  are  apt  to  break  them  down. 
Lulbs  of  all  kinds  may  be  planted  when  the 
ground  is  vacant,  but  as  most  beds  will  still  be 
occupied  this  may  be  deferred  till  next  month. 
Grass  on  lawns  usually  grows  luxuriantly  this 
month,  weeds  accumulate  rapidly,  and  leaves  are 
also  troublesome;  but  for  the  sake  of  appear¬ 
ances  all  must  be  so  attended  to  that  the  garden 
may  be  kept  neat  and  orderly,  and  thus  give 
rise  to  a  sense  of  pleasure. 


OCTOBER. 

Plant-houses. 

Orchid  H  ouses. — As  the  sun  is  on  the 
wane,  and  the  outside  temperature  becomes 
daily  cooler,  greater  care  must  be  exercised  in 
supplying  water  to  most  of  the  inmates  of  these 
houses.  A  great  number  of  Cattleyas  will  be 
at  rest,  and  those  which  have  not  yet  com¬ 
pleted  their  growth  will  not,  owing  to  the 
reduced  temperature,  require  so  much  water  as 
those  growing  during  the  height  of  summer. 
All  Dendrobes  which  have  made  their  year’s 


growth  should  have  a  drier  temperature,  but 
such  kinds  as  densiflorum,  Farmeri,  thyrsiflorum , 
Sillii,  and  others  with  persistent  foliage  should 
not  be  subjected  to  a  lower  temperature  than 
50°  to  55°  Fahr.;  while  such  as  JVardianum, 
Findlayanum,  nohile,  Ainsworthii,  and  other  mem¬ 
bers  of  that  section  may  be  wintered  in  a  house 
whose  atmosphere  sometimes  falls  as  low  as 
45°  Fahr.  There  are  not  many  Orchids  in 
flower  in  October,  but  Dendrobium  Plialcenopsis, 
D.  P.  Schroederianum,  and  a  few  more  will  be 
developing  their  flower-spikes,  and  will  require 
special  attention.  Vanda  Amesiana,  Oncidiuni 
tigrinum,  and  some  few  others  will  still  be  in 
bloom.  Zygopetalums  should  be  examined  for 
tlirips,  which  are  very  fond  of  the  flower-buds 
that  will  shortly  be  expanding.  Calanthes  must 
be  watered  sparingly,  and  the  air  of  the  house 
in  which  they  are  growing  should  be  kept  rather 
dry.  The  present  is  a  favourable  opportunity 
for  giving  the  Orchid  houses  a  thorough  wash 
down  before  winter,  as  many  of  the  Dendrobes 
and  other  species  are  dormant  in  cooler  houses. 
Remove  all  shingle,  gravel,  shell,  or  whatever 
the  stages  may  be  covered  with,  and  wash  it  in 
boiling  water.  This  process  will  destroy  any 
insects  which  may  be  lurking  in  it,  and  also 
remove  any  soil  which  may  have  been  washed 
out  from  the  pots. 

The  temperature  of  the  East  Indian  houses 
may  be  reduced  to  65°  at  night,  with  a  propor¬ 
tionate  reduction  in  the  daytime.  That  of  the 
intermediate  house  should  be  60°,  and  the  cool 
house  50°  to  55°,  according  to  the  weather. 
With  this  reduction  of  heat  there  should  be  a 
corresponding  diminution  in  the  amount  of 
moisture. 

Hothouse.  — Cuttings  of  Croton  and  other 
hard-wooded,  fine-foliaged  plants  may  still  be 
propagated  where  a  good  deal  of  heat  is  avail¬ 
able.  Those  rooted  now  will  make  nice  plants 
for  early  spring  use.  Towards  the  end  of  the 
month  cut  back  Allamandas  to  within  three  or 
four  eyes  of  the  preceding  year’s  growth.  We 
do  not  recommend  drying  off,  but  rather  the 
reverse.  Various  other  stove  climbers  and  de¬ 
ciduous  plants  should  now  be  gradually  ripened 
off,  so  that  they  may  have  a  rest  for  the  following 
two  months.  Hothouse  plants  in  flower  are  not 
numerous.  There  are,  however,  a  few  with 
brightly-coloured  flowers  which  will  be  expand¬ 
ing  their  blooms,  including  Poinsettias,  Plumba¬ 
gos,  and  Lasiandras.  These  should  be  afforded 
a  little  more  heat,  and  fully  exposed  to  sunlight. 
As  the  days  decline  the  heat  of  these  houses 
should  be  gradually  lessened  to  65°  by  night, 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


481 


places  they  grow  freely,  the  colour  of  the 
blossoms  becoming  more  intense,  and  the 
plants  remaining  a  longer  time  in  flower. 
They  display  their  beauty  either  in  the  fronts 
of  large  shrubberies  and  plantations  or  on  the 
sides  of  a  carriage-approach  to  a  mansion,  and 
when  distant  effect  is  required,  no  plant  so 


admirably  answers  that  end,  as  their  size  and 
the  brilliancy  of  their  colours  render  them 
visible  at  a  greater  distance  than  any  other 
flowers.  They  are  also  most  imposing  in  large 
beds.  Narcissus  may  be  planted  with  good 
effect  amongst  them  to  give  early  flowers  in 
spring,  and  Gladiolus  also  do  well  amongst 


Fig.  589.— Tree  Pceony. 


them  to  give  bloom  in  the  late  summer  months ; 
as  centre  plants  in  small  beds  they  make  grand 
objects  also.  They  are  invaluable  for  cut- 
bloom,  and  if  gathered  in  a  young  state,  when 
only  a  few  petals  show,  they  keep  for  a  week 
in  water.  The  plants  are  perfectly  hardy,  and 
it  is  difficult  to  kill  them;  they  withstand  any 
amount  of  cold  or  heat,  and  no  vermin,  insect, 
slug,  blight,  or  mildew  attacks  them;  they 
grow  in  any  soil,  but  they  well  repay  for 
deep  trenching  of  the  land  and  manuring 
highly,  and  watering  in  dry  weather.  Mr. 
William  Kelway,  about  twenty -five  years 
since,  got  together  all  the  known  species,  and 
hybridized  them  with  great  success,  raising 
scores  of  new  kinds,  both  double-  and  single- 
flowered,  some  of  them  being  scented  with 
Violet  or  Rose-like  perfumes.  The  leaves  are 
useful  in  autumn  for  decoration.  The  young 
shoots  in  spring  are  coloured  rich  reddish- 
brown,  changing  as  they  mature  to  bright  green, 
again  assuming  rose-red  or  purple-brown  tints 
in  autumn. 

VOL.  i. 


The  best  double  varieties  of  the  herbaceous 
section  are : — 

Admiral  Dewey,  Cyclops,  Dr.  Bonavia,  Duchess  of 
Somerset,  Duke  of  Devonshire,  Ella  Christine  Kelway, 
Emperor  of  Russia,  Galtee  More,  Geraldine,  Glory  of 
Somerset,  Lady  Bramwell,  Lady  Carrington,  Langport 
Queen,  Limosel,  Lord  Beresford,  Maria  Kelway,  Mrs. 
Chamberlain,  Mrs.  Gwyn  Lewis,  Peter  the  Great,  Prince 
Henry  of  Battenberg,  Prince  of  Wales,  Waterloo. 

The  best  single  varieties  are 

Alton  Locke,  Calliphon,  Cherry  Ripe,  Countess  of 
Warwick,  Diadem,  Dorothy,  Duchess  of  Sutherland, 
Emily,  Hesperus,  Lady  Wimborne,  Meteor,  Millais,  Mrs. 
J.  Gundry,  Queen  of  May,  Sirdar,  Stanley,  The  Czar, 
Tinted  Venus,  Viscount  Cross. 

[W.  H.  K.] 

Pelargoniums. — The  origin  of  the  garden 
races  of  Pelargoniums  (including  what  are 
popularly  known  as  Geraniums)  appears  to  be 
largely  due  to  accident  rather  than  design. 
The  four  sections,  viz.  Show,  Fancy,  Zonal, 
and  Ivy-leaved,  each  containing  large  numbers 
of  varieties,  are  the  result  of  cultivation  and 

31 


482 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


selection  extending  over  a  period  of  at  least 
a  century,  and  new  varieties  are  added  yearly 
by  Messrs.  Canned  of  Swanley,  Lemoine  of 
Nancy,  Bruant  of  Poitiers,  and  others.  About 
700  varieties  were  awarded  certificates  by  the 
Royal  Horticultural  Society  in  the  period  be¬ 
tween  1860  and  1890. 

Much  information  concerning  the  early  sorts 
can  be  obtained  from  Andrews’  Monograph  of 
the  Genus  Geranium  (1805),  which  contains 
beautifully-drawn  coloured  figures  of  the  prin¬ 
cipal  species  and  varieties  then  in  cultivation. 
The  accidental  crossing  of  one  sort  with  another 
evidently  occurred  in  Andrews’  time,  who  says: 
“  The  introduction  of  the  African  species  within 
the  last  twenty  years  from  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  whose  prolific  character  seems  to  know 
no  bounds  in  the  production  of  endless  seminal 
varieties,  which,  Proteus-like,  appear  in  ever- 
varying  forms,  and  for  which  numerous  varia¬ 
tions  we  are  indebted  to  the  industrious  bee, 
which  conveys  the  pollen  from  one  plant  to 
another”.  Sweet’s  Geraniacece,  a  work  of  five 
vols.,  published  1820-30,  containing  500  coloured 
portraits  of  Pelargoniums,  nearly  all  of  garden 
origin,  gives  much  information  as  to  their  early 
history  in  the  garden.  About  170  species  are 
known.  They  are  nearly  all  natives  of  South 
Africa.  Except  in  botanical  collections  they 
are  not  recognized  garden  plants. 

The  four  races  or  sections  of  Pelargonium  are 
cpiite  distinct  from  each  other,  and  except  in 
one  instance  they  have  refused  to  interbreed, 
the  exception  being  the  Zonal  and  Ivy-leaved 
sections,  an  accidental  cross  between  the  two 
having  been  secured  by  M.  Lemoine  about 
twenty-five  years  ago. 

Zonal  Pelargoniums. 

This  section  includes  the  bedding  or  scarlet 
Geranium,  Bicolor,  Tricolor,  and  Gold  Ger¬ 
aniums,  and  the  highly-developed  Zonal  proper, 
usually  grown  for  the  greenhouse  and  conserva¬ 
tory  in  winter.  They  are  all  supposed  to  be 
descendants  from  P.  zonale  and  P.  inquinans. 

Cultivation. — Cuttings  of  these  may  be  struck 
at  any  season  of  the  year.  If,  however,  good 
pot-grown  plants  are  desired,  cuttings  put  in  in 
February  are  to  be  preferred,  as  they  start  into 
growth  immediately,  and  form  dwarf  stocky 
plants  by  May,  when  it  will  be  safe  to  keep 
them  in  a  frame  to  be  grown  on  for  flowering 
from  October  on  through  the  winter.  When 
their  flowers  are  about  over,  the  plants  should 
be  rested  in  a  cool  house  for  a  few  weeks,  keep¬ 


ing  them  dry.  This  drying  process  tends 
greatly  to  sweeten  the  soil.  The  following 
February  or  March  these  plants  should  be  cut 
back,  this  process  providing  the  needful  stock 
of  cuttings  for  the  spring  strike.  When  they 
have  broken  into  fresh  growth,  they  should  be 


repotted,  reducing  the  balls  sufficiently  for 
them  to  go  back  into  the  same  size  of  pot. 
Later  in  the  season,  as  summer  advances,  these 
older  plants  will  require  another  shift.  When 
well  established,  they  will  prove  useful  to  follow 
the  Show  and  Fancy  sections  in  the  conservatory. 
Full  exposure  to  light  and  air  is  a  sine  qua  non 
in  Pelargonium  culture;  without  this  the  stocky 
habit  so  much  desired  cannot  be  had. 

The  stock  for  late  or  winter  flowering  should 
be  stopped  up  to  the  end  of  August,  whilst  at 
no  time  previous  to  this  should  any  flowers  be 
allowed  to  develop.  When  coming  into  flower, 
they  need  a  slight  warmth,  say  45°  to  50°  as  the 
minimum,  with  a  free  circulation  of  air  to  keep 
down  any  symptoms  of  damp,  These  winter¬ 
flowering  plants  require  careful  watering,  not 
nearly  so  much  being  needed  as  for  the  plants 
that  flower  earlier  in  the  year.  Weak  doses  of 
artificial  manure,  alternately  with  farmyard 
liquid  given  weekly,  will  assist  the  plants. 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


483 


As  a  variation,  a  stock  of  these  Zonals  will, 
if  grown  as  standards,  serve  a  distinctly  good 
purpose  for  grouping  with  other  plants  of 
dwarfer  growth.  It  will  probably  take  two 
seasons  to  obtain  a  stem  of  say  3  feet  in  height 
with  a  little  head  as  a  start.  These  in  another 
season  or  two  will  have  formed  good  heads. 
The  balls  of  standards  ought  to  be  slightly  re¬ 


duced  every  spring,  otherwise  they  will  get  into 
too  lai'ge  pots. 

The  soil  for  Zonals  should  be  of  turfy  loam 
and  leaf-mould.  If,  howevei',  the  latter  fails, 
use  a  little  peat  instead,  with  silver  sand  in  any 
case  as  an  addition. 

Double  Zonals  for  Pots. 

Emile  de  Girardin.  Rosy-pink. 

F.  V.  Raspail.  Crimson-scarlet,  good  habit. 

F.  V.  Raspail — Improved,  flowers  and  trusses  larger 
than  type. 

Gloire  de  France.  Salmon  and  white. 

King  of  Denmark.  Rosy-salmon. 

Le  Cygne.  White,  good  truss,  large  full  flower. 

Madame  Lemoine.  Clear-pink. 

Turtle’s  Surprise.  Crimson. 

White  Abbey.  White,  dwarf,  spreading  habit. 

Single  Zonals  for  Pots. 

Amy  Amphlett.  White. 

Charles  Maison.  Scarlet,  fine,  very  large  trusses. 

Duchess  of  Portland.  Rosy-pink. 

Gertrude  Pearson.  Pink. 

H.  Cannell,  Junr.  Crimson,  white  eye,  flowers  large 
and  full. 

II.  H.  Crichton.  Crimson,  white  eye. 

Ian  Maclaren.  Salmon. 

International.  White. 


Inverness.  Salmon. 

John  Milton.  Scarlet,  white  eye,  large  and  full,  free. 
Kate  Farmer.  Salmon. 

Katherine  Moreton.  Salmon. 

Lady  Chesterfield.  Deep-salmon. 

Lady  Churchill.  Salmon,  fine  form. 

Lady  Reed.  White,  and  salmon  centre. 

Lord  Tredegar.  Dark-crimson. 

Madame  Jules  Chretien.  Scarlet,  light  centre. 
Mademoiselle  Trine.  Soft  rose-magenta,  large  trusses. 
Mr.  II.  J.  Jones.  Purple. 

Mrs.  D.  Saunders.  Pink,  shaded. 

Mrs.  E.  Rawson.  Orange-scarlet,  very  free; 
large  trusses. 

Mrs.  Gordon.  Dark-crimson. 

Mrs.  Gordon  Lindsay.  Salmon. 

Mrs.  Pole  Routh.  Shaded  salmon. 

Mrs.  Robertson.  Pink. 

Norah.  Soft  blush,  extra  fine. 

Opal.  Shaded  salmon. 

Phoenna.  Crimson,  shaded. 

Queen  of  the  Belgians.  White. 

Royal  Purple.  Purple,  good  habit,  splendid 
trusses. 

Rudyard  Kipling.  Purple. 

Sir  II.  Irving.  Rose-magenta,  large,  free; 
dwarf  habit. 

Snowdrop.  White. 

T.  Hayes.  Bright-crimson. 

Titania.  Crimson,  with  white  eye. 

IP.  Bealby.  Rosy-scarlet. 

Golden  Tricolor.  —  Achievement,  E.  R. 
Benyon,  Lady  Cullum,  Louisa  Smith,  Master¬ 
piece,  Mr.  H.  Cox,  Mrs.  Pollock,  Mrs.  Turner, 
Prince  of  Wales,  Queen  Victoria,  Sophia 
Dumaresque,  Victoria  Regina. 

Silver  Tricolor. — Charming  Bride,  Dolly 
Varden,  Imperatrice  Eugenie,  Lass  of  Gowrie, 
Mrs.  John  Clutton,  Mrs.  Laing,  Mrs.  T.  A.  Dickson, 
Prince  Silverwings,  Princess  Beatrice,  Proteus. 

Gold  and  Bronze. — Black  Douglas,  Bronze  Queen,  Em¬ 
peror  of  Brazil,  Golden  Harry  Hieover,  Her  Majesty, 
Imperatrice  Eugenie,  Lulu,  Mrs.  Harrison  Weir,  Mrs. 
Lewis  Lloyd,  Prince  Arthur,  The  Dragon,  The  Shah. 

Silver  Variegated. — Bright  Star,  Flower  of  Spring, 
May  Queen,  Mrs.  Kingsbury,  Princess  Alexandra,  Wal¬ 
tham  Bride. 

Yellow-leaved. — Cloth  of  Gold,  Crystal  Palace  Gem, 
Golden  Fleece. 

Show  and  Fancy  Pelargoniums. 

The  large-flowered  or  Show  varieties  (fig.  592) 
are  the  pi'ogeny  of  P.  cucullatum  and  P.  grandi- 
■ Jloruni ;  the  parentage  of  the  Fancy  varieties 
appears  to  be  unknown.  Although  not  so  popu¬ 
lar  as  formeidy,  they  still  have  many  admirers, 
lai'ge  specimens  being  not  unfrecpxently  seen  at 
provincial  flower-shows.  Mi’.  Turner  of  Slough 
is  one  of  the  principal  growers  of  this  section, 
plants  5  feet  in  diameter  bearing  150  trusses  of 
flowers  being  produced  by  him  in  about  four 
years  from  cuttings. 

Culture  and  Propagation. — Cuttings  formed  of 
well  -  ripened  stocky  growths  from  below  the 
flowering  wood;  if  inserted  early  in  July  in 


Fig.  591.— A  good  example  of  a  pot-grown  Zonal  Pelargonium  in  November. 


484 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


sandy  soil  in  a  frame  or  on  a  shelf  in  a  green¬ 
house,  should  be  well  rooted  and  fit  for  potting 
into  3 -inch  pots  by  the  first  week  in  September. 
They  should  be  kept  in  a  greenhouse,  as  near 
the  roof-glass  as  possible,  for  the  winter.  Early 
in  the  spring  they  will  be  fit  to  place  in  5-  and 
6-inch  pots  for  flowering.  As  soon  as  root-action 


is  again  active,  they  should  be  stopped  to  form 
dwarf  compact  plants,  once  only  if  to  flower  in 
May,  twice  if  not  required  until  June  or  July. 
These  plants  will  be  better  than  older  ones  to 
grow  on  for  the  next  season.  After  they  have 
flowered,  they  should  be  stood  in  a  sunny 
position  in  the  open  until  the  cuttings  have  been 
taken,  then  lay  the  plants  on  their  sides  to 
ripen.  Early  in  August  these  plants  should  be 
cut  back  severely  and  near  to  the  first  stopping, 
and  placed  in  a  frame,  giving  no  water  except  a 
daily  syringe,  until  the  plants  have  broken  into 
fresh  growth.  They  should  then  be  repotted, 
reducing  the  balls  sufficiently  to  get  them  into 
a  size  smaller  pot.  In  spring  they  will  require 
shifting  into  6-  or  8-inch  pots,  stopping  being 
again  attended  to  as  advised.  Those  plants 
that  are  wanted  in  flower  in  March  or  April 


should  not  be  stopped  during  the  winter,  unless 
the  growth  is  well  advanced. 

Forcing,  for  early  flowers,  should  be  done  in 
a  warm,  light  house,  the  plants  being  hardened 
off  previous  to  the  flowers  opening.  When  in 
bloom  they  should  be  kept  in  a  well-ventilated 
structure,  or  the  flowers  will  soon  fade.  Liquid 
manure  may  be  given  when  the  plants  are  well 
established  in  their  last  shift.  It  is  always  safer 
in  the  winter  to  keep  the  plants  fairly  dry  at 
the  roots  until  quite  active  growth  is  in  pro¬ 
gress.  The  compost  recommended  by  Mr. 
Turner  is  good  yellow  loam,  well-rotted  stable 
manure,  bone-meal,  coarse  sand,  and  charcoal. 
For  ordinary  purposes,  two  parts  of  loam  to  one 
part  of  leaf-soil  answers  very  well. 

List  of  Vakieties. 

Shoio. 

Achievement.  Orange -scarlet,  upper  petals  maroon, 
white  centre. 

Blue  Beard.  Light-purple. 

Claribel.  Pure-white. 

Conspirator.  Rosy-salmon  and  maroon,  light  margin. 

Curtins.  Dark-crimson. 

Duke  of  Norfolk.  Crimson-scarlet. 

Eclipse.  Dark-rose. 

Emperor.  Light-pink. 

Example.  Deep-crimson. 

Excellent.  Light-crimson. 

Favourite.  Red  and  maroon. 

Heirloom.  Rich-rose. 

Indian  Yellow.  Orange-salmon. 

International.  Bright-rose. 

Joe.  Rosy-purple. 

Mabel.  Dark-maroon  above,  clear  narrow  margin,  rich. 

Magnate.  Fine  dark. 

Maid  of  Honour.  Pink. 

Marguerite.  White  and  crimson. 

Martial.  Rich  crimson-maroon  above,  bright  margin. 

Miss  Louisa  Coombs.  Light-rose. 

Mrs.  Coombs.  White  and  carmine. 

Orient.  Rose,  shaded  orange. 

Prelate.  Deep-purple. 

Prince  Leopold.  Bright-scarlet. 

Prince  of  Orange.  Bright-scarlet. 

Princess  Maud.  Bright-rose. 

Princess  of  Orange.  Deep-scarlet. 

Purpurea.  Rich-purple. 

Resolute.  Deep-rose. 

Royal  Albert.  Rose. 

Royal  Ascot.  Orange-scarlet. 

Sappho.  Cherry-rose,  dwarf. 

Sister  of  Mercy.  Crimson-maroon. 

Souvenir.  Rosy-purple. 

Statesman.  Pale-rose. 

Decorative. 

Alice.  Light  spotted. 

Beauty  of  Oxton.  White  and  crimson. 

Black  Diamond.  Lilac-purple. 

Buffalo  Bill.  Lilac,  blotched  carmine,  extra  large. 

Captain  Raikes.  Crimson,  edged  white,  dark  blotch, 
double. 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


485 


Comtesse  de  Choiseul.  White. 

Dr.  Masters.  Dark-maroon. 

Duchess  of  Edinburgh.  White,  spotted. 

Duchess  of  York.  White  and  carmine. 

Edward  Perkins.  Crimson-scarlet. 

Envperor  of  Russia.  Purple  and  maroon,  banded  white. 
Empress  of  India.  Rosy -scarlet. 

Gold  Mine.  Orange-scarlet. 

Kingston  Beauty.  White,  spotted. 

Lady  Isabel.  Lilac,  free,  large  trusses. 

La  Ville  de  Caen.  Cerise. 

Madame  M.  Knecht.  White. 

Madame  Thibaut.  Rich-rose,  eye 
and  margin  white,  fringed. 

Magpie.  White  and  purple  spots. 

Marie  Malet.  Carmine. 

Master  Richard.  Deep-crimson. 

Mr.  Coombs.  Pure-white. 

Prince  Henry.  Crimson. 

Purity.  White. 

Queen  Victoria.  Rich-vermilion,  pale 
at  margin,  semi-double. 

Radiant.  Scarlet-crimson. 

Rosetta.  Rosy-purple. 

Rosy  Morn.  Rosy-pink. 

Spotted  Beauty.  Rose,  dark  ruby- 
red  spots. 

St.  Blaise.  Deep-crimson. 


Cultivation. — As  regards  propagation  and  soil 
these  require  the  same  treatment  as  the  Zonal 
section.  A  stock  of  these  should  be  raised 
from  cuttings  every  year,  but  instead  of  pruning 
them  back  for  the  next  season  it  will  be  found 
better  to  grow  them  on,  as  they  do  not  bear 
pruning  nearly  so  well  as  the  Zonals.  Being 
of  a  semi-climbing  or  procumbent  habit,  they 


Fancy. 


Ambassadress.  Soft  lilac-rose. 

Delicatum.  White  and  light  rose. 

Dorothy.  White  with  carmine,  mar¬ 
gin  prettily  fringed. 

East  Lynne.  Crimson-purple. 

Ellen  Beck.  Soft  carmine. 

Fanny  Gair.  Rosy-lake. 

Iona.  Lilac-rose. 

Lady  Curzon.  White  and  purple. 

Lucy.  Crimson  and  violet. 

Medina.  Dark,  white  eye. 

Miss  E.  Little.  Rosy-purple. 

Mrs.  Douglas.  Rose  and  purple. 

Mrs.  Hart.  Crimson-purple. 

Princess  Teck.  White,  carmine  spots. 

Queen  of  the  Hellenes.  White,  rosy 
spots. 

Roi  dcs  Fantasies.  Rosy-crimson. 

Sir  Hugo.  Rich-crimson,  dwarf. 

Sybil.  Rosy-crimson  and  white. 

The  Shah.  Deep  crimson-purple. 

Thomas  Ring.  Carmine  and  white. 

Ivy-leaved  Pelargoniums. 

These  are  descendants  from  P.  pellatum  and 
P.  hedercefolium.  The  wonderfully  improved 
varieties  recently  raised  are  said  to  have  had 
their  origin  in  a  chance  cross  between  an  Ivy¬ 
leaved  variety  and  a  Zonal  variety,  which  was 
obtained  in  a  garden  in  Nice  by  M.  Jean  Sisley. 
Since  then  others  have  made  the  same  cross, 
and  we  have  now  a  large  number  of  beautiful 
varieties  which  are  of  the  greatest  value  in  the 
garden  and  greenhouse. 


Pig  593.— Ivy-leaved  Pelargonium  in  Hanging  Basket. 

are  excellent  for  training  on  screens  or  trellises, 
or  as  bushes  with  several  sticks  as  supports. 
For  covering  walls  or  training  up  pillars  in 
greenhouses  or  conservatories  they  are  admir¬ 
able,  being  of  rapid  growth.  For  hanging 
baskets  or  large  vases,  too,  they  are  most 
effective  (fig.  593). 

List  of  Varieties. 

Anna  Pfitzer.  Salmon-rose. 

Beauty  of  Castle  Hill.  Rose, 

Edith  Owen.  Magenta. 

Flambeau.  Scarlet. 

Galilee.  Soft-pink. 

Gloire  de  Lorraine.  Light -magenta. 

Jubilee.  Reddish-crimson. 


486 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


L’ Elegante.  White-edged  foliage,  flowers  single. 

Liberty.  Light-magenta. 

Madame  Emilee  Galli.  Pale-lilac. 

Marguerite  Jacquot.  Rosy-pink. 

Mrs.  Cannell.  Soft  pale- lilac. 

Mrs.  Hawley.  Bright  deep-rose. 

Old  White.  Single,  for  baskets. 

Prince  of  Wales.  Cerise. 

Ryecroft  Surprise.  Salmon-pink. 

Souvenir  de  Charles  Turner.  Deep-rose. 

W.  F.  Dreer.  Magenta-red. 

Scented-leaved  Pelargoniums. 

These  are  mostly  species  or  varieties  modified 
more  or  less  by  cultivation.  They  are  worth 
growing  for  the  fragrance  of  their  leaves  alone, 
but  many  of  them  are  also  pretty  flowering 
plants. 

Culture. — Generally  these  require  the  same 
conditions  and  treatment  as  the  Zonal  and  Ivy¬ 
leaved  sections.  They  may  be  pruned  as  in 
the  case  of  the  Shows  and  Fancies,  or  grown  on 
from  year  to  year  until  they  are  too  large. 
When  large  plants  are  grown,  they  are  useful 
at  all  seasons,  and  as  the  shoots  are  at  times 
cut  for  use  in  vases,  it  is  not  a  difficult  matter 
to  keep  them  within  bounds  in  combination 
with  occasional  staking  and  tying.  Some  of 
them  are  not  by  any  means  the  easiest  plants 
to  manage — some  being  delicate  growers,  whilst 
others  are  vigorous  for  a  time,  and  then  go  off 
suddenly.  Firm  potting  keeps  the  plants  sturdy, 
and  is  conducive  to  good  health.  The  best 
time  to  repot  any  that  require  it  is  in  the  early 
spring,  whether  the  balls  be  reduced  or  not. 
Immediately  after  repotting,  close  treatment 
for  a  short  time  will  encourage  vigorous  root- 
action;  the  cool  house  is  then  the  better  place 
for  them.  Large  shifts  should  be  avoided;  in¬ 
deed  plants  which  have  not  been  repotted  for 
three  or  four  years  will  continue  in  good  health 
if  cared  for  as  advised  in  winter.  Active  growth 
takes  place  in  June,  when  an  occasional  water¬ 
ing  with  sulphate  of  ammonia,  a  table-spoonful 
in  a  three-gallon  can  of  water,  will  benefit  them. 
Three  doses  during  the  season  will  be  ample. 
The  best  position  for  them  is  in  the  open  air,  in 
full  sunshine,  from  the  end  of  May  until  the  end 
of  September.  The  foliage  of  the  highly  fra¬ 
grant  varieties  is  excellent  for  use  as  pot-pourri 
when  well  dried. 

List  of  Varieties. 

Strong  Growers. — Capitatum  ( rose-scented ),  *  Purple 
or  Rollison’s  and  *  Scarlet  Unique,  quercifolium  (true  oak- 
leaf),  radula  (balsam-scented),  tomentosum  (peppermint- 
scented),  viscosissimum,  vars.  Pheasant’s-foot  and  Fair 
Helen. 

Medium  Growers.—*  Ardens  (scarlet  flowers),  Attar  of 


Roses  (scent  indicated),  filicifolium  odoratum  (Fern-leaf), 
fragrans  (Nutmeg-scented),  graveolens,  var.  *  Pretty  Polly 
(Almond -scented),  Lady  Plymouth  (variegated),  Mrs. 
Douglas  (dark-zoned),  *  quercifolium  minor  (small  Oak- 
leaf),  *Sliottesham  Pet  (Filbert-scented). 

Small  Growers. — Citriodora,  *  Countess  of  Devon  (a 
miniature  “Fancy”),  crispum  (Lemon-scented),  denticula- 
tum  major,  Lady  Mary  (small  foliage),  *  Prince  of  Orange 
(free-flowering),  Prince  of  Orange  (variegated),  radula, 
var.  *  Little  Gem  (very  compact). 

*  Denotes  varieties  useful  also  as  flowering-  plants.  The  best 
sorts  for  cutting  purposes  are  capitatum,  radula,  Attar  of  Roses, 
fragrans,  Lady  Plymouth,  crispum,  and  Little  Gem. 

[J.  H.] 

Pentstemon  (fig.  594). — Few  hardy  plants 
have  been  so  much  improved  during  the  last 
twenty  years  as  the  Pentstemon.  By  crossing 


and  selecting  from  P.  Hartwegii,  P.  gentianoides , 
P.  Cobcea,  and  others,  florists  have  obtained  a  race 
of  hardy  border  plants,  remarkably  floriferous, 
large-flowered,  and  very  varied  in  colour. 

Cultivation. — Garden  Pentstemons  succeed  well 
in  any  good  soil,  but  a  deep  and  rather  moist 
sandy  loam  is  best.  If  occasionally  dressed 
with  manure  and  leaf-soil,  they  produce  enor¬ 
mous  spikes  of  beautiful  flowers  throughout 
summer  and  autumn.  They  can  be  grown  in 
masses  in  beds,  in  groups  in  the  herbaceous 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


487 


border,  or  in  the  flower-garden  to  form  a  centre 
to  large  beds,  or  mingled  Avith  some  other  suit¬ 
able  plant. 

Cuttings  formed  of  barren  shoots  will  strike 
at  almost  any  time  of  the  year,  the  best  time 
being  August  or  September;  the  softer  the  Avood, 
the  more  readily  do  the  cuttings  root.  Leafy 
shoots  4  inches  long  should  be  taken,  cut  just 
below  a  joint,  and  inserted  in  light  sandy  soil, 
well  drained,  and  in  pots  or  pans  in  a  cold  frame. 
Or  they  can  be  put  in  a  A\rarm  border  and 
covered  Avith  a  hand-glass,  shading  them  from 
the  sun.  Plants  that  have  remained  out  all 
the  summer  Avill  often  live  through  the  winter 
in  the  open  border,  especially  if  some  ashes 
are  placed  about  the  roots  by  way  of  affording 
protection  in  severe  weather. 

Seeds  saved  from  a  good  strain  generally 
yield  a  large  percentage  of  equally  good 
varieties.  They  should  be  sown  in  shallow 
boxes  of  good  light  soil  in  February  or  March 
in  a  gentle  bottom -heat,  Avhere  they  soon 
germinate.  When  the  seedlings  are  large 
enough  to  handle,  they  should  be  pricked  off 
into  other  boxes  and  kept  in  heat  for  a  time, 
hardening  them  off'  before  planting  them  in 
prepared  beds  in  May  or  June.  Plant  them 
about  a  foot  apart  each  Avay  in  good  soil,  and 
in  dry  Aveather  occasional  Avatering  at  the  roots 
will  keep  them  growing.  If  extra  strong  plants 
are  required  by  May,  seed  should  be  sown  in 
August,  and  the  plants  groAvn  in  a  frame 
through  the  winter. 

Select  Named  Varieties. 

Adonis.  White,  suffused  with  lilac. 

Alfred  Richet.  Bright- vermilion,  white  throat. 

Archibald  Colquhoun.  Crimson  and  white,  veined  purple. 

Argou.  Bluish -purple,  white  throat. 

Berlioz.  Violet-purple,  white  throat. 

Bridesmaid.  Large,  pure-white. 

Charles  Street.  Pale-lilac,  veined  crimson. 

Compacta.  Scarlet,  purple,  and  white. 

Conspicua.  Violet-purple  and  white. 

David  Wood.  White  shaded  purple. 

Eclipse.  Purplish-crimson,  blotched  chocolate. 

Floribunda.  Blood-red,  white  throat. 

George  Ulrich.  Scarlet,  white  throat. 

Henry  Lister.  Rosy-purple  and  white,  marked  crimson. 

Jean  Mace.  Scarlet,  white  throat. 

Le  Niagara.  Creamy-white. 

Mont  Blanc.  Pure-white. 

Mrs.  Bosanquet.  Purplish-crimson. 

Serenade.  White  shaded  lilac. 

Surcouf.  Carmine-lake,  with  chocolate  markings. 

Tissandier.  Rosy-carmine  and  white,  spotted  crimson. 

Victor  Hugo.  Dark-lilac,  white  throat,  spotted  purple. 

William  Folder.  Rosy-lilac,  white  throat. 

William  Lumley.  Bright-red,  pencilled  chocolate. 

W.  M.  Baillie.  Bright-scarlet,  white  throat. 


Phlox  (fig.  595). — The  popular  perennial 
border  Phloxes  are  said  to  be  the  outcome  of 
a  cross  between  P.  paniculata  ( decussata )  and  P. 
metadata,  the  former  Avith  tall,  erect  unbranched 
stems,  ovate -lanceolate  leaves,  and  large  ter¬ 
minal  panicles  of  lilac,  purple,  or  white  flowers ; 


Fig.  595.— Phlox. 


the  latter  Avith  shorter  stems,  spotted  with 
purple,  the  panicle  of  flowers  narrower,  the 
flowers  fragrant,  purple  or  white.  Their  progeny 
are  popularly  known  as  forms  of  P.  decussata. 
Many  named  sorts  have  been  raised,  chiefly 
by  M.  Lemoine,  Mr.  Ivelway,  and  Mr.  John 
Forbes,  and  neAv  ones  are  added  annually. 
They  vary  in  height  from  1  foot  to  3  or  4 
feet,  and  there  is  considerable  range  of  varia¬ 
tion  in  the  colours  of  the  floAvers,  and  also  in 
the  shape  of  the  leaves. 

Although  these  plants  are  not  particular  as 
to  soil,  they  pay  for  good  cultivation.  They 
are  too  often  left  to  struggle  for  existence  with 
coarse  herbaceous  plants  and  shrubs,  and  even 
then  they  make  a  good  display  from  July  until 
the  frost  stops  them.  But  to  have  them  in 
perfection  they  should  be  groAvn  in  beds  by 
themselves,  a  feAv  large  beds  in  a  sunny  position 


488 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


on  a  lawn  being  a  suitable  place;  if  planted  in 
a  mixed  border  they  should  be  set  in  sufficiently 
large  groups  to  be  effective,  and  their  root-space 
should  be  kept  free  from  the  encroachments  of 
their  neighbours.  The  soil  for  them  should  be 
well  trenched,  and  if  manure  is  needed  it  should 
be  mixed  with  the  lower  spit.  A  mulch  of 
short,  well-rotted  dung  or  leaf-soil  should  be 
given  every  year  in  May.  The  plants  are  un¬ 
fortunately  subject  in  some  soils  to  a  fungus 
disease  which  attacks  the  stems  at  the  surface 
of  the  soil.  A  good  dressing  of  lime  is  recom¬ 
mended  as  a  preventive.  It  is  also  advisable 
to  discard  those  sorts  which  are  worst  affected 
by  this  disease.  The  plants  should  be  lifted, 
trimmed,  and  replanted  if  possible  in  new  soil 
about  every  three  years. 

Propagation. — It  is  easy  to  multiply  these 
plants  by  means  of  cuttings  taken  from  the 
base  of  cut-down  plants.  They  should  be 
placed  in  a  cutting  frame  in  slight  heat  and 
kept  close  as  for  cuttings  of  Chrysanthemums. 
When  rooted  they  should  be  planted  in  a 
nursery  bed  for  a  year,  where  they  will  grow 
into  nice  stocky  plants,  ready  for  the  lawn-bed 
or  border,  in  March  or  April.  They  can  also 
be  raised  from  seeds  sown  in  a  little  warmth  in 
March.  The  seedlings  should  be  grown  on  in 
a  nursery-bed  until  strong  enough  to  plant  in 
borders,  &c.  Of  course  seedlings  cannot  be  re¬ 
lied  upon  as  regards  colour.  The  stems  are 
veiy  brittle  and  easily  broken  by  gusts  of 
wind;  they  should  therefore  be  staked  early. 
In  dry  weather  they  require  a  daily  watering. 
If  the  stools  show  a  tendency  to  over-pro¬ 
duction  of  stems  in  spring,  the  superfluous 
ones  should  be  taken  off  and  used,  if  required, 
as  cuttings.  In  planting  the  beds,  a  distance  of 
about  1 8  inches  between  each  plant  is  desirable, 
and  this  may  prove  too  close  for  sorts  that 
grow  with  great  vigour.  No  plants  are  better 
adapted  for  filling  large  beds  which  have  been 
devoted  to  summer  bedding -plants,  such  as 
Geraniums,  Calceolarias,  &c.  There  are  hun¬ 
dreds  of  named  sorts;  the  following  is  a  good 
selection : — 

White.  ■ —  *  Albatre,  Amazon,  Bayardere,  *  Berenice, 

*  Eden,  *Fille  d’Eve,  *  La  Neige,  Lawrence,  Niphetos, 

*  Purity,  Sylphide,  The  Queen. 

White  with  red  eye. — Captain  Jackson,  Countess  of 
Aberdeen,  Countess  of  Minto,  *  Espoir,  Longchamps, 
Princess  of  Wales. 

Pink.  —  Alhambra,  Baccante,  *  Belvedere,  Eclaireur, 
Gilbert,  Hamlet,  Marquise  de  Breteuil,  Molihre,  Mozart, 
Mrs.  Gladstone,  Parthenon,  Regulus. 

Red. — Angus  M‘Leod,  Claude  Gillie,  Coquelicot,  Etna, 
James  Grieve,  L’Eclair,  Montagnard,  *  Pandore,  Roi 
des  Roses,  Sesostris,  Surprise,  Tom  Welsh. 


Purple  or  blue. — Acropole,  Balzac,  Bayard,  Chateau¬ 
briand,  Duguesclin,  Iris,  Lamartine,  Ledru  Rollin,  Le 
Malidi,  Le  P.  Hacquart,  Montrose,  Suffrage. 

Variegated. — Alcesti,  Atlante,  Crepuscule,  E.  Danzan- 
villiers,  Papillon,  *  Tunisie. 

*  These  are  less  than  2  feet  high. 

Phyllocactus. — A  very  showy  genus  of 
hothouse  plants,  well  deserving  more  care  and 
attention  than  they  usually  receive.  They  are 
chiefly  of  hybrid  orison,  the  largest  and  best 


Fig.  596.— Phyllocactus  crenatus. 


varieties  being  mainly  descendants  from  P. 
crenatus  (fig.  596),  P.  grandis,  and  P.  Icitifrons. 
The  rich-coloured  Cereus  speciosissimus  is  also 
responsible  for  some  of  the  most  brilliant  tints. 
They  have  flattened,  notched  stems,  no  true 
leaves,  and  the  flowers  are  produced  from  the 
notches  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  last-matured 
growths.  For  soil,  a  light,  yellow,  fibrous  loam, 
a  fourth  part  of  leaf-mould  and  a  sprinkling  of 
brick  and  mortar  rubble  and  coarse  white  sand 
form  a  suitable  mixture.  They  do  not  thrive  if 
over-potted,  and,  like  all  plants  of  the  Cactus 
order,  they  require  a  season  of  rest  in  a  dry 
atmosphere,  and  also  to  be  kept  dry  at  the  roots, 
scarcely  needing  water  at  all  for  three  months 
in  winter.  Propagation  by  seed,  obtained,  if 
possible,  from  cross-fertilized  flowers,  may  result 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


489 


in  new  and  improved  varieties.  Cuttings  of  the 
stems  root  freely  in  the  spring  if  placed  in  a 
warm  moist  house  in  sandy  soil.  There  is  little 
danger  of  losing  them  except  by  their  damping 
off  at  the  base,  through  over-watering.  They 
soon  fill  the  pots  with  roots,  when  they  should 
be  repotted  into  4-inch  pots  in  May  or  June; 
they  will  not  require  to  be  repotted  again  until 
the  following  March,  when  they  may  be  put 
into  7-inch  pots.  They  should  always  stand  in 
a  sunny  position,  quite  unshaded,  in  a  warm  airy 
house.  They  usually  assume  a  bushy  habit,  but 
if  they  show  a  tendency  to  legginess  the  tops 
of  the  growths  should  be  removed.  It  is  a 
good  plan  to  turn  them  out-of-doors  after  mid¬ 
summer,  in  a  position  well  exposed  to  the 
sun.  Let  them  have  moderate  supplies  of 
water.  They  should  be  removed  into  a  warm 
greenhouse  before  the  cold  nights.  Well- 
established  plants  should  be  started  into 
growth  early  in  the  year  in  order  that  they 
may  make  their  growth  before  midsummer, 
to  be  turned  out  again  about  that  time  for  the 
ripening  process.  This  alternation  of  growth 
and  of  rest  produces  in  a  few  years  handsome 
flowering  plants. 

Within  recent  years  excellent  work  has  been 
done  in  the  raising  of  new  and  greatly  improved 
varieties  by  French,  English,  and  American 
growers. 

The  best  of  the  species  are : — - 

P.  Ackermanni.  Stems  broad;  flowers  rich  scarlet. 
Mexico. 

P.  crenatus.  Stems  very  broad ;  flowers  creamy-white 
and  orange,  fragrant.  Honduras. 

P.  grandis.  Large  flat  stems ;  flowers  white,  fragrant. 
Honduras. 

P.  Hookerii.  Stems  long ;  flowers  with  long  slender 
tube,  white,  fragrant.  Brazil. 

List  op  Garden  Varieties. 

Adonis.  Large,  rose-pink;  a  good  grower,  free. 

Agatha.  Pink-shaded  salmon. 

Alice  Wilson.  Orange-scarlet. 

Brilliant.  Vivid  scarlet. 

Cooperii.  Creamy-white,  a  large,  elegant  flower. 

JDelicatus.  Pink-shaded  salmon. 

Ensign.  Deep-scarlet. 

Exquisite.  Charming  bright-rose. 

Favourite.  Pale-rose. 

Gilbert  Watson.  Large  white. 

Hecla.  Light  crimson-scarlet. 

Homer.  Red,  violet  centre. 

Isabel  Watson.  Plat-stemmed,  otherwise  like  J.  T. 
Peacock. 

Jessica.  Light  soft-pink. 

J.  T.  Peacock.  Rich  magenta-shaded  violet,  large. 

Niobe.  Deep-scarlet,  purplish  centre. 

Olivette.  Rose-carmine. 

Orion.  Orange-red,  shaded  with  violet-p>urple. 


Plato.  Brilliant  scarlet. 

Jlefidgence.  Dark  glossy  scarlet. 

Romeo.  Light-red,  pale-purple  edge,  distinct. 

Saizy  Watson.  Salmon-pink. 

Sirius.  Bright  rose-pink. 

Sunset.  Fine  rich  deep-shaded  crimson. 

Vesta.  Large  white. 

Poinsettia  (Euphorbia  pulcherrima)  (fig.  597). 
— This  fine  autumn-  and  winter-flowering  plant  is 
a  native  of  Mexico.  The  red  variety  stands  un 
rivalled  for  the  brilliant  colouring  of  its  scarlet 


Fig.  597.— Poinsettia. 


bracts,  which,  when  well  grown,  will  attain  a 
length  of  9  or  10  inches,  lasting  long  on  the 
plant.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  but  incon¬ 
spicuous.  There  is  a  white-bracted  sort  (alba) 
that  is  often  grown  as  a  companion  to  the 
above,  but  is  not  nearly  so  effective,  although 
forming  a  nice  contrast.  The  double  variety 
( plenissima )  has  the  cymose  inflorescence 
branched,  and  bearing,  within  the  outer  bracts, 
tufts  of  smaller  but  equally  high-coloured 
bracts,  which  mature  in  succession,  and  much 
extend  the  flowering  season.  As  a  winter  plant 
for  a  warm  conservatory,  the  Poinsettia  has  few 
equals.  It  can  be  brought  into  bloom  at  dif¬ 
ferent  times,  giving  a  succession  for  eight  or  ten 
weeks.  The  flower-like  heads  of  leafy  bracts  last 
long  when  cut,  if  kept  in  water. 


490 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


Propagation. — The  Poinsettia  increases  readily 
from  cuttings  in  spring,  taken  off  with  a  heel 
when  the  shoots  are  about  4  inches  long,  in¬ 
serted  in  sand,  and  placed  in  a  brisk  heat; 
when  rooted,  put  them  singly  in  3-  or  4-inch 
pots,  in  good  turfy  loam  to  which  is  added 
one-sixth  of  leaf -mould  with  a  little  sand; 
they  should  be  kept  in  a  temperature  of  68° 
or  70°  at  night,  with  a  rise  of  10°  by  day. 
The  plant  has  an  almost  uncontrollable  habit 
of  running  up  with  a  single  straight  shoot 
without  any  disposition  to  branch.  Young 
plants  are  grown  on  without  stopping,  but  to 
prevent  their  getting  up  too  high  they  should 
be  kept  all  through  the  growing  season  with 
their  heads  almost  touching  the  roof,  and 
allowed  sufficient  air  when  the  weather  is  fine; 
give  enough  water,  and  as  soon  as  the  pots  get 
filled  with  roots  move  them  into  others  6  or  8 
inches  in  diameter,  using  soil  similar  to  that 
for  the  last  potting,  and  treat  as  before,  syring¬ 
ing  them  freely  overhead  in  the  afternoons. 
Towards  the  beginning  of  August,  when  they 
have  made  plenty  of  roots,  they  may  be  gradu¬ 
ally  inured  to  more  air,  and  either  removed  to 
a  house  without  fire-heat,  where  they  can  have 
air  night  and  day  whilst  the  weather  is  warm, 
or  stood  out-of-doors  under  a  south  wall  in  the 
full  sun  for  a  month;  but  before  there  is  any 
approach  to  cold  nights  they  must  be  taken 
inside  and  kept  in  a  temperature  of  50°  during 
the  night.  Some  of  them  may  be  put  into  a 
warm  house  in  October,  where  they  will  come 
into  flower,  the  remainder  being  brought  into 
heat  later  on  for  succession.  In  a  temperature 
of  55°  the  flowers  last  longer  than  if  kept  where 
it  is  hotter. 

Where  plants  are  wanted  dwarf,  say  from 
8  to  12  inches  high,  and  in  6-inch  pots,  about 
the  beginning  of  September,  cut  the  shoots  half¬ 
way  through,  6  or  7  inches  from  the  top,  and 
leave  them  in  this  state  upon  the  plants  for  ten 
days  until  the  cut  portion  has  become  callused 
over;  then  completely  sever  them  and  place  in 
3-inch  pots  in  a  mixture  of  half  sand  and  loam 
in  a  close  frame,  where  they  will  root  in  about 
three  weeks,  after  which  give  air  gradually,  and 
ultimately,  as  soon  as  they  evince  ability  to  bear 
it,  fully  expose  them;  move  into  6-inch  pots  in 
soil  as  before  advised,  and  keep  them  as  near 
the  glass  as  possible.  If  they  show  a  disposi¬ 
tion  to  get  taller  than  desired,  again  half-sever 
them  at  a  similar  distance  below  the  tops,  and 
after  they  are  callused  as  before,  take  them  off 
and  root  them. 

When  the  flowering  is  over,  put  the  plants 


in  any  out-of-the-way  place  where  a  tempera¬ 
ture  of  55°  can  be  kept  up,  and  here  let  them 
remain  until  May,  Avhen  they  should  be  cut 
down  and  placed  in  a  temperature  of  60°. 
They  will  here  soon  push  into  growth,  when 
cuttings,  as  required,  can  be  taken  off,  and  the 
old  plants  destroyed  or  grown  on  if  wanted. 
Where  it  is  desired,  they  can  be  grown  in 
succeeding  years  to  a  large  size  by  giving  them 
more  root-room,  cutting  them  well  back  each 
season  before  starting  into  growth,  and  re¬ 
moving  the  exhausted  soil,  which  the  spare 
nature  of  the  roots  allows  to  be  readily  shaken 
away. 

Primrose  and  Polyanthus  ( Primula 
vulgaris). — One  of  the  prettiest  of  native  plants, 
whether  wild  in  a  wood  or  copse  or  hedge¬ 
row,  or  cultivated  in  the  garden.  It  is  most 
effective  when  planted  in  the  wild  garden  in 
imitation  of  its  position  in  nature,  and  it  may 
be  used  as  an  edging  to  a  flower  border  in 
partially  shaded  positions.  Under  cultivation 
it  has  varied  considerably,  perhaps  the  most, 
remarkable  of  all  the  varieties  thus  obtained 
being  the  blue-flowered  seedlings  raised  by  Mr. 
G.  F.  Wilson.  A  very  large-flowered  form  ol 
the  type  has  lately  been  raised  and  distributed 
under  the  name  of  Evelyn  Arkwright  (fig.  598). 
There  are  also  purple,  crimson,  rose,  and  white 
sorts,  some  of  them  double-flowered.  They 
reproduce  themselves  fairly  true  from  seeds, 
which  should  be  sown  early  in  spring  in  boxes 
or  pans  in  a  cold  frame,  pricking  the  seedlings 
out  on  a  moist  shaded  border  as  soon  as  they 
are  large  enough  to  handle.  If  to  be  used  for 
filling  beds  for  spring  effect  they  should  be 
grown  on  in  rich,  moist  soil  in  a  shaded  position 
in  a  nursery  or  kitchen -garden  bed  until 
October,  when  they  may  be  lifted  and  planted 
in  the  flower-beds,  watering  them  in  freely  if  the 
weather  be  at  all  dry.  Here  they  may  remain 
till  May,  when  they  will  require  fresh  quarters 
for  the  summer.  They  should  be  lifted  and 
broken  up  if  an  increase  of  stock  is  required; 
indeed  single  offsets  make  the  best  plants  by 
the  following  spring;  they  may  be  planted  in 
a  bed  as  advised  for  young  seedlings.  Very 
choice  varieties  can  only  be  kept  by  this  annual 
division,  and  they  do  not  always  produce  offsets, 
freely. 

Although  there  is  a  well-marked  difference 
between  the  true  Primrose  and  the  Cowslip 
(P.  veris )  they  are  really  essentially  very  closely 
related,  and  consequently  they  are  supposed  to 
have  crossed  in  a  wild  state.  “The  cultivated 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


491 


varieties,  either  natural  or  hybrid,  which  are 
generally  referred  to  these  two  species  are 
numerous.  The  Polyanthus,  P.  variabilis,  is 
intermediate  in  character,  but  its  origin  is  not 
known  with  certainty.  However,  as  some  of 
the  forms  approach  the  Cowslip,  and  some  the 


Fig.  598.— Primrose— Evelyn  Arkwright.  (3.) 


stalked  variety  of  the  Primrose,  there  seems  to 
be  little  doubt  that  it  is  a  fertile  hybrid  between 
these  two  species,  if  indeed  they  are  entitled 
to  that  rank.  The  colouring  is  endless  in  its 
variations,  though  limited  to  various  shades 
and  combinations  of  purple,  red,  and  yellow. 
There  is  a  curious  variety  called  the  Hose-in¬ 
hose,  remarkable  for  the  calyx  being  an  almost 
exact  counterpart  of  the  corolla.  Another  race 
of  cultivated  varieties  belongs  to  the  Primrose, 
agreeing  with  that  in  having  the  flower-umbels 
sessile.  The  flowers  are  larger,  however,  in  the 
so-called  typical  form,  and  hence  it  has  received 
the  name  grandiflora.  The  varieties  in  cultiva¬ 
tion  are  more  or  less  double,  and  range  from 
nearly  pure  white,  yellow,  and  lilac,  to  deep 
crimson  ”  (W.  B.  Hemsley). 

The  Polyanthus  is  certainly  one  of  the  most 


I  charming  of  hardy  spring-flowering  plants,  but 
it  receives  comparatively  small  appreciation 
from  the  gardeners  of  the  present  period. 
Where  Daffodils  or  Tulips  are  favourites, 
there  also  should  Polyanthuses  find  admirers. 
They  are  easily  cultivated,  they  flower  freely, 
and  the  colours  of  their  flowers  are  pleasing. 
A  bed  of  selected  sorts,  such  as  may  be  seen 
at  Hampton  Court  in  June,  is  a  delightful 
floral  picture.  The  laced  varieties  are  particu¬ 
larly  rich  in  colours,  velvety  crimson,  edged  or 
laced  with  gold,  &c.  There  are  numerous 
named  varieties,  but  for  all  except  exhibition 
purposes  a  packet  of  seeds  from  a  reliable 
grower  will  afford  plenty  of  variety  and 
quality.  Their  cultivation  is  conducted  on 
the  same  lines  as  those  detailed  above  for 
the  Primrose. 

Primula  sinensis  (fig.  599).— This  plant, 
as  its  name  implies,  is  a  native  of  China,  and 
has  been  introduced  now  some  sixty  years;  but 
it  is  within  the  last  twenty  that  the  greatest 
advance  has  been  made  in  raising  improved 
varieties,  both  double  and  single.  For  bouquet¬ 
making,  the  double  white  kinds  are  most  useful, 
being  available  nearly  all  the  year  round.  The 
single  forms  are  most  serviceable  in  the  con¬ 
servatory  and  greenhouse  during  the  winter 
and  spring  months. 

It  is  usual  to  raise  fresh  plants  every  year, 
destroying  the  old  ones  as  soon  as  they  have 
flowered  or  have  ripened  seeds,  except  in  the. 
case  of  any  that  may  appear  to  possess  some 
superior  quality.  The  first  sowing  should 
be  made  early  in  March.  The  seeds  require 
care  in  sowing  or  they  will  fail  to  germinate, 
or  not  come  up  well;  in  all  stages,  from  the 
seed-pan  up  to  maturity,  Primulas  cannot  bear 
any  approach  to  stagnant  moisture  in  the  soil. 
The  soil  for  seeds  should  consist  of  three  parts, 
good  sifted  loam,  one  part  sand,  and  one  well- 
rotted  leaf-mould,  the  latter  sifted,  and  the 
whole  mixed  together;  fill  the  pans  to  within 
an  inch  of  the  rim,  make  moderately  firm,  and 
jwess  the  surface  smooth;  give  a  gentle  watering 
to  settle  the  soil,  and  then  sow  the  seeds  evenly, 
lightly  covering  them  with  fine  soil.  The 
pans  can  then  be  placed  in  a  cold  frame  and 
covered  with  a  pane  of  glass,  shading  with 
paper.  Little  water  will  be  required  until  the 
seedlings  are  visible,  when  a  little  ventilation 
is  necessary,  and  as  they  gain  strength  more 
air  should  be  admitted,  care  being  taken 
to  shade  from  bright  sunshine.  When  large 
enough  they  should  be  pricked  off  into  pans, 


492 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


an  inch  apart,  and  returned  to  the  frame, 
keeping  them  close  and  shaded  until  estab¬ 
lished,  when  they  may  receive  cooler  treat¬ 
ment.  Their  next  shift  should  be  singly  into 
3-inch  pots,  keeping  them  close  for  a  few  days. 
Shift  again  into  5-inch  pots,  taking  care  to 
develop,  by  means  of  light  and  ventilation,  a 
stiff,  robust  habit  of  growth.  They  delight  in  a 
moderately  open  and  rather  rich  compost,  con¬ 
sisting  of  six  parts  of  turfy  loam  and  one  part 


Fig.  599.— Primula  sinensis. 


each  of  well-decomposed  cow-manure,  leaf-soil, 
and  silver  sand.  The  pots  need  efficient  drain¬ 
age,  so  that  water  may  pass  away  freely  from 
the  roots,  the  soil  made  rather  firm,  and  deep 
potting  is  to  be  preferred.  After  May  the 
plants  will  do  well  in  a  cold  frame.  Water 
them  freely  during  the  summer,  but  in  autumn 
and  winter  give  just  enough  to  maintain  a 
moderate  moisture  in  the  soil.  An  airy  position 
a  short  distance  from  the  roof-glass  suits  them 
during  winter,  with  a  temperature  not  below 
45  to  50  degrees. 

The  Chinese  Primula  is  exceptionally  well  cul¬ 
tivated  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Birmingham, 
very  large  specimens  2  feet  or  more  in  diameter, 
with  large  massive  foliage  and  very  fine  flowers, 
being  annually  exhibited  in  November  in  the 
town-hall  there.  The  Birmingham  strain  is 
quite  distinct.  The  treatment  of  the  plants  is 
as  follows: — - 

The  seeds  are  sown  as  soon  after  ripening 
as  possible.  The  young  plants  are  pricked  off 


when  ready,  and  potted  into  small  pots  when 
large  enough.  They  are  wintered  in  these  pots, 
on  shelves  very  close  to  the  glass.  At  the  turn 
of  the  year,  when  the  plants  show  signs  of  fresh 
growth,  they  are  shifted  into  5-inch  pots,  and 
kept  close  to  the  glass  in  a  genial,  warm,  green¬ 
house  temperature.  In  June  they  are  put  into 
cold  frames,  kept  close  to  the  glass,  shaded 
during  the  brightest  part  of  day,  plenty  of  air 
being  judiciously  given  early  in  the  day,  re¬ 
duced  or  closed  altogether  according  to  weather 
before  the  sun  has  left  the  glass.  The  final 
shift  into  8-inch  pots  is  given  soon  after  the 
plants  are  removed  into  cold  frames.  They 
are  allowed  plenty  of  room  during  the  whole 
growing  season.  Weak  cow-manure  water,  with 
soot,  is  beneficial  when  the  plants  are  well- 
rooted.  A  sharp  look-out  is  kept  for  green-fly. 
About  the  middle  of  September  the  plants  are 
moved  into  a  cool,  airy  greenhouse  to  flower, 
and  from  November  onwards  many  of  them 
become  perfect  pyramids  of  bloom  from  purest 
white  to  deep  crimson,  lasting  for  several  months 
in  beauty.  Some  of  the  favourite  sorts  are: — 

Duke  of  York,  Emperor,  Eynsford  White,  Her  Majesty, 
Kentish  Purple,  Marquis  of  Lome,  Meteor,  Mont  Blanc, 
Princess  May,  Swanley  Giant,  White  Lady,  White 
Perfection. 

Several  fine  double  and  semi-double  varieties 
have  been  produced  from  seed;  the  former  are 
increased  by  means  of  cuttings;  the  latter  come 
fairly  true  from  seed. 

The  old  double  white  is  largely  propagated 
by  means  of  cuttings  planted  in  pots  of  light 
sandy  soil  in  a  moderate  heat.  Another  plan, 
that  of  layering,  is,  as  soon  as  the  old  plants 
have  gone  out  of  bloom  fine  cocoa-nut  fibre  is 
piled  up  among  the  shoots,  which  soon  root  into 
it;  they  are  then  taken  off  and  potted.  Some 
growers  partly  sever  the  shoots  with  a  knife, 
in  the  belief  that  it  induces  a  quicker  root- 
development.  [r.  d,] 

Pyrethrum  (fig.  600). — Pyrethnm  roseum 
has  been  so  greatly  improved  by  the  florist  that 
the  fine  double-flowered  kinds  may  be  said  to 
fill  such  places  in  May,  June,  and  July  as  the 
Aster  and  Chrysanthemum  fill  in  autumn. 
During  the  last  thirty  years  or  so  Mr.  Wm. 
Kelway  and  others  have  produced  numerous 
varieties,  both  single  and  double,  by  continuous 
cross-breeding  and  selection. 

They  thrive  under  ordinary  conditions,  re¬ 
sponding  readily  to  liberal  treatment,  and  are 
useful  either  for  beds  or  to  form  masses  in 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


493 


borders.  They  are  propagated  by  division  after 
the  plants  have  done  flowering,  and  also  from 
cuttings  made  of  the  side-shoots  formed  at  the 
end  of  the  summer.  These  should  be  set  in 
a  cold  frame,  or  under  a  hand-glass  in  a  shady 
border.  When  rooted  they  can  be  planted  out 
either  in  the  autumn  or  early  spring. 

The  double -flowered  varieties  do  not  seed 
easily,  and  the  seedlings  are  generally  inferior. 
The  single  varieties  are  better  in  this  respect. 


Fig.  600.— Pyrefchrums. 


The  seed  should  be  sown  in  pans  in  early 
spring  and  placed  in  a  cold  frame  or  on  a  shelf 
in  a  cool  greenhouse,  covering  them  with  a  pane 
of  glass,  and  shading  until  they  germinate. 

Selection  of  Sorts. 

Double-flowered. — Alfred,  Aphrodite,  Duchess  of  Teck, 
Empress  Queen,  Ernest,  Evelyn,  Figaro,  King  Oscar, 
Lady  Kildare,  Lenoard  Kelvvay,  Lord  Rosebery,  Milton, 
Pericles,  Primrose,  Princess  Beatrice. 

Single-flowered.  —  Alice,  Apollyon,  Dorothy  Kehvay, 
F.  M.  Peacock,  James  Kelway,  J.  G.  Clarke,  Lord 
Roberts,  Macbeth,  Mary  Anderson,  Millicent,  Pascal, 
Princess  Irene,  Princess  Marie,  Princess  of  Wales,  Ruth. 

Rhododendron  (Hardy).. —  Undoubtedly 
the  finest  and  best  of  hardy  evergreens,  no 
other  genus  combining  so  much  variety  of 
colour,  so  much  beauty  of  both  flower  and 
foliage,  with  vigour  and  hardiness. 


The  garden  Rhododendrons,  as  distinct  from 
the  species  from  which  they  are  derived,  are 
quite  a  modern  acquisition.  The  most  import¬ 
ant  of  the  parent  species — It.  catctwbiense,  R.  ar- 
boreum,  and  It.  caucasicum — have  been  introduced 
within  the  last  hundred  years.  R.  ponticum, 
which  has  also  played  a  part  in  the  production 
of  the  garden  race,  was  introduced  in  1763,  but 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  used  for  hybri¬ 
dizing  until  long  afterwards.  Although  other 
crosses,  accidental  or  otherwise,  had  been  pre¬ 
viously  obtained,  the  first  results  which  may  be 
said  to  have  begun  the  evolution  of  the  garden 
Rhododendrons,  as  Ave  know  them  to-day,  Avere 
obtained  between  1826  and  1835.  About  this 
period  the  Himalayan,  R.  arboreum,  introduced 
in  1820,  floAvered  for  the  first  time  under  culti¬ 
vation.  It  is  easy  to  imagine  the  effect  of 
its  glorious  crimson  trusses  on  people  Avho 
had  only  seen  before  the  comparatively  in¬ 
effectual  and  indeterminate  hues  of  the  Euro¬ 
pean  and  American  species  then  in  gardens. 
At  any  rate,  the  desire  Avas  generally  felt  to 
get  some  of  its  vivid  colour  into  the  open  air 
(for  it  is,  itself,  only  hardy  in  very  feAv  parts 
of  the  United  Kingdom),  and  it  was  used 
by  several  hybridists  betAveen  the  dates 
mentioned.  Thus  Avere  obtained  altaclerense 
(arboreum  x  species  unrecorded),  Nobleanum 
(arboreum  x  caucasicum ),  Russellianum  (arboreum 
x  catawbiense),  Smithii  (arboreum  x  ponticum). 
These  first  hybrids,  raised  from  R.  arboreum , 
naturally  retained  some  of  its  tenderness,  as 
Avell  as  its  propensity  to  break  into  flower 
early  in  the  year.  But  a  beginning  had  been 
made,  and  by  repeated  crossing  and  selection 
a  hardy,  later -floAvering  race  Avas  gradually 
evolved,  Avhich  still  retained  much  of  the  vivid 
colour  of  the  Himalayan  species.  In  fact,  all 
that  is  red  or  crimson  in  the  flowers  of  the 
garden  race  of  Rhododendrons  has  its  origin 
in  the  “blood”  of  R.  arboreum.  In  the  varieties 
that  are  most  free  from  any  purple  tinge,  such 
as  Michael  Waterer  and  Doncaster,  even  the 
foliage  still  bears  a  strong  impress  of  that 
species.  During  the  years  that  folloAved  the 
first  crosses  with  R.  arboreum ,  several  hybridists 
took  in  hand  their  improvement;  but  the  most 
noteAvorthy,  both  as  regards  the  length  of 
time  over  Avhich  their  work  has  extended  and 
the  results  obtained,  Avere  the  Waterers  of 
Knap  Hill  and  Bagshot.  Their  labours  may, 
indeed,  be  said  to  have  largely  given  to  the 
great  bulk  of  the  garden  Rhododendrons  of 
the  present  day  their  chief  distinctive  features. 

Whilst  the  great  majority  of  the  varieties 


494 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


owe  their  origin  in  a  varying  degree  to  the 
four  species  above  -  mentioned,  successful  at¬ 
tempts  have  been  made  in  more  recent  years  to 
introduce  the  “blood”  of  other  species  into 
the  open-air  varieties.  The  results  that  have 
already  been  obtained  by  using  the  fragrant 
Chinese  species,  II  Fortunei,  are  full  of  promise. 
Two  or  three  hybrids,  with  R.  Griffitliianum 


( Ancklandii )  as  one  parent,  are  of  a  singularly 
refined  beauty,  arid  very  strikingly  distinct 
from  the  old-fashioned  race.  B.  Thomsoni  has 
also  been  used — Ascot  Brilliant  is  one  of  its 
progeny — but  although  the  colour  is  almost 
equal  to  that  of  B.  arboreum,  its  indifferent  con¬ 
stitution  is  a  drawback.  A  few  charming 
varieties,  hardy,  but  too  early-flowering  to  be 


Fig.  601.— Rhododendron  Kewense. 


of  much  value  in  the  open  air,  have  been  raised 
by  crossing  B.  ciliatum  and  II  dauricum.  R. 
pmcox  and  Early  Gem  are  of  this  class.  The 
American  B.  maximum  has  been  used  also  to 
some  small  extent,  but  its  value  in  this  connec¬ 
tion  is  likely  to  be  greater  in  its  native  country, 
where  the  climate  is  not  so  well  adapted  as 
ours  for  Rhododendrons  generally. 

The  value  of  Rhododendrons  in  gardens  can 
scarcely  be  overstated.  Among  evergreens  of 
similar  stature  and  bulk  they  stand  out  be¬ 
cause  of  the  wonderful  profusion  and  beauty 
of  their  flowers.  Most  evergreens  of  similar 
character,  like  the  Yew,  Box,  Laurels,  Aucuba, 
Holly,  &c.,  have  comparatively  little  to  re¬ 
commend  them  beyond  their  foliage.  The 
Rhododendrons,  on  the  other  hand,  are  almost 
equal  to  the  best  deciduous  shrubs  in  flower- 


beauty,  and  we  have  only  to  recall  such  var¬ 
ieties  as  Brough  t@ni  or  Charles  Noble  to  show 
how  striking  some  of  them  are  as  mere  foliage 
plants  also.  They  may  be  grown  as  single 
specimens  on  lawns,  either  as  standards  or  in 
their  natural  form.  Massed  in  large  beds  or 
groups,  they  produce  magnificent  effects,  especi¬ 
ally  if  varieties  flowering  simultaneously  and 
of  colours  that  contrast  or  harmonize  well  are 
brought  together.  As  an  instance  of  a  strik¬ 
ing  combination,  we  may  recommend  a  group 
composed  of  the  fiery  scarlet  Doncaster  and 
the  charming  white  Mrs.  John  Clutton.  Such 
groups  or  beds,  arranged  in  a  more  or  less 
formal  manner,  are  admirable  for  supporting 
broad  drives  and  promenades,  or  for  walks 
that  lead  up  to  large  mansions  and  imposing 
buildings.  But  to  see  Rhododendrons  at  their 


POPULAR  GARDEN  PLANTS. 


495 


very  best,  some  sheltered  dell  or  hollow  is 
needed  where  they  can  be  planted  informally 
on  the  grass,  and  without  any  particular  re¬ 
gard  to  their  colour  or  time  of  flowering.  If 
a  representative  collection  is  brought  together, 
varieties  may  be  had  in  flower  during  April, 
May,  and  June.  The  latter  part  of  May  and 


early  June,  however,  is  the  great  Rhododendron 
time.  The  variety  Nobleanum  will  sometimes 
be  in  flower  before  Christmas,  and  it  keeps 
on  intermittently  till  April.  A  few  specimens 
are  worth  growing,  but  owing  to  its  suscepti¬ 
bility  to  frost  it  is  not  to  be  relied  on. 

The  following  list  is  representative  of  the 


Fig.  602.— “Ghent”  Azalea. 


different  sorts  of  hardy  garden  Rhododen¬ 
drons  : — 

Purple  and  lilac.  — ■  Baron  Schroeder,  Caractacus, 
Charles  Thorold,  Everestianum,  Fastuosum  flore  pleno, 
Melton,  Purpureum  grandiflorum. 

Crimson  and  scarlet.  —  Charles  Dickens,  Doncaster, 
Frederic  Waterer,  James  Bateman,  James  Macintosh,  J. 
Marshall  Brooks,  John  Walter,  Martin  Hope  Sutton, 
Michael  Waterer,  Mrs.  Milner,  Sefton,  The  Warrior. 

Rose  and  pink. — Lady  Armstrong,  Lady  Eleanor  Cath- 
cart,  Mrs.  Charles  Thorold,  Mrs.  John  Kelk,  Mrs.  John 
Penn,  Mrs.  R.  S.  Holford. 

Rose  and  pink  with  intense  spot. — James  Nasmyth, 
Lady  Annette  de  Trafford,  Marchioness  of  Lansdowne, 
Marie  Stuart,.  Picturatum,  Stella, 

Rose  and  crimson  with  lirjht  centre. — Alexander  Dancer, 
James  Mason,  John  Spencer,  Kate  Waterer,  Mrs.  Charles 
Leaf,  Mrs.  Mendel. 

White  and  blush. — Album  elegans,  Duchess  of  Con¬ 
naught,  Madame  Carvalho,  Minnie,  Mrs.  John  Clutton, 


Mrs.  J.  P.  Lade,  Mrs.  S.  Simpson,  Mrs.  Thomas  Agnew, 
Pink  Pearl,  Sappho,  Snowflake,  The  Queen. 

Fortunei  hybrids. — Duchess  of  York,  H.  M.  Arderne, 
Luscombei,  Mrs.  Thiselton-Dyer. 

Griffithianum  hybrids. — Coombe  Royal,  Kewense  (fig. 
601),  Manglesi. 

Rhododendrons  are  not  all  equally  well 
adapted  for  growing  as  standards,  but  the 
following  are  recommended : — 

Barclayanum,  Everestianum,  James  Mason,  Kate 
Waterer,  Lady  Armstrong,  Marchioness  of  Lansdowne, 
Michael  Waterer,  Mrs.  Charles  Thorold,  Mrs.  John 
Clutton,  Mrs.  Shuttleworth,  Roseum  elegans,  Scipio. 

Hardy  Azaleas. — If  the  hardy  Azaleas  do 
not  hold  quite  the  same  commanding  position 
among  deciduous  shrubs  that  Rhododendrons 
do  among  evergreens,  they  are  undoubtedly  in 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


49« 

the  very  first  rank.  They  have  the  same  an¬ 
tipathy  to  chalky  matter  in  contact  with  the 
roots  as  their  evergreen  allies,  and  are  thus 
unsuited  to  gardens  on  a  limestone  formation. 
With  those  exceptions,  no  garden  can  be  con¬ 
sidered  complete  with  the  hardy  Azaleas 
unrepresented. 

The  chief  species  from  which  they  have  been 
derived  are  of  American  origin,  viz.,  calen- 
dulacea,  nudiflora,  viscosa,  and  occidentalis,  hence 
the  popular  term  for  them  of  “American” 
Azaleas.  But  the  European  species  known  as 
A.  pontica  ( flavum ),  and,  in  later  years,  the 
Asiatic  A.  sinensis  (mollis),  have  both  played  a 
very  important  part.  Another  name  that  has 
popularly  been  applied  to  these  shrubs  is 
“  Ghent  ”  Azaleas.  The  first  hybrids  were, 
indeed,  produced  in  Belgium,  and  many  of 
the  older  varieties  were  extensively  grown 
and  exported  thence  to  this  country;  hence, 
no  doubt,  this  name.  One  of  the  first  workers 
among  Azaleas  in  this  country  was  Mr.  Gowen 
of  Highclere,  who  crossed  A.  viscosa  and  A. 
pontica  about  the  same  time  that  he  raised 
R.  altaclerense,  already  mentioned.  A.  calenclu- 
lacea  and  A.  viscosa  were  also  crossed  about 
the  same  date.  In  recent  years  the  most  im¬ 
portant  work  among  these  Azaleas  has  been 
done  at  the  Knap  Hill  Nursery,  near  Woking. 

In  a  general  sense  the  orange  and  scarlet 
varieties  have  come  from  A.  calendulacea;  the 
pink,  purple,  and  rosy  shades  are  from  A. 
nudiflora-,  the  yellow  from  A.  pontica-,  and  the 
small  white-flowered  varieties  from  A.  viscosa. 
In  more  recent  times  an  important  group 
originating  from  A.  sinensis  has  come  into 
prominence.  Except  that  the  flowers  have  no 
fragrance,  these  varieties  are  quite  as  charm¬ 
ing  as  the  others,  the  flowers  being  larger 
and  remarkable  for  their  exquisitely  soft  tints, 
ranging  from  yellow  to  salmon  colour.  They 
flower  somewhat  earlier  than  the  others,  and 
are  thus  liable  to  damage  by  spring  frosts. 
Another  group,  also  of  recent  origin,  has  been 
obtained  at  Knap  Hill  by  hybridizing  A.  occi¬ 
dentalis — a  white -flowered,  very  fragrant,  West 
American  species — with  the  older  varieties. 
As  they  do  not  come  into  bloom  until  after 
the  other  Azaleas  are  almost  over,  they  add 
appreciably  to  the  length  of  the  Azalea  season. 
These  deciduous  Azaleas  are  amongst  the  most 
attractive  of  autumn-tinted  shrubs,  the  foliage 
dying  off  in  brilliant  shades  of  red  and  purple. 

The  size  and  habit  of  these  Azaleas  do  not 
render  them  so  well  adapted  as  the  evergreen 
Rhododendrons  for  growing  as  single  isolated 


specimens  on  lawns,  &c.  They  are  better 
suited  for  growing  in  large  masses  or  in  formal 
beds,  and  thus  arranged  may  be  used  in  the 
same  positions  as  the  Rhododendrons,  i.e. 
skirting  walks,  drives,  &c.  But  a  more  admir¬ 
able  plan,  and  one  which  is  being  generally 
adopted,  is  to  set  apart  for  them  a  certain 
portion  of  the  garden,  which  in  May  and  June, 
when  these  plants  flower,  is  most  delightful. 

In  the  early  days  of  the  hybridization  and 
development  of  the  Azalea,  nearly  every  plant 
showing  a  distinguishing  character,  however 
small,  was  given  a  name.  Some  of  these  old 
varieties  are  still  worth  growing,  but  the  best 
of  them  are  now  surpassed  by  the  new  varieties 


Fig.  603.— Azalea— Duchess  of  Wellington. 


raised  at  Knap  Hill,  and  these  have  become  so 
numerous  that  it  is  no  longer  possible  to  give 
distinctive  names.  As  a  slight  guide  the 
following  named  varieties  may,  however,  be 
recommended : — - 

Ardens,  Comte  de  Flandre,  Daviesi,  Decus  hortorum. 
Duchess  of  Wellington  (fig.  603),  Fiirst  Camille  de  Rohan, 
Gloria  Mundi,  Meteor,  Minerva,  Nancy  Waterer,  Ne  Plus 
Ultra,  Pontica  grandifiora,  Queen  Victoria,  Sulphurea, 
Triumphans,  Viscocephala. 

Double  -  flowered.  —  Bijou  de  Gendbrugge,  Heroine, 
Louise  Aimee  Van  Houtte,  Narcissiflora,  Ophirie,  Van 
Houttei. 

Mollis  group. — Anthony  Koster,  Emil  Liebig,  Frans 
Van  der  Bom,  Hugo  Koster,  Nicolas  Beets,  T.  J.  Siedel. 

Mollis  x  Pontica. — Charles  Rogier,  Edison,  Esmeralda, 
Frederic  de  Merode,  General  Goffinet,  Gloire  de  Belgique, 
Oswald  de  Kerchove,  Souvenir  de  Louis  Van  Houtte. 

Cidtivation. — The  general  principles  which 
are  laid  down  in  regard  to  the  cultivation  of 
“American  plants”,  in  an  earlier  part  of  this 
work  apply  in  every  respect  to  Rhododendrons 
and  Azaleas.  As  has  already  been  said,  they 
will  not  thrive  in  a  soil  heavily  impregnated 


THE  TOMATO. 


337 


is  usually  an  expensive  undertaking.  Mortar 
rubbish,  burnt  earth  and  ashes,  sand,  leaf-soil, 
and  such  like,  when  freely  mixed  with  heavy 
soils,  improve  their  character  considerably. 

Manures. — Various  fertilizers  have  been  sug¬ 
gested  for  Tomatoes,  and  most  authorities  are 
agreed  that  a  too  free  use  of  animal  manures  is 
liable  to  promote  a  luxuriant,  disease-inviting 
growth  of  plant,  and  in  retentive  soils  especially 
they  ought  to  be  somewhat  sparingly  used. 


American  experts  are  mostly  in  favour  of 
chemical  manures,  and  exhaustive  series  of 
experiments  have  demonstrated  the  fact  that 
it  pays  better  to  use  certain  mixtures  at  a 
fixed  rate  at  planting-time  than  to  distribute  a 
similar  quantity  over  a  period  of  two  or  three 
months.  Nitrate  of  soda  and  sulphate  of  am¬ 
monia,  as  previously  intimated,  act  quickly, 
and  if  a  full  dressing  is  given  at  one  time, 
a  portion  of  it  is  liable  to  be  washed  away 


Fig.  1115.— Tomato— Best  of  All. 


before  the  plants  can  avail  themselves  of  it, 
and  this  means  so  much  waste  of  a  valuable 
manure.  Special  mixtures  for  Tomatoes  are 
to  be  obtained  from  various  vendors  at  reason¬ 
able  prices,  and  if  these  are  applied  according 
to  the  directions  given  with  them  no  mistake 
will  be  made.  Those  who  prefer  to  buy  and 
mix  their  own  manures  are  referred  to  the 
formula  already  given  (p.  333),  using  the 
mixture  at  the  rate  of  about  12  lbs.  per  square 
rod,  or  roughly,  6  ozs.  to  the  square  yard 
of  ground.  For  the  more  clayey,  retentive 
soils  sulphate  of  ammonia  may  be  substituted 
for  nitrate  of  soda,  and  lighter  dressings  all 
round  are  desirable  in  the  case  of  soils  not 
previously  cropped  with  Tomatoes.  Where 
animal  manures  have  been  frequently  applied 
rather  freely,  this  might  well  be  withheld  for 
one  season,  and  a  surface-dressing  of  newly- 
slaked  lime,  at  the  rate  of  half  a  bushel  to  a 

VOL.  II. 


square  rod,  given  by  way  of  economy,  and  as 
a  corrective  of  acidity. 

Training. — As  a  rule  Tomatoes  produce  the 
heaviest  crops  when  trained  up  the  roof  near 
the  glass;  but  a  far  greater  number  of  plants 
can  be  found  room  for,  and  a  much  greater 
weight  of  fruit  be  had,  by  planting  in  rows 
across  a  house,  and  either  providing  each  plant 
with  a  bamboo  stake,  or  else  twisting  them 
round  strings  secured  to  pegs  in  the  ground  or 
to  the  stem  of  the  plant  and  to  the  roof.  It 
may  here  be  added  that  the  durable  bamboos 
are  the  best  in  the  long  run,  though  they  may 
seem  a  little  expensive  at  the  outset.  Crowd¬ 
ing  the  plants  is  a  great  mistake.  When 
planted  12  inches  to  14  inches  apart,  in  rows 
2  feet  or  so  apart,  the  crops  set  well  for  a 
time,  but  eventually  the  plants  smother  and 
rob  each  other,  and  the  fruits  in  consequence 
are  light  in  weight  and  poor  in  quality.  The 

63 


338 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


wholesale  removal  of  the  lower  leaves  is  but 
a  poor  way  out  of  the  difficulty.  After  re¬ 
peated  trials  we  have  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  a  distance  of  not  less  than  3  feet  should 
separate  the  rows,  the  plants  in  the  rows  being 
12  inches  apart.  Given  this  space  there  will 
be  no  necessity  to  remove  many  leaves,  but 
they  usually  require  to  be  reduced  to  about 
one-half  their  natural  size,  according  as  they 
begin  to  press  against  each  other.  For  these 
later  crops  the  smooth  round  varieties  are 
very  suitable,  those  of  a  medium  size,  such  as 
Cropper  and  Champion,  finding  most  favour  in 
the  markets,  while  the  larger  varieties,  of  the 
Duke  of  York  type,  are  preferred  for  exhibition 
purposes,  heavy  as  well  as  handsome  fruit  being 
needed. 

If  the  plants  have  been  prepared  as  already 
advised,  and  planted  before  they  become  root- 
bound,  progress  will  be  rapid  from  the  first. 
The  soil  about  the  roots  must  be  made  quite 
firm.  The  plants  when  young  must  not  suffer 
for  want  of  water.  Later  on  they  will  require 
copious  supplies,  which  should  be  given  as 
much  as  possible  in  the  mornings  of  bright 
days  with  a  view  to  getting  the  house  dry 
before  night.  A  mulching  of  rotten  straw 
manure  saves  the  hose  or  watering-pot  con¬ 
siderably,  but  it  is  thought  to  favour  the  spread 
of  fungus  and  other  diseases,  that  attack  the 
underground  portion  of  the  stem  and  cause 
the  collapse  of  the  plants;  still,  this  may  be 
risked.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to  delay  removing 
the  side-shoots  until  a  knife  has  to  be  used 
(see  Fig.  1108),  better  attention  repaying  well, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  1109. 

As  the  days  lengthen,  and  it  is  possible  to 
ventilate  more  freely,  a  good  set  of  fruit  is 
easily  effected ;  but  no  risks  should  be  run,  and 
the  padded  stick  must  be  used  daily  as  long 
as  necessary.  If  handsome  fruit  are  required, 
on  no  account  neglect  the  early  removal  of 
the  central  ugly  flower,  and  if  the  other  flowers 
are  thinned  out  the  rest  will  be  stronger,  and 
if  duty  fertilized  will  develop  finer  fruit.  If 
the  flowers  have  not  been  thinned,  then  the 
number  of  fruit  must  be  reduced,  that  is,  if 
show  examples  are  wanted.  Topping  the  lead¬ 
ing  growths  beyond  the  second  or  third  cluster 
of  fruit  may  have  the  effect  of  slightly  increas¬ 
ing  their  size,  but,  as  a  rule,  no  topping  need 
be  practised  till  the  tops  of  the  stakes  or  the 
roof  is  reached.  Sometimes  the  plants  next 
to  the  sides  or  fronts  of  houses  are  not  topped 
when  the  glass  is  reached,  but  are  allowed  to 
extend  up  the  roof,  when  they  continue  to  fruit 


heavily  till  later  in  the  season,  those  under¬ 
neath  being  cut  out  as  fast  as  they  are  cleared 
of  fruit.  There  should  be  enough  heat  in  the 
hot-water  pipes  to  maintain  temperatures  not 
lower  than  55°  during  the  night;  a  slight  heat 
in  the  pipes  during  the  day,  accompanied  by 
top-aii',  more  or  less  according  to  external  con¬ 
ditions,  serves  to  keep  the  house  dry  and  the 
air  buoyant.  Never  delay  opening  the  top 
ventilators  till  a  high  temperature,  accompanied 
by  a  great  increase  in  the  humidity  of  the 
atmosphere,  is  reached,  nor  close  early  enough 
to  bring  about  the  same  undesirable  state  of 
affairs,  as  this  invariably  leads  to  a  rapid  spread 
of  fungus  diseases,  “  scalding  ”  of  the  fruit,  and 
the  like.  The  season  of  1898  was  one  of  the 
worst  on  record  as  far  as  Tomato  diseases  were 
concerned,  but  little  or  nothing  was  seen  of 
them  in  houses  where  little  or  no  fire-heat  was 
given. 

Autumn  and  Winter  Crops. 

The  demand  for  Tomatoes  is  greatest  from 
May  to  September,  but  it  is  considerably  on 
the  increase  during  the  colder  months  of  the 
year.  Trade  growers  will  therefore  do  well 
to  meet  this  demand,  while  private  gardeners 
will  gain  credit  with  their  employers  if  they 
also  grow  as  many  as  possible  for  late  autumn 
and  winter  consumption.  There  is  realty  no 
good  reason  why  they  should  not  be  far  more 
plentiful  in  winter  than  they  are. 

The  secret  of  success,  if  secret  it  may  be 
termed,  lies  in  realizing  the  fact  that  Tomatoes 
fail  to  produce  perfect  flowers  late  in  the  year; 
but  this  difficulty  can  be  surmounted  by  start¬ 
ing  the  plants  soon  enough  to  flower  and  set 
the  fruit  before  dull,  sunless  weather  sets  in, 
these  ripening  in  succession  throughout  the 
winter.  But  for  the  Potato  disease  the  simplest 
plan  would  be  to  grow  enough  plants  in  pots  in 
the  open,  and  when  these  were  well  set  with 
fruit,  or  say  about  the  middle  of  September,  to 
house  the  whole  of  them.  The  Bouille  Borde- 
laise  or  sulphate  of  copper  and  lime  remedy  is 
too  destructive  to  the  flowers;  but  a  mixture 
of  sulphate  of  copper  and  lime  in  a  powdered 
state,  and  applied  through  a  dredger  or  other 
distributor,  would  check  the  spread  of  disease 
without  greatly  injuring  the  flowers.  For 
these  late  crops,  whether  they  are  to  be  wholly 
or  only  partially  grown  under  glass,  it  is  a 
mistake  to  start  later  than  May  for  plants  to 
be  prepared  in  the  open,  or  the  early  part  of 
June  for  any  to  be  grown  wholly  under  glass. 


THE  TOMATO. 


339 


A  few  ripe  fruit  may  be  had  from  these  com¬ 
paratively  early-raised  plants  before  they  are 
wanted,  but  the  bulk  will  ripen  more  slowly 
and  keep  a  long  time  after  they  are  ripe, 
whereas  later-raised  plants  will  not  only  pro¬ 
duce  lighter  crops,  but  will  also  very  probably 
become  badly  diseased  before  much  of  the  fruit 
has  ripened. 

Tomato  plants  can  be  propagated  from  cut¬ 


tings  as  well  as  from  seed,  but  few  nowadays 
adopt  the  former  practice,  seedlings  proving 
quite  as  productive,  or  even  more  so,  than 
plants  raised  from  cuttings ;  they  are  also  less 
liable  to  be  affected  by  disease. 

When  pot-plants  are  to  be  prepared  in  the 
open,  use  the  10-inch  size  with  one  plant  in 
each,  and  arrange  them  14  inches  apart  in 
rows  about  3  feet  apart  on  a  hard  bottom, 


Fig.  1116.— Tomato— Peachblow. 


placing  a  bamboo  or  other  stake  4  feet  high 
to  each.  Give  a  rich  top-dressing  after  the 
soil  is  well  filled  with  roots,  and  keep  well 
supplied  with  water  and  liquid  manure.  No 
side-shoots  should  be  allowed  to  form,  and  the 
one  leading  growth  must  be  secured  to  the 
stake. 

Late  in  the  summer  some  of  the  lower  older 
leaves  should  be  reduced  to  about  half  their 
size,  and  when  the  plants  are  carefully  trans¬ 
ferred  to  the  house  or  houses,  they  may  be 
stood  rather  more  closely  together  than  for¬ 
merly,  or  even  between  or  among  older 
Tomato  plants  that  have  been  cleared  of  their 
lower  clusters  of  fruit  and  leaves.  Those 
planted  under  glass  early  in  July  may  either 
be  treated  similarly  to  earlier  batches,  plant¬ 
ing  them  in  rows  across  the  house  or  houses, 
or  the  roofs  of  small  houses  may  be  covered 


with  them.  A  few  plants  might  be  allowed 
to  spread  over  a  roof,  the  extension  system 
answering  well  for  these  late  crops.  Some 
that  have  already  borne  good  crops  are  some¬ 
times  roughly  pruned,  and  a  number  of  side- 
shoots  laid  in  from  them  in  an  irregular 
fashion.  These  leading  growths  should  not 
be  allowed  in  their  turn  to  form  any  side- 
shoots,  but  ought  to  be  trained  thinly,  or 
about  12  inches  apart,  clusters  of  fruit  form¬ 
ing  on  them  to  their  entire  length.  The 
greater  portion  of  old  plants  from  the  borders 
or  ridges  should  be  removed;  a  top-dressing 
with  some  rich  compost  and  applications  of 
liquid  manure  are  good  for  these  old  plants, 
whilst  young  ones  put  out  thickly  ought  not  to 
be  starved. 

Late  Tomatoes  are  also  grown  in  boxes  on 
the  back  shelves  of  vineries,  and  fruited  down 


340 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


the  roof;  but  these  have  to  be  cut  and  ripened 
in  stronger  heat  before  the  house  is  set  widely 
open,  so  as  to  give  the  Vines  their  needed  rest. 
If  the  pot  and  other  late  -  cropping  plants 
trained  up  roofs  are  kept  in  a  temperature 
ranging  from  55°  by  night  to  60°  to  65°  in 
the  day,  they  will  not  only  give  a  long  suc¬ 
cession  of  well-ripened  fruit,  but  they  will  push 
out  side-shoots  freely,  which,  if  duly  thinned, 
will  each  give  a  cluster  of  fruit  in  the  spring 
before  it  is  possible  to  have  any  from  plants 
raised  in  January. 

Tomatoes  in  Pits  and  Frames. — Success  with 
Tomatoes  in  pits  or  frames  is  not  frequent. 
More  often  than  not  the  plants  become  badly 
diseased  before  a  profitable  crop  can  be  had 
from  them,  owing  to  imperfect  ventilation;  or 
if  they  escape  disease  they  yet  fail  to  set  and 
produce  good  crops.  Those  in  frames  are  apt 
to  grow  too  rank,  and  the  same  thing  happens 
in  pits  unless  the  roots  are  confined  to  either 
pots,  boxes,  or  narrow  ridges  of  soil.  Various 
contrivances  have  also  to  be  adopted  in  order 
to  keep  the  haulm  raised  clear  of  the  soil. 
Instead  of  attempting  to  grow  Tomatoes  under 
such  disadvantageous  conditions,  it  would  be 
far  better,  where  possible,  to  devote  a  house 
to  their  culture  during  the  summer,  and  to 
relegate  the  ordinary  occupants  of  these  struc¬ 
tures  largely  to  the  pits  and  frames. 

Frame  culture  will  answer  if  care  be  taken 
not  to  grow  the  plants  too  strongly,  nor  to 
unduly  crowd  the  leading  growths,  and  to 
ventilate  freely  on  all  favourable  occasions. 
Tomatoes  may  be  planted  in  pits  and  frames 
in  succession  to  early  Potatoes,  with  a  view  to 
giving  them  a  good  start  prior  to  removing  the 
lights  and  exposing  the  plants  to  all  weathers. 
Two  rows  of  plants  may  be  disposed  from  the 
front  to  the  back  of  each  light  in  close  succes¬ 
sion  to  the  Potatoes.  They  should  be  kept 
rather  close  and  warm  till  growing  strongly, 
and  directly  they  require  tall  stakes,  wholly 
remove  the  light  and  place  a  4-foot  stake  to 
each  plant.  Plants  thus  started  should  be  well 
ahead  of  those  in  the  open  air,  and  in  most 
seasons  would  produce  a  heavy  crop  of  ripe 
fruit  before  much  disease  was  in  the  air. 

Diseases. — The  well-known  Potato  disease 
(Phytophthora  ivfestans)  affects  Tomatoes  also, 
open-air  plants  with  their  crops  succumbing 
to  it  in  a  wholesale  manner  whenever  Potatoes 
are  badly  affected.  During  a  hot,  dry  summer 
very  little  is  seen  of  this  disease.  In  a  wet 
season,  if  the  plants  cannot  be  kept  dry  by  a 
temporary  protection,  the  only  other  remedy 


is  either  occasional  sprayings  with  Bordeaux 
mixture,  as  recommended  for  Potatoes,  or 
frequently  dusting  with  “Anti-Blight”  powder, 
a  mixture  of  newly-slaked  lime  and  sulphate 
of  copper.  Both  remedies  are  apt  to  seriously 
check  the  growth  of  the  plants. 

Yellow  Spot  ( Cladosporium  fulvum )  occurs 
principally  on  plants  grown  under  glass,  and  in 
some  seasons  is  most  destructive.  At  the  out¬ 
set  a  few  leaves  only  may  be  affected,  but  if 
neglected  the  disease  spreads  rapidly  from  one 
house  to  another.  The  under  side  of  the  leaves 
is  attacked,  patches  of  brown  mildew-like  fungus 
destroying  the  cuticle  and  tissues  of  the  leaves, 
causing  yellow  spots  to  show  on  the  upper  side. 
A  warm,  moist,  stagnant  atmosphere,  such  as 
Cucumbers  revel  in,  favours  the  spread  of  this 
disease ;  and  the  soft  leaves  of  overfed  plants  are 
the  first  to  succumb,  soon  being  left  without  a 
healthy  leaf  on  them,  the  fruit  also  being  spoilt. 
Close  planting,  that  is,  crowding  the  plants 
together,  favours  the  spread  of  the  disease. 

The  best  preventive  measures  should  include 
an  effort  to  grow  sturdy  plants,  by  maintaining 
a  warm,  dry,  airy  atmosphere.  Fire-heat  is 
essential  to  success,  as  without  this  it  is  im¬ 
possible  to  prevent  stagnation  in  the  atmosphei’e 
in  dull,  damp  weather.  Plenty  of  fire-heat, 
coupled  with  careful  ventilation,  opening  the 
houses  in  the  morning  and  not  closing  them  till 
the  evening,  and  not  then  if  it  will  give  rise  to 
a  high  temperature.  During  the  summer  a  little 
top  air  may  be  left  on  all  night.  A  close  look¬ 
out  should  also  be  kept  for  any  symptoms  of 
disease,  carefully  removing  and  burning  any 
diseased  parts. 

Bordeaux  mixture  is  considered  a  good 
remedy,  though  applications  of  this  have  the 
effect  of  checking  the  plants  in  growth,  and 
unless  precautions  are  taken  it  also  necessitates 
wiping  every  fruit  before  it  can  be  used  or 
packed,  as  the  case  may  be.  The  following 
method  of  preparing  and  applying  the  Bordeaux 
mixture  is  from  the  Journal  of  Horticulture: — 
Sulphate  of  copper,  4  ozs.,  powdered,  dis¬ 
solving  in  a  vessel  by  itself  in  3J  gallons  of 
water;  then  slake  4  ozs.  of  quicklime  (quite 
fresh)  in  another  vessel,  and  form  into  a  thin 
lime-wash  with  water,  and  pour  it  through  a 
hair  sieve  slowly  into  the  vessel  containing  the 
copper  solution,  adding  enough  water  to  make 
7  b  gallons  altogether.  To  make  sure  this  will 
not  injure  the  plants,  drop  a  few  drops  of  ferro- 
cyanide  of  potassium  into  the  Bordeaux  mix¬ 
ture  after  it  has  been  well  stirred ;  and  if  it  turns 
brown  it  will  injure  the  plants,  but  if  it  remains 


THE  TOMATO. 


341 


a  clear  celestial  blue  it  is  perfectly  safe.  It  should 
be  used  as  soon  as  it  is  made,  not  letting  it 
stand  for  several  hours.  Cut  any  fruits  that  are 
ripening,  and  then  spray  the  plants  in  every 
part,  repeating  in  the  course  of  a  week  or  ten 
days.  The  mixture  may  be  kept  from  the  fruit 
by  wrapping  it  in  oil-skin  before  spraying,  re¬ 
moving  it  afterwards. 

A  simpler  and  more  perfect  remedy  consists 
of  turning  or  concentrating  the  fire-heat  on  to 
the  affected  area,  to  the  extent  of  making  the 
hot-water  pipes  unbearably  hot,  running  up  the 
temperature  to  110°  of  120°,  repeating  this  every 
second  day  for  a  week,  with  the  result  that  all 
the  disease  germs  will  be  destroyed.  It  should 
be  done  in  the  daytime.  Those  who  have  not 
tried  this  remedy  may  be  encouraged  to  do  so 
by  having  their  attention  drawn  to  the  fact  that 
this  “yellow  spot”  disease  is  rarely  troublesome 
in  the  well-heatecl  houses  in  which  Tomatoes  are 
grown  for  an  early  crop. 

Black  Stripe  ( Macrosporiurn  Lycopersici)  is 
another  fungus  disease  of  a  most  destructive 
nature  to  which  Tomatoes  are  subject.  A  good 
start  may  be  made  with  the  plants,  and  a  crop 
of  fruit  set  on  them,  before  the  disease  mani¬ 
fests  itself.  Suddenly  a  shrinkage  and  dis¬ 
coloration  of  parts  of  the  stems,  in  the  form  of 
black  stripes,  are  to  be  seen,  and  if  the  stems 
are  soft  the  upper  portion  of  the  plants  collapses 
entirely,  while  if  they  are  moderately  hard  a 
partial  recovery  may  take  place,  a  poor  crop 
of  malformed  fruit  being  obtained  from  them. 
The  trouble  commences  at  the  roots,  and  once 
started,  nothing  seems  capable  of  checking  the 
progress  of  the  disease  short  of  carefully  re¬ 
moving  and  destroying  affected  plants  and  soil, 
and  disinfecting  the  sites  with  quicklime  prior 
to  adding  more  soil  and  replanting. 

Preventive  measures  are  most  imperative. 
The  very  seeds  are  liable  to  carry  contagion  with 
them,  and  ought  to  be  disinfected  before  sowing. 
This  may  be  done  by  coating  them  with  flowers 
of  sulphur,  or  by  soaking  them  in  a  weak  solu¬ 
tion  of  Condy’s  Fluid.  The  soil  used  in  the 
seed-pans  should  also  be  treated  by  the  addition 
of  enough  newly-slaked  lime  to  whiten  it,  or  by 
subjecting  it  to  strong  heat,  red-hot  bricks  placed 
in  the  centre  of  a  small  heap  of  soil  destroying 
disease  germs.  Soil  to  be  used  in  pots  or  for 
ridges  should  be  treated  in  the  same  way. 
Where  the  plants  are  put  out  in  borders,  market- 
growers’  fashion,  these  should  also  be  limed. 
Lime  obtained  from  chalk  and  newly  slaked 
should  be  applied  at  the  rate  of  1  lb.  per  square 
yard,  and  forked  in,  well  mixing  it  with  the  top 


spit.  If  in  spite  of  these  precautions  a  few  plants 
early  show  signs  of  disease,  these  ought  to  be 
quickly  drawn  and  burnt,  and  lime  applied  to 
the  soil  they  came  out  of,  to  prevent  the  spread 
of  disease  to  adjoining  plants. 

Sleeping  Disease  ( Fusarium  Lycopersici).  Plants 
affected  by  this  much-to-be-dreaded  disease 
may  apparently  be  in  good  health  and  in  a  fair 
way  to  produce  extra  heavy  crops  on  one  day, 
and  during  the  next  flag  badly,  never  again  to 
recover.  This  disease  also  attacks  the  roots,  and 
may  be  prevented  by  taking  the  precautions 
advised  for  Black  Stripe. 

Slime  Fungus  also  attacks  Tomato  plants  with 
deadly  effect  at  times.  It  should  be  combated 
in  the  same  way  as  recommended  for  the  other 
diseases  in  preceding  paragraphs. 

Black  Bot  ( Macrosporiurn  Tomato),  another 
fungus  disease,  attacks  the  fruit  at  the  eye  very 
soon  after  it  has  set,  the  decay  spreading  slowly 
but  surely,  causing  black  circular  patches;  fruit 
injured  in  this  way  colour  prematurely,  but  are 
quite  worthless.  Scalded  fruits  are  frequently 
thought  to  be  affected  by  this  disease,  but  the 
cause  and  effect  both  differ.  In  the  case  of 
scalded  fruits  there  is  a  rapid  shrinkage  of 
tissues  or  pulp,  the  injured  parts  being  quite 
soft  and  green  for  a  day  or  two,  afterwards 
becoming  black.  The  remedy,  however,  is  the 
same  in  both  cases.  Sufficient  fire-heat  must  be 
turned  on  to  prevent  the  temperature  becoming 
low  during  cold  nights  preceding  or  following 
clear  days,  and  also  be  admitted  quite  early  in 
the  morning  to  prevent  any  sudden  rise  in  the 
temperature.  When  the  fruit  becomes  very 
cold  at  night,  and  there  is  also  a  delay  in  ven¬ 
tilating,  not  opening  the  house  or  houses  till 
long  after  the  sun  strikes  on  them,  the  heated 
air  condenses  on  the  cold  fruit,  and  the  rapid 
evaporation  of  this  moisture,  consequent  upon  a 
sudden  late  opening  of  the  top  ventilators,  results 
in  the  disruption  of  the  tissues  or  “sun  scald” 
— hence  the  necessity  to  avoid  a  low  tempera¬ 
ture,  and  for  early  ventilation,  followed  accord¬ 
ing  as  the  sun  gains  in  power,  by  the  admission 
of  all  the  air  possible.  Keep  the  fruit  dry,  and 
neither  Black  Rot  nor  Scalding  will  be  much 
in  evidence. 

Insect  Pests  that  affect  the  Tomato  are  not 
particularly  numerous.  Remedies  for  Green¬ 
fly,  Red  Spider,  and  Snowy  Fly  will  be  found 
in  the  chapter  devoted  to  Insect  Pests,  but  the 
Root-gall  or  Eel-worm  must  not  be  thus 
summarily  dismissed,  as  it  is  one  of  the  worst 
enemies  to  the  Tomato,  and  the  most  difficult  to 
deal  with.  Plants  with  their  roots  badly  affected 


342 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


by  this  minute  pest  are  practically  failures,  soon 
ceasing  to  make  any  further  progress.  The 
small  thread-like  worms  pierce  and  deposit  their 
eggs  on  cysts  in  the  Tomato  roots,  causing  galls 
or  knots  to  form  which  paralyse  the  roots  and 
deprive  the  plants  of  their  assistance  while  form¬ 
ing  crops  of  fruits.  A  more  deadly  species  of 
eel-worm,  known  as  Tylenchus  obtusus,  destroys 
the  bark  and  soft  tissues  of  the  stems  below  the 
surface,  flagging  leaves  being  the  first  intima¬ 
tion  of  the  attack.  Both  species  are  difficult  to 
cope  with.  All  that  can  be  done  is  to  keep  the 
soil  about  the  roots  steadily  moist,  and  to  apply 
lime-water  occasionally,  oi',  better  still,  Little’s 
Soluble  Phenyle,  at  the  rate  of  1  oz.  to  6  gallons 
of  soft  water.  Neither  lime-water  nor  soluble 
phenyle  will  wholly  check  the  ravages  of  eel- 
worms,  but  they  serve  to  keep  the  roots  active 
long  enough  to  save  the  crop. 

Thorough  preventive  measures  should  be 
adopted  the  following  autumn  or  winter,  or  the 
chances  are  that  eel-worms  will  be  even  more 
destructive  the  following  season.  Where  possible 
all  the  old  soil  should  be  cleared  out,  the  beds 
limed,  and  the  walls  lime-washed.  If  the  new 
compost  prepared  has  been  well  frozen  through 
that  would  clear  it  of  eel-worms,  and,  failing 
this,  add  enough  newly -slaked  lime  to  whiten  it. 
Market-growers  could  not  well  clear  out  their 
large  borders  and  substitute  new  soil,  and  the 
only  way  out  of  the  difficulty  is  to  trench  the 
ground  well,  mixing  2  lbs.  of  basic  slag  and  12 
ozs.  of  kainit  with  every  square  yard  of  border. 
This  ought  to  be  done  at  least  six  weeks  prior 
to  planting  Tomatoes  in  the  ground,  as  these 
manurial  insecticides  when  first  applied  in  such 
excessive  quantities  are  liable  to  be  somewhat 
destructive  to  plant  as  well  as  to  insect  life. 

Wire-worms  are  destructive  to  Tomato  plants 
planted  in  newly-broken-up  ground,  eating  their 
way  into  and  up  through  the  centre  of  the 
stems,  flagging  foliage  being  the  first  signs  of 
their  presence.  At  this  stage  there  is  no  remedy, 
quite  large  plants  having  in  many  instances  to 
be  pulled  up  wholesale  and  replaced  with  healthy 
plants.  Gas-lime  mixed  with  fresh  soil  at  the 
rate  of  1  half-peck  to  1 2  bushels  of  soil,  or  well- 
mixed  with  soil  in  borders  at  the  rate  of  1  peck 
to  the  square  rod  of  ground,  helps  to  clear  the 
soil  of  wire-worms;  but  ground  treated  with  this 
kind  of  insecticide  cannot  safely  be  cropped  for 
at  least  six  weeks  after  its  application,  or  until 
the  poisonous  properties  are  got  rid  of.  Super¬ 
phosphate  of  lime  is  both  distasteful  to  wire- 
worms  and  a  good  manure  for  Tomatoes,  but 
it  cannot  be  termed  a  really  effective  remedy. 


Trapping  is  the  only  safe  and  perfect  remedy, 
and  this  should  commence  either  in  advance  of 
or  simultaneously  with  planting.  Short  (2-inch) 
lengths  of  carrot,  each  with  a  label  or  stick 
thrust  into  it,  ought  to  be  inserted  with  the 
aid  of  a  trowel  just  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground  and  2  feet  or  so  apart,  and  in  these  the 
wire-worms  will  assuredly  collect.  Eveiy  second 
day  is  often  enough  to  raise  and  examine  the 
carrots,  the  wire-worms  being  found  sticking 
out  of  them.  They  should  be  destroyed,  and 
the  carrots  returned  to  the  ground. 

Selection  of  Twenty-four  Varieties. 

Best  of  All  (fig.  1115). — Sets  freely  and  is  an  immense 
crojiper,  producing  heavy  bunches  of  fruit  at  short  inter¬ 
vals  all  over  the  plant.  Excellent  in  form,  of  good  size, 
solid ;  colour  deep-scarlet. 

Blenheim  Orange. — A  somewhat  strong  grower,  the  fruit 
setting  freely  under  glass,  not  so  freely  in  the  open.  Fruit 
large,  round,  smooth,  good  form,  bright -yellow  faintly 
flushed  with  red,  solid,  of  fine  flavour;  averaging  four  to 
a  cluster. 

Champion. — Sturdy  growing  and  free  setting  both  under 
glass  and  in  the  open.  Fruit  of  medium  size,  round, 
smooth,  deep-scarlet ;  averaging  five  inside  and  nine  out¬ 
side  to  a  cluster.  Ripens  in  the  open  first  week  in  August. 
One  of  the  best  for  all  purposes. 

Chiswick  Dessert. — Fairly  robust.  Fruit  rather  small, 
round,  smooth,  scarlet;  averaging  eight  in  a  cluster;  solid, 
of  fine  flavour.  A  heavy  cropper  inside,  of  no  value  out¬ 
side. 

Duke  of  York. — Strong  grower,  but  not  free  in  setting. 
Fruit  large,  flattish  round,  smooth,  scarlet;  averaging  three 
to  a  cluster;  of  good  form  and  fair  flavour. 

Dwarf  Gem  (fig.  1107).— Plant  seldom  exceeds  2J  feet 
in  height;  foliage  large,  dark,1  curled,  the  plant  presenting 
a  very  striking  appearance.  The  pale-yellow  fruits  are 
perfect  in  form,  and  borne  in  immense  clusters. 

Early  Ruby. — A  dwarf  grower  and  very  free  setter. 
Fruit  medium,  uneven,  some  fruits  smooth,  others  corru¬ 
gated,  particularly  outside,  deep-red;  averaging  five  to  a 
cluster.  One  of  the  best  for  the  open  air,  the  fruit  com¬ 
mencing  to  ripen  late  in  July. 

Frogmore  Selected. — A  strong  grower  and  heavy  cropper. 
Fruit  medium  to  large,  deep,  round,  slightly  corrugated, 
handsome,  scai'let;  averaging  six  to  a  cluster;  solid,  good 
flavour.  Good  both  under  glass  and  in  the  open. 

Golden  Jubilee. — Plant  robust  and  free  bearing  under 
glass,  but  no  good  in  the  open.  Fruit  large,  round,  deep- 
yellow  suffused  with  red,  smooth,  handsome;  averaging 
five  to  a  cluster;  solid,  fine  flavour. 

Golden  Nugget. — A  moderately  strong  grower,  free 
setting  and  distinctly  ornamental  both  under  glass  and  in 
the  open.  Fruit  small,  roundish  -  oval,  smooth,  bright- 
yellow;  averaging  eight  to  a  cluster;  solid,  fine  flavour. 

Ham  Green  Favourite. — Moderately  strong  growing  and 
more  reliable  than  Chemin  Rouge,  which  it  resembles. 
Fruit  large,  flattish-round,  smooth,  deep-scarlet;  averaging 
seven  to  a  cluster;  solid,  good  flavour.  A  heavy  cropper 
inside  and  outside. 

Holmes’  Supreme. — Of  sturdy  habit  with  rather  finely- 
cut  leaves ;  setting  freely  under  glass  and  in  the  open. 
Fruit  medium,  round,  smooth,  bright-red;  averaging  nme 


THE  TOMATO. 


343 


to  a  cluster;  very  good  flavour.  A  heavy  cropper  inside 
and  outside.  Ripens  outside  August  4th. 

Laxton’s  Prolific. — Moderately  strong  growing.  Fruit 
large,  flat,  corrugated,  scarlet;  averaging  eight  to  a  cluster;  I 


solid,  good  flavour.  A  very  heavy  cropper  inside  and  out¬ 
side,  where  the  fruit  ripens  late  in  July. 

Peacliblow  (fig.  1116). — Robust  in  constitution,  sets 
freely,  and  carries  an  extraordinary  crop.  Plant  distinctly 


Pig  1117.— Tomato- 

decorative,  with  numerous  bunches  of  elegant  fruit  having 
all  the  charm  of  a  handsome  Peach ;  flavour  good. 

Princess  of  Wales  (fig.  1117). — Free  growth.  Fruit  of 
medium  size,  smooth,  round,  bright-red  in  colour,  and  of 
excellent  quality.  A  heavy  cropper,  and  one  of  the  best 
for  all  purjioses. 

Ravenscroft' s  Red. — Moderately  strong  growing  and  free 
bearing.  Fruit  large,  round,  smooth,  scarlet;  averaging 
six  to  a  cluster;  solid,  good  flavour.  A  very  heavy  cropper 
inside  and  outside.  Ripe  in  the  open  about  the  middle  of 
August. 

Sunbeam  (fig.  1118). — A  moderately  strong  grower  and 
a  free  bearer  both  under  glass  and  in  the  open.  Fruit 
medium  to  small,  oval,  smooth,  handsome,  bright-yellow; 
averaging  nine  to  a  cluster;  solid,  excellent  flavour.  A 
good  dessert  variety. 

Sutton’s  Dessert. — A  moderately  strong  grower  and  a 
free  setter  under  glass,  somewhat  shy  in  the  open.  Fruit 
small,  round,  smooth,  handsome,  scarlet;  averaging  eight 
to  a  cluster;  solid,  excellent  flavour. 

The  Comet. — Not  a  strong  grower,  but  very  free  bearing. 
Fruit  medium,  round,  smooth,  of  good  form,  deep-scarlet; 
averaging  six  to  a  cluster;  solid,  good  flavour.  One  of  the 
best  for  open-air  culture,  commencing  to  ripen  first  week 
in  August. 

The  Cropper.  —  A  strong  grower  and  heavy  cropper. 
Fruit  medium,  deep,  round,  smooth,  good  form,  bright- 
scarlet;  averaging  five  to  a  cluster;  solid,  good  flavour. 
Ripens  outside  early  in  August,  but  the  fruit  is  liable  to 
crack. 

Tit  Bits. — Robust  and  free  setting.  Fruit  medium, 
round,  smooth,  good  form,  scarlet ;  averaging  six  to  a 
cluster;  firm,  of  excellent  flavour.  Ready  outside  first 
week  in  August. 

Vcitch’s  Glory. — A  robust  grower  and  a  free  bearer  both 
inside  and  outside.  Fruit  large,  round,  smooth,  handsome, 
deep-scarlet;  averaging  nine  to  a  cluster;  solid,  of  fine 


■Princess  of  Wales 

flavour.  Ready  outside  early  in  August.  One  of  the  best 
for  all  purposes. 

Winter  Beauty  (fig.  1114). — A  sturdy  grower  and  very 
free  setter.  Fruit  large,  round,  smooth,  occasionally 


Fig.  1118— Tomato— Sunbeam. 

slightly  ribbed,  bright  -  scarlet ;  solid,  excellent  flavour. 
Good  for  autumn  sowing;  crops  heavily  in  the  open. 

Young’s  Eclipse. — A  moderately  strong  grower  and  a 
free  bearer  inside  and  outside.  Fruit  medium,  round, 
smooth,  scarlet;  averaging  five  to  a  cluster;  solid,  of  good 
flavour.  Ripens  in  the  open  middle  of  August. 

[W.  I.] 


344 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


CHAPTER  XXIY. 

FRUIT -PRESERVING. 

Advantages — Methods  and  Appliances — Jam-making 
—  Jelly  -  making  —  Marmalade  —  Crystallizing 
and  Glazing — Chotney — Bottling  Whole  Fruits 
— Fruit  Evaporating  or  Drying — Canning — Mis¬ 
cellaneous  Methods — Hardy  Fruits — Apples — 
Jelly — Pears — Quinces — Stone-fruits — Plums — 
Apricots — Cherries — Peaches — Small  Fruits — 
Strawberries  —  Raspberries  —  Blackberries  — 
Red  Currants — Black  Currants — Gooseberries 
— Miscellaneous  Fruits  and  Methods. 

Advantages. — One  of  the  most  important 
subjects  connected  with  the  cultivation  and 
utilization  of  hardy  fruits  is  that  dealing  with 
their  preservation  in  a  convenient  form  for  use 
as  food.  Briefly  summarized,  the  advantages  of 
an  extension  of  knowledge  in  this  matter  may 
be  stated  as  follows: — 

1st.  To  prolong  the  season  during  which  fruit 
is  available  for  use  in  the  home  or  for  sale. 

2nd.  To  provide  methods  of  utilizing  the 
surplus  produce  in  seasons  of  heavy  crops. 

3rd.  To  enable  the  fruit-grower  to  convert 
waste  or  unsaleable  fruits  into  a  useful  and 
marketable  product. 

Wherever  hardy  fruit  is  grown  on  an  exten¬ 
sive  scale,  it  is  essential  that  some  provision  be 
made  for  the  purposes  enumerated,  and  even 
when  grown  only  to  a  moderate  extent  the 
matter  demands  some  consideration.  The  whole 
subject  is  of  great  importance;  in  fact,  the  ulti¬ 
mate  success  of  increased  fruit-culture  must 
depend  mainly  upon  the  attention  that  is  paid 
to  this  department.  It  constitutes  the  key  to 
several  of  the  chief  problems,  for  usually  the 
difference  between  a  profitable  balance  and  ab¬ 
solute  total  loss  is  influenced  bj'  the  care  or 
neglect  in  making  the  most  of  all  fruit  produce, 
by  means  of  the  various  methods  of  preser¬ 
vation. 

At  the  present  time  the  waste  of  fruit  in 
both  large  and  small  establishments  is  deplor¬ 
able  in  the  extreme.  A  large  proportion  of  this 
waste  is  either  due  to  want  of  knowledge  of 
methods  that  have  proved  satisfactory,  or  to 
ignoring  them,  under  the  impression  that  they 
are  not  adapted  for  genei’al  use  in  this  country. 
In  the  “  gluts  ”  which  occur  periodically,  espe¬ 
cially  with  stone  fruits,  when  the  market  prices 
are  depressed  to  a  point  that  will  not  cover  the 
cost  of  gathering  and  carriage,  many  tons  of 
good  fruits  are  allowed  to  fall  and  rot  on  the 
ground.  At  the  same  time,  every  year  enor¬ 
mous  quantities  of  similar  fruits,  preserved  in 


different  ways,  are  imported  into  Great  Britain, 
and  find  a  ready  market.  F rom  one  of  the  recent 
Board  of  Trade  returns  we  learn  that  over  ninety 
million  pounds  of  preserved  fruits  and  vege¬ 
tables  were  imported  in  1899,  a  large  proportion 
of  which  consisted  of  products  that  could  have 
been  profitably  prepared  in  this  country. 

As  regards  fruits  preserved  as  jam  or  bottled 
whole,  British  manufacturers  hold  their  position 
satisfactorily,  and  some  of  the  larger  jam  firms 
export  to  the  colonies  and  other  countries.  In 
the  processes  of  drying  or  canning,  and  in  the 
utilization  of  otherwise  waste  fruits,  American 
and  Continental  competitors  have  taken  the 
lead,  and  developed  an  enormous  industry.  In 
the  United  States,  where  the  advance  within 
recent  years  has  been  most  marked,  the  work 
was  practically  commenced  by  the  efforts  of 
individual  fruit-growers  to  provide  an  outlet 
for  surplus  or  waste.  For  a  considerable  period 
the  main  supplies  were  thus  produced,  and 
necessarily  resulted  in  a  great  variety  of  brands 
and  styles  of  preparation,  which  were  confusing 
and  objectionable  to  large  buyers.  As  soon  as 
it  was  found,  however,  that  a  demand  existed 
for  good  samples  of  dried  or  canned  fruits, 
factories  were  established,  which  in  some  cases 
have  now  assumed  wonderful  proportions,  and 
the  trade  passed  from  the  fruit-grower  to  another 
class  of  men  who  were  dealers  or  preservers 
simply. 

Mr.  F.  A.  Waugh,  in  a  recent  work  on  Fruit 
Harvesting,  has  the  following  remarks  on  this 
subject,  which  illustrate  the  advance  in  the 
business : — “Formerly  the  home  manufacture 
of  dried  Apples,  &c.,  was  common  in  all  the 
farming  districts  of  the  United  States — at  least 
in  the  north — and  home-dried  fruit  was  to  some 
extent  an  article  of  importance  in  the  country 
stores.  That  day  has  passed.  Home -dried 
Apples  and  Peaches  went  out  with  home-knit 
socks  and  home-made  soap.  There  are  still 
families  who  dry  their  own  Apples,  just  as 
there  are  some  who  still  make  soap  and  knit 
socks;  but  for  the  most  part  these  have  all 
been  given  up.  The  change  has  been  the  same 
in  all  cases,  and  has  resulted  from  the  same 
causes.  It  is  cheaper  to  buy  soap  than  to  make 
it,  and  it  is  equally  easier  to  buy  dried  fruit 
than  to  dry  it  one’s  self.  It  is  a  question  of 
division  of  labour.  The  man,  or  the  stock 
company,  that  makes  a  business  of  drying  fruits 
on  a  large  scale  can  do  the  work  to  greater 
advantage  than  the  farmer  or  the  farmer’s  wife. 
His  product  is  more  uniform,  better  in  appear¬ 
ance,  and  perhaps  better  in  quality  than  the 


FRUIT-PRESERVING. 


345 


bome-made  article,  while  at  the  same  time  it 
can  be  sold  at  a  lower  price.  Fruit-drying  or 
evaporating,  therefore,  has  been  wholly  taken 
out  of  the  fruit-grower’s  hands,  and  has  fallen 
under  the  management  of  specialists.” 

This  is  a  proof  of  the  advance  of  our  trans¬ 
atlantic  cousins;  but  in  Britain,  where  so  many 
hardy  fruits  flourish,  we  have  at  present  much 
to  do  before  the  first  stage  is  passed.  It 
is  true  that  in  many  country  houses  it  is  cus¬ 
tomary  to  preserve  a  small  quantity  of  fruits 
for  use  during  the  winter,  but  this  does  not 
affect  the  supplies  materially;  it  is  part  of  the 
domestic  economy  which  obtains  in  well-ordered 
households.  But  there  are  numbers  where 
nothing  is  done  in  this  direction,  and  it  is  rare 
even  in  fruit-growing  districts  to  find  anything 
like  an  organized  attempt  to  deal  with  the 
matter  on  a  business  basis. 

The  improvement  effected  in  the  needful 
appliances,  and  the  invention  of  numerous  in¬ 
genious  contrivances  to  facilitate  the  work, 
now  afford  an  opportunity  to  many  who  have 
hitherto  been  deterred  from  attempting  fruit¬ 
preserving,  bottling,  or  drying  in  a  systematic 
manner  and  as  a  direct  source  of  profit.  One 
difficulty  has  to  be  faced  by  those  who  com¬ 
mence  fruit-preserving  in  a  small  way  as  part 
of  their  business,  and  that  is  the  competition 
with  the  established  firms  of  repute,  who  have 
controlled  the  trade  for  many  years.  Amongst 
those  who  have  started  to  place  their  produce 
on  the  mai'ket,  there  has  been  a  prevailing  idea 
that  the  only  way  to  obtain  a  sale  was  by 
cutting  the  prices  as  low  as  possible.  This 
underselling  has  proved  disastrous  in  some 
cases,  and  has  led  to  the  production  of  inferior 
samples  that  have  occasioned  considerable  pre¬ 
judice  against  the  smaller  manufacturer.  The 
policy  is  a  mistaken  one;  there  is  a  far  better 
chance  of  success  in  seeking  to  establish  a  repu¬ 
tation  for  a  really  first-class  article,  and  a  local 
trade  can  thus  be  ultimately  developed  into  one 
of  much  wider  scope. 

The  present  head  of  a  large  and  profitable 
fruit-preserving  business  began  as  a  fruit-grower 
in  a  small  way  some  thirty  or  forty  years  ago, 
and  when  utilizing  his  surplus  produce  he  aimed 
at  the  production  of  the  best  quality  of  pre¬ 
serves.  The  superiority  was  soon  discovered 
by  the  consumers,  with  the  result  that,  so  far 
from  reducing  prices  to  undersell  older  firms, 
he  has  been  able  to  command  rates  in  excess  of 
theirs  throughout  the  greater  portion  of  his 
career. 

The  co-operative  system,  has  been  advocated 


as  a  means  for  enabling  the  smaller  producers 
in  a  district  to  share  in  the  advantages  of 
utilizing  surplus  crops  without  incurring  large 
individual  expenses.  If  well  organized  and 
judiciously  managed,  there  is  no  doubt  that 
such  a  system  might  be  rendered  very  bene¬ 
ficial.  The  cost  of  preparation  would  be  pro¬ 
portionately  reduced,  and  greater  uniformity 
in  quality  and  general  appearance  of  the  pro¬ 
ducts  would  be  ensured.  But  in  certain  localities 
this  has  not  been  found  to  work  satisfactorily, 
and  the  growers  have  preferred  to  deal  with 
their  own  fruit.  In  some  cases  this  can  be 
done  with  comparatively  little  preliminary  ex¬ 
pense  for  buildings,  as,  if  substantial  sheds  or 
packing-houses  already  exist,  a  portion  can  be 
readily  converted  to  the  purpose  of  providing 
for  the  needful  apparatus  required  in  fruit¬ 
preserving.  Several  methods  by  which  this 
can  be  accomplished  will  be  indicated  later  in 
this  chapter  under  the  respective  divisions,  but 
with  a  moderate  amount  of  ingenuity  a  fruit¬ 
grower  should  find  little  difficulty  in  adapting 
existing  buildings  for  the  work,  or  in  devising 
cheap  structures  that  could  be  utilized  in  dif¬ 
ferent  ways  according  to  the  season. 

As  previously  indicated,  however,  there  is 
ample  room  for  the  extension  of  the  home  pro¬ 
duction  of  preserved  fruits,  and  if  this  could  be 
carried  out  on  definite  lines  generally,  it  would 
afford  the  greatest  encouragement  to  small 
holders  to  increase  their  culture  of  fruit-trees, 
and  would  also  enable  landlords  to  assist  cot¬ 
tagers  and  others  in  the  same  direction,  with  a 
better  prospect  of  good  results.  From  this  point 
of  view,  the  late  Mr.  W.  E.  Gladstone  was 
undoubtedly  considering  the  welfare  of  the 
people,  and  the  best  means  of  assisting  fruit¬ 
growing  as  a  special  or  additional  industry, 
when  he  advocated  the  increased  and  more 
general  production  of  preserved  fruits. 

Methods  and  Appliances. — To  convey  an  ade¬ 
quate  idea  of  what  can  be  accomplished  by  due 
care  in  the  economic  utilization  of  surplus  fruits, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  review  the  principal 
operations  by  which  preservation  is  effected, 
and  to  refer  to  the  appliances  that  facilitate  the 
processes.  The  methods  which  demand  special 
notice  here  are  as  follows: — 1,  Jam-making;  2, 
Jelly-making;  3,  Bottling;  4,  Crystallizing  and 
Glazing;  5,  Marmalade  and  Chutney  produc¬ 
tion;  6,  Evaporating  or  Drying;  7,  Canning; 
8,  Cider  and  Perry  manufacture;  and  9,  Non¬ 
alcoholic  fruit  drinks.  These  methods  may  also 
be  classified  according  to  the  form  in  which  the 
fruit  is  used,  as: 


346 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


A  Whole  fruits  (1-3-4). 

B  Fruit  pulp  (1-2). 

C  Sliced  fruits  (5-6-7); 

D  Fruit  juices  (8-9). 

Jam-making. — This  constitutes  the  most  ex¬ 
tensively  adopted  method  of  dealing  with  fruits 
both  for  home  use  and  in  British  factories,  and 
many  thousands  of  tons  are  produced  annually 
to  meet  the  general  demand.  It  is  especially 
adapted  for  all  the  soft  fruits,  such  as  Straw¬ 
berries,  Gooseberries,  Black  and  Red  Currants, 
together  with  such  stone-fruits  as  Plums  and 
Apricots,  and  it  is  the  most  satisfactory  means 
of  dealing  with  these  fruits  immediately  they 


are  gathered.  The  method  is  essential  wherever 
large  supplies  have  to  be  utilized  quickly  to 
avoid  loss,  and  it  is  equally  necessary  in  small 
establishments,  because,  with  Strawberries  par¬ 
ticularly,  a  large  proportion  of  the  crop  is  often 
ready  for  gathering  at  one  time,  being  influenced 
by  the  weather  conditions.  As  soon  as  the  de¬ 
mand  for  the  fruit  in  a  fresh  state  is  exceeded, 
there  will  either  be  a  regrettable  waste  or  jam¬ 
making  must  be  resorted  to  promptly. 

Whether  on  a  large  or  a  small  scale  the  prin¬ 
ciple  is  the  same, The  fruit  must  be  subjected  to 
heat  sufficiently  long  to  sterilize  it,  but  not  long 
enough  to  alter  its  character  or  impair  the  flavour 
or  colour.  With  the  aid  of  a  due  amount  of 
sugar  employed  in  addition  (which  may  vary 
from  a  weight  equal  to  that  of  the  fresh  fruit 
to  half  as  much  again)  such  jam,  carefully  pre¬ 
pared  and  secured  in  jars  with  air-tight  coverings 
over  the  mouths,  should  remain  good  for  an  in¬ 
definite  time,  certainly  until  fresh  fruit  is  again 
obtainable. 

On  a  small  scale  and  for  home  use  the  opera¬ 
tion  is  both  simple  and  inexpensive,  while  at 
the  same  time  it  is  as  effectual  as  that  carried 
out  in  a  factory.  A  wide  shallow  stew-pan  of 
copper  or  bell-metal  is  the  only  essential  utensil, 
which  can  be  had  in  various  sizes  at  proportionate 
prices,  but  the  smaller  ones  can  be  had  for  a  few 
shillings.  One  of  these  pans  14  inches  in  diameter 


and  6  inches  deep  will  hold  20  lbs.  of  fruit  and 
sugar,  and  with  the  help  of  such  a  vessel  a  little 
experience  will  enable  anyone  to  produce  1  cwt. 
of  good  jam  per  day.  This  applies  to  any  of 
the  soft  fruits  which  will  not  require  more  than 
twenty  minutes  or  half  an  hour's  exposure  to 
the  fire,  but  with  stone  fruits,  which  will  need 
perhaps  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  rather  less 
could  be  prepared  within  the  same  time.  A  pan 
like  that  described  is  adapted  for  placing  on  an 
ordinary  kitchen  range,  or  it  could  be  heated 
over  an  oil-stove,  but  the  former  is  preferable, 
and  where  large  ranges  are  available,  two,  three, 
or  more  of  these  pans  could  be  heated  at  once, 
and  it  is  quite  possible  without  any  special  fac¬ 
tory  to  produce  a  quarter 
of  a  ton  of  jam  a  day,  or 
two  to  three  tons  in  a 
week,  which  would  suffice 
for  most  of  the  smaller  fruit¬ 
growing  establishments. 

Where  considerable 
quantities  of  fruit  are  con¬ 
verted  into  jam  as  a  regu¬ 
lar  part  of  the  business  it  is 
more  convenient  and  eco¬ 
nomical  to  erect  a  building  for  the  purpose, 
which  need  not  be  of  a  pretentious  or  costly 
character.  Larger  pans  are  then  employed, 
which  will  hold  from  half  to  a  hundredweight 
of  fruit;  they  are  double-cased  and  connected  by 
pipes  with  a  boiler  so  that  a  constant  supply  of 
steam  is  maintained  at  a  high  temperature 
immediately  under  and  around  the  fruit.  The 
advantage  of  this  method  is  that  the  boiling 
is  done  rapidly,  and  there  is  not  the  danger  of 
burning,  which  has  to  be  avoided  when  the  pre¬ 
paration  is  done  over  an  ordinary  fire. 

An  idea  can  be  formed  of  the  routine  work  in 
a  large  preserving  establishment  where  the  fruit 
is  grown,  from  the  following  particulars  of  an 
extensive  factory.  The  fruit  is  gathered  in 
the  early  hours  of  the  morning,  when  dry,  by  a 
number  of  women  who  come  from  the  neigh¬ 
bouring  country,  and  who  are  glad  to  have  the 
opportunity  of  obtaining  labour  in  the  open  air. 
At  8  a.m.  the  factory  work-people  arrive  from 
the  surrounding  villages,  the  total  number  of 
hands  in  the  height  of  the  season  being  about 
five  hundred.  Those  from  a  distance  are  lodged 
on  the  plantations.  The  hour  for  the  first  de¬ 
livery  of  fruit  to  arrive  at  the  factory  is  8  a.m. 
This  may  consist  of  Strawberries,  Red  or  Black 
Currants,  and  Raspberries,  which  are  picked 
free  from  the  stalks  on  the  plantations,  and  are 
ready  therefore  at  once  for  the  boiling-pans, 


Fig.  1119.-— Copper  Preserving  Pan,  Fig.  1120.— Double  Copper  Preserving  Pans  with 

for  home  use.  water  space,  for  home  use. 


FRUIT-PRESERV  IN  G. 


347 


ensuring  the  retention  of  flavour  and  freshness 
in  the  fruit.  This  is  continued  throughout  the 
day,  the  average  quantity  of  fruit  gathered 
being  from  15  to  20  tons  daily.  Should  the 


fruit  come  into  the  factory  in  larger  quantities 
than  can  be  conveniently  made  at  once  into  jam, 
it  is  put  down  in  large  stone  bottles  and  casks, 
perfectly  air-tight,  for  future  use,  this  process 


being  known  as  “  pulping  ”.  The  fruit  turns 
out  when  required  in  a  month’s  time  as  fresh 
and  bright  as  when  gathered,  if  the  work  is 
thoroughly  done  and  immediately  the  fruit  is 
received.  The  sugar  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  these  jams  is  known  in  the  market  as  White 
Dutch  Crushed,  and  no  other  kind,  or  any  sub- 


Fig.  1122. — Swing-tip  Jam-pan  (steam). 


wherever  the  ordinary  methods  are  employed, 
i.e.  those  in  which  the  pans  are  placed  directly 
over  the  source  of  heat.  To  ensure  this,  atten¬ 
tion  must  be  paid  to  the  fuel  used,  and  in  our 


Fig.  1123.— Copper  Jam-pan  (steam). 


stitute  such  as  glucose,  is  allowed  on  the  premises. 
There  are  sixteen  steam  pans  in  use,  each  ca¬ 
pable  of  turning  out  1  cwt.  of  jam  about  every 
twenty  to  forty  minutes,  or  from  20  to  40  tons 
of  jam  per  day  of  ten  hours. 

The  essentials  to  the  production  of  the  best 
results  in  fruit-boiling  and  jam-making  are  as 
follows.  A  steady,  clear  fire  must  be  maintained 


experience  the  best  results  have  been  obtained 
by  a  mixture  of  hard  coal  and  coke  broken  small, 
in  the  proportion  of  two-thirds  of  the  former  to 
one  of  the  latter.  This  we  have  found  suitable 
for  all  the  principal  operations  to  be  afterwards 
described.  In  the  boiling  itself  much  care  is 
also  required,  with  slight  occasional  gentle  stir¬ 
rings  and  the  removal  of  the  scum  which  forms 


348 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


on  the  surface  by  the  aid  of  a  wooden  ladle. 
The  stirring  must  not  be  done  to  excess,  or  the 
fruit  is  broken  down  unduly,  an  undesirable  re¬ 
sult,  except  where  pulp  alone  is  required.  In 
the  case  of  such  fruits  as  Strawberries  and  Rasp¬ 
berries  it  is  important  to  retain  the  form  of  the 
fruit  as  far  as  possible ;  but  though  this  can  be 
accomplished  with  the  first-named  fruits  it  is 
very  difficult  with  the  others.  Whole -fruit 
Strawberry  jam  has  gained  for  some  firms  a 
considerable  reputation,  and  commands  prices 
well  in  advance  of  the  pulped  products.  Special 


Fig.  1124.— Glass  Jars  for  Jams. 

sorts  must,  however,  be  used,  to  which  reference 
will  be  made  later  in  this  chapter. 

In  the  effort  to  produce  a  high-quality  jam 
that  will  take  a  good  place  in  the  market  it  is 
important  to  turn  it  out  bright  and  clear.  Colour 
has  a  material  effect  on  the  selling  value  of  fruit 
preserves,  and  a  dull,  muddv-looking  compound 
has  no  chance  side  by  side  with  a  bright  pro¬ 
duct  which  has  a  distinctly  appetizing  appear¬ 
ance.  So  well  is  this  recognized  that  artificial 
colouring  is  resorted  to  for  the  purpose  of  im¬ 
proving  dull-looking  jams.  These  colouring 
matters  are  now  manufactured  largely,  and 
analyses  are  published  to  show  that  they  are 
free  from  all  injurious  substances,  but  the  pure- 
fruit  product  must  have  the  preference,  and  it 
only  requires  due  care  to  ensure  the  desired 
effect.  One  of  the  chief  points  is  absolute 
cleanliness  in  all  respects,  the  fruit  should  be 
gathered  when  dry  and  clean,  the  utensils  should 
be  cleansed  after  every  boiling,  and  the  best 
sugars  only  should  be  employed.  Common  or 
imperfectly  purified  sugar  will  often  spoil  a 
large  boiling  of  good  fruit. 


For  all  the  best  jams  neat  and  clean  glass  jars 
should  be  used,  and  though  this  is  an  expensive 
item  in  the  small  quantities  such  as  1-lb.  or  2-lb. 
vessels,  it  is  a  needful  provision  and  helps  the 
sale  considerably.  The  cheaper  jams  and  fruit- 
pulps  that  are  sold  in  3-lb.  to  7-lb.  quantities 
are  usually  placed  in  stone  jars,  and  in  some 
populous  districts  there  is  a  large  demand  for 
this  quality  at  low  rates.  Where  glass  jars  are 
used  careful  filling  is  required  to  ensure  a  uni¬ 
form  appearance  and  to  exclude  air,  but  in  all 
cases  the  latter  must  be  ensured,  or  the  jam  will 
not  keep  well.  The  surface 
of  the  jam  should  be  covered 
with  a  slip  of  specially-pre¬ 
pared,  thin,  oiled  or  waxed 
paper,  and  the  mouth  of  the 
jars  must  be  covered  with 
bladder  or  vegetable  parch¬ 
ment  and  tied  down  tightly 
and  neatly.  A  tastefully- 
designed  label  indicating  the 
character  of  the  jam  and  the 
maker’s  name  should  com¬ 
plete  the  operation. 

The  only  other  questions 
to  be  considered  are  those 
relating  to  the  storing  and 
packing.  In  storing,  a  cool 
dry  place  should  be  chosen, 
where  a  fairly  uniform  tem¬ 
perature  can  be  maintained, 
and  where  the  jam  is  not  exposed  to  full  light. 
Under  such  circumstances  well -prepared  jam 
will  keep  good  for  a  great  length  of  time,  but 
obviously  there  is  no  object  in  retaining  such 
preserved  fruit  until  the  next  season,  except 
that  an  unusually  heavy  crop  one  season  may 
be  followed  by  a  poor  one  the  next,  when  good 
prices  can  be  obtained.  But  to  take  full  ad¬ 
vantage  of  such  an  occurrence  it  is  necessary  to 
prepare  the  preserve  very  cheaply,  and  even 
then,  with  the  cost  of  storing,  the  possible  losses, 
and  the  interest  on  the  capital,  it  is  not  a  very 
encouraging  risk.  Then,  too,  there  is  always 
the  chance  that  a  second  “glut”  may  follow, 
which  would  mean  a  heavy  loss.  As  a  general 
rule,  if  jam  is  prepared  so  that  it  will  keep  sound 
for  at  least  a  year,  it  is  all  that  is  requisite,  and 
most  traders  dispose  of  the  bulk  of  the  produce 
within  a  few  months  of  the  end  of  the  fresh 
fruit  season. 

In  packing,  straw  is  usually  employed,  but 
the  coarse  grades  of  wood  wool  are  now  cheap, 
and  are  preferable  for  all  small  consignments 
of  glass  jars.  With  well-constructed  boxes  or 


FRUIT-PRESERVING. 


349 


oases  some  dozens  of  1-lb.  or  2-lb.  jars  can  be 
packed  as  securely  as  could  be  desired,  and 
they  can  be  sent  with  safety  long  distances  by 
road,  rail,  or  sea.  In  the  latter  instance,  espe¬ 
cially  if  the  consignment  is  to  pass  through 
tropical  regions,  it  is  preferable  to  have  double 
cases,  as  then  the  space  between  the  inner  and 
outer  case  can  be  packed  with  non-conducting 
material,  which  will  ensure  much  better  results 
when  the  consignment  is  opened  at  the  end  of 
the  journey. 

Jelly -making. — This  is  a  more  tedious  and 
expensive  process  than  that  just  described,  but 
well-made  fruit- jelly  commands  a  good  price, 
and  the  method  is  especially  valuable  as  applied 
to  some  kinds  of  fruits  which  do  not  yield  a 
jam  that  is  readily  saleable.  Its  greatest  utility 
is,  however,  found  in  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of 
the  best  and  most  profitable  means  of  dealing 
with  the  waste  from  other  processes,  or  for  con¬ 
verting  into  a  market  product  refuse  fruit  that 
would  otherwise  be  lost  altogether.  Beyond 
this,  it  is  desirable  wherever  fruit-preserving  is 
attempted  on  a  systematic  basis,  to  introduce 
as  much  variety  as  possible;  one  class  of  goods 
will  sell  when  another  will  not,  and  frequently 
where  high  quality  is  aimed  at  they  help  each 
other.  Therefore  jelly-making  should  be  recog¬ 
nized  as  an  essential  part  of  the  preserving  de¬ 
partment,  and  the  attention  demanded  to  ensure 
the  best  results  should  be  duly  provided. 

The  apparatus  and  appliances  already  indi¬ 
cated  will  suffice  for  jelly- manufacture,  though 
some  of  the  larger  firms  that  make  a  speciality 
of  this  department  employ  boiling-pans  of  a 
more  costly  character,  lined  with  non-corrodable 
metals,  but  these  are  not  essential,  though  they 
undoubtedly  assist  in  the  production  of  a  high- 
class  article.  The  principal  requirement  is, 
however,  the  greatest  care  on  the  part  of  the- 
operator,  with  close  observation,  as  experience 
teaches  many  little  details  that  cannot  be  set 
down  in  writing.  The  object  is  to  extract  the 
largest  possible  portions  of  those  compounds 
present  in  the  fruit  which  constitute  the  pectin 
or  vegetable  jelly,  together  with  the  essential 
flavour  and  colouring  principles  that  distinguish 
the  particular  fruit  under  treatment.  Some 
kinds  of  fruits  are  notably  abundant  in  pectose 
or  pectin,  and  especially  remarkable  in  this 
respect  is  the  Apple,  not  only  the  cultivated 
varieties,  but  also  the  common  Crabs.  Indeed, 
Apples  that  from  a  horticultural  point  of  view 
are  considered  so  inferior  as  to  be  not  worthy 
of  cultivation,  can  often  be  converted  into  an 
excellent  jelly.  The  paring  and  coring  refuse 


from  the  preparation  of  Apples  for  drying  is 
similarly  productive  when  properly  dealt  with. 
Gooseberries,  Red  and  Black  Currants,  with 
Plums  and  Quinces,  are  all  utilizable  in  the 
same  way  with  satisfactory  results. 

The  first  part  of  the  work  after  cleaning  and 
duly  preparing  the  fruit  so  that  no  foreign  sub¬ 
stances  be  present  to  affect  the  flavour,  is  boiling 
for  the  extraction  of  the  juice.  In  the  case  of 
jam-making  the  only  object  is  to  sterilize  to 
assist  in  the  preservation,  and  the  operation  is 
therefore  performed  as  quickly  as  possible;  but 
in  jelly-making  the  boiling  must  be  prolonged 
considerably.  It  is  here  that  the  judgment 
and  experience  of  the  worker  are  so  important, 
for  if  insufficiently  done  the  whole  of  the  sub¬ 
sequent  labour  is  thrown  away.  As  much  as 
two  hours’  boiling  is  needed  for  some  fruits, 
such  as  refuse  Apples,  Crabs,  &c.,  but  this  may 
be  taken  as  a  limit,  and  for  Apples  of  less  sub¬ 
stance  an  hour  to  an  hour  and  a  half  will  suffice. 
For  the  more  delicate  fruits,  such  as  Currants 
and  Gooseberries,  from  half  an  hour  to  three- 
quarters  will  usually  be  enough  to  effect  the 
desired  object.  In  this  first  boiling  no  sugar 
is  used,  and  the  next  part  of  the  process  is  a 
careful  straining  of  the  prepared  juice  through 
a  very  fine  meshed  sieve  or  straining-bag.  The 
subsequent  clearness  and  brilliance  will  depend 
upon  the  way  this  straining  is  performed,  as  a 
very  small  amount  of  the  solid  substances  will 
cause  a  cloudiness  that  detoacts  materially  from 
the  value  of  the  jelly  from  a  selling  point  of 
view. 

The  most  critical  part  of  the  work  is  the 
second  boiling,  with  the  sugar,  where  the  fruit- 
extract  alone  is  depended  upon  for  the  forma¬ 
tion  of  the  jelly;  an  insufficient  or  slightly  too 
long  exposure  to  heat  will  effectually  prevent 
the  gelatinizing  process.  For  some  juices,  such 
as  Red  Currant,  a  few  minutes  will  suffice, 
while  for  others,  such  as  Apples,  from  half  an 
hour  to  an  hour  and  a  half  will  be  needed.  In 
every  case  the  substance  should  be  tested  at 
frequent  intervals  by  placing  a  little  in  a  cold 
plate  to  see  if  it  thickens.  The  quantity  of 
sugar  necessary  will  also  vary  with  different 
fruits,  from  half  the  weight  of  the  extract  to 
an  equal  weight;  or  from  about  5  lbs.  to  10  lbs. 
per  gallon.  The  principal  details  under  this 
head  will  be  given  under  the  respective  fruits 
later  in  this  chapter;  we  are  only  seeking  here 
to  make  the  general  process  understood. 

Immediately  it  is  seen  that  the  boiling  has 
proceeded  far  enough,  the  concentrated  juice 
should  be  poured  into  the  glass  jars  placed  in 


350 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


readiness  for  the  purpose,  and  if  the  work  has 
been  successfully  performed  the  jelly  should  set 
in  a  few  minutes.  To  avoid  loss,  if  it  is  seen 
before  the  extract  is  poured  out  that  it  is  not 
likely  to  set  properly,  a  little  of  the  purest 
gelatine  may  be  added,  and  when  the  work  is 
carried  out  on  a  large  scale  this  is  often  adopted 
as  a  general  precaution.  With  experience  and 
care  that  course  is  not  however  essential,  and 
the  pure-fruit  jelly  is  such  a  delicious  substance 
that  it  is  not  desirable  to  introduce  any  foreign 
matter  even  though  it  be  absolutely  innocuous. 
Still,  a  considerable  quantity  of  imitation  fruit 
jellies  is  manufactured,  and  by  means  of  arti¬ 
ficial  colouring  and  artificial  flavours,  a  large 
number  of  which  are  produced  chemically,  a 
substance  of  very  good  appearance  and  pleasant 
taste  can  be  turned  out,  which  may  command  a 
sale  in  preference  to  the  genuine  extract  of  the 
fruit  by  reason  of  its  price.  This  is  regrettable, 
because  there  is  an  ample  field  for  the  extension 
of  fruit-jelly  production,  and  a  little  experience 
in  the  comparison  of  the  true  article  with  the 
imitation  will  conclusively  prove  the  superiority 
of  the  former  from  a  dietetic  point  of  view. 

Marmalade. — This  is  practicalhT  a  form  of 
jam-making,  in  which  the  whole  fruit  is  cut 
into  thin  slices  and  boiled  with  sugar  until  the 
solid  portions  are  thoroughly  cooked,  and  suf¬ 
ficient  pulp  is  formed  to  render  it  agreeable. 
Though  employed  so  extensively  in  the  conver¬ 
sion  of  Oranges  into  a  confection,  this  process 
is  not  applicable  to  hardy  fruits  grown  in  this 
climate,  with  the  exception  of  the  Quince.  From 
this  a  richly-flavoured  and  highly-coloured  pre¬ 
serve  can  be  made  at  comparatively  small  cost 
beyond  the  value  of  the  fruit  and  the  sugar  em¬ 
ployed.  The  supply  is  always  limited,  and  the 
demand  is  fairly  good  at  paying  prices  for  the 
best  quality.  Where  it  is  sought  to  provide  a 
general  stock  of  preserves  for  sale  it  is  advis¬ 
able  to  have  a  few  boilings  of  Seville  Oranges 
in  addition;  Lemons  also  are  occasionally  em¬ 
ployed  in  the  same  way.  The  clearest  and 
brightest  products  appear  to  the  best  advantage 
in  glass  jars,  but  some  of  the  lai’ge  firms  use 
1-lb.  white  glazed  earthenware  gallipots  in  enor¬ 
mous  numbers,  the  surface  either  plain  or  fluted, 
and  suitably  labelled. 

Crystallizing  and  Glazing. — By  far  the  most 
costly  and  troublesome  process  connected  with 
fruit -preserving,  is  that  concerned  in  the  pro¬ 
duction  of  crystallized  or  glazed  fruits,  but  at 
the  same  time  there  is  no  form  which  com¬ 
mands  such  large  prices.  At  certain  periods 
of  the  year,  especially  at  Christmas,  the  demand 


is  considerable,  but  large  supplies  are  obtained 
from  the  Continent  or  America,  and  to  compete 
with  these  the  British  manufacturers  must  be 
prepared  to  produce  a  fii'st-class  article  and 
exercise  the  utmost  taste  in  displaying  the 
goods.  The  neat  little  boxes  of  crystallized 
fruits  which  reach  our  markets  have  the  fruits 
carefully  packed  in  layers  separated  by  white 
paper,  and,  margined  with  delicately-stamped 
paper-lace,  they  lnrve  quite  an  artistic  appear¬ 
ance.  They  serve  as  seasonable  and  attractive 
presents,  and  the  extra  care  and  taste  bestowed 
upon  them  yield  a  large  return  in  the  higher 
price  realized.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that 
crystallizing  can  be  made  to  pay,  and  that  is 
one  reason  perhaps  why  it  is  seldom  attempted 
here  on  a  large  scale.  Still,  so  long  as  sugar  is 
I  not  excessively  dear,  it  is  a  method  that  should 
be  included  in  the  operations  of  any  producer, 
particularly  as  there  is  practically  no  limit  to 
the  time  the  fruit  will  keep,  provided  it  is  not 
exposed  to  damj)  or  excessive  heat.  In  conse¬ 
quence  it  is  admirably  adapted  for  exportation, 
as  many  of  the  American  firms  have  realized  in 
recent  years,  and  it  constitutes  a  growing  por¬ 
tion  of  their  business. 

Almost  any  kind  of  fruit  can  be  treated  in 
this  way,  but  those  most  usually  employed  are 
Green-gages,  Apricots,  Cherries,  small  Pears,  and 
occasionally  small  Apples.  The  first  three  gener¬ 
ally  have  their  stones  removed,  while  the  others 
are  cut  into  quarters,  pared  and  cored.  With 
all,  the  object  is  the  same,  namely,  to  substitute 
sugar- syrup  for  the  natural  moisture  of  the 
fruit,  a  process  which  can  only  be  accomplished 
in  a  very  gradual  manner.  The  samples  must 
be  selected  with  great  care  also,  as,  if  too  ripe 
or  not  sufficient^  ripe,  they  will  not  absorb 
the  sugar  freely  enough  to  effect  the  desired 
!  purpose.  It  is  customary  to  place  the  prepared 
fruits  in  clean  willow  baskets  and  dip  them  in 
boiling  water  until  the  fruit  is  slightly  softened 
and  a  portion  of  the  juice  extracted.  But 
though  this  is  a  safe  process  with  regard  to 
Apples,  Pears,  the  firmer  Plums,  and  Apricots, 
yet  with  the  more  delicate  Plums,  such  as  Green¬ 
gages,  for  instance,  it  requires  to  be  done  with 
the  greatest  caution  or  the  fruit  will  be  spoiled 
for  the  intended  purpose,  the  skin  being  cracked 
or  the  substance  softened  to  an  undue  extent. 
For  some  a  few  minutes  will  suffice,  for  others 
perhaps  ten  minutes  or  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
will  be  needed  for  the  first  soaking;  but  judg¬ 
ment  must  be  exercised  in  all  cases,  as  absolute 
rules  cannot  be  laid  down. 

A  thick  syrup  of  fine  white  sugar  must  be 


FRUIT-PRESERVING. 


351 


prepared,  and,  after  the  fruit  has  been  placed 
in  layers,  in  large  shallow  earthenware  jars, 
poured  over  them  slowly,  so  that  all  the  spaces 
between  the  fruits  may  be  filled.  In  this  way 
the  fruit  is  often  allowed  to  remain  a  consider¬ 
able  time — not  less  than  three  weeks,  and  per¬ 
haps  for  a  month  or  more.  But  in  the  meantime 
it  will  require  to  be  frequently  examined,  and 
if  indications  of  fermentation  or  mouldiness  are 
perceived,  the  vessels  should  be  placed  on  a 
stove  and  the  temperature  increased  until  the 
above  tendencies  are  checked;  this  being  re¬ 
peated  until  the  fruit  is  thoroughly  saturated 
with  the  syrup.  It  is  then  removed,  cleaned, 
and  sorted. 

To  glaze  or  crystallize  fruit  that  has  been 
through  this  process,  a  hot  syrup  of  the  best 
sugar  is  prepared,  and  the  fruits  are  dipped  into 
it  (either  in  sieves  or  baskets)  until  they  are  well 
covered ;  if  to  be  glazed,  they  are  dried  rapidly 
in  a  cool,  dry,  airy  place  free  from  dust;  if  to  be 
crystallized,  they  are  dried  very  gradually  in  a 
warm  position;  should  the  process  be  not  quite 
satisfactory  the  fruit  may  be  dipped  a  second 
time. 

Chutney. — Although  this  method  is  only  suit¬ 
able  for  two  kinds  of  fruit,  i.e.  Apples  and  To¬ 
matoes,  it  is  of  sufficient  importance  to  merit  a 
few  words  of  reference,  because  it  is  a  means 
that  has  been  generally  neglected,  or  performed 
in  so  unsatisfactory  a  manner  as  to  excite  a 
prejudice  against  it.  The  majority  of  Apples 
can  be  utilized  in  this  way,  and  they  need  not 
be  either  the  best  fruits  nor  the  best  varieties 
from  a  garden  point  of  view.  As  frequently 
prepared,  the  Apples,  after  being  pared,  cored, 
and  sliced,  are  cut  into  small  slices  after  the 
style  of  Marmalade,  but  we  have  found  it  far 
better  to  pass  the  Apple  rings  through  a  small 
mincing  machine,  which  reduces  the  divisions  to 
a  uniform  size,  and  small  enough  to  be  readily 
mixed  with  the  other  ingredients.  What  these 
should  comprise  will  depend  upon  the  taste  of 
the  producer  to  a  great  extent,  but  a  small 
portion  of  finely-chopped  Onions  or  Garlic,  a 
little  mustard-seed,  and  a  pinch  or  two  of  gin¬ 
ger  are  essential,  while  other  flavourings  will 
suggest  themselves.  The  whole  should  be 
thoroughly  boiled  for  about  two  to  three  hours, 
and  then  placed  in  glass  or  earthenware  jars, 
and  tied  down  as  with  jams  and  jellies. 

Bottling  Whole  Fruits.  —  However  skilfully 
fruits  may  be  preserved  with  the  aid  of  sugar 
it  cannot  be  done  without,  to  some  extent,  sacri¬ 
ficing  the  essential  flavours  of  the  finest  sorts; 
any  system,  therefore,  which  can  effect  the  same 


purpose  without  the  addition  of  sugar  will 
always  command  favour  with  a  great  number 
of  persons.  For  several  years  the  bottling  of 
fruits  has  been  extending  as  a  portion  of  the 
preserving  industry,  and  the  only  matter  which 
checks  its  development  in  a  much  more  rapid 
degree  is  the  cost  of  the  bottles.  Some  con¬ 
tinental  glass  manufacturers  are  now  entering 
into  keen  competition  with  British  makers,  and 
it  is  probable  that  prices  will  be  reduced,  as  in 
many  cases  they  are  out  of  proportion  to  that 
of  other  cheap  glass-ware  in  the  market.  It  is 
of  course  requisite  to  have  well-made  bottles  of 
clear  glass,  and  if  they  could  be  charged  and 
allowed  for  when  returned  in  the  same  way  that 
beer  bottlers  do,  it  would  facilitate  this  impor¬ 
tant  work  considerably. 

The  method  is  particularly  adapted  for  Plums, 
Green  Gooseberries,  Damsons,  Cherries,  and  Red 


Fig.  1125.— Glass  Bottles  for  whole  Fruit. 

Currants,  and  when  well-selected  fruits  are  em¬ 
ployed  and  care  is  exercised  in  filling  the  bottles 
a  very  attractive  result  is  obtained.  The  quan¬ 
tities  displayed  in  shop  windows  prove  that  the 
retailers  find  a  substantial  demand,  and  also 
that  they  appreciate  the  show  value  of  such 
goods.  But  it  is  not  only  on  a  commercial  scale 
that  bottling  is  important,  it  is  a  method  that 
can  be  employed  by  the  smallest  fruit-growers 
and  in  the  houses  of  fanners  or  cottagers.  The 
desirability  of  extending  the  system  in  this 
direction  has  been  recognized  by  some  of  the 
horticultural  societies  and  county  councils,  and 
either  prizes  or  other  inducements  have  been 
offered  to  encourage  competition  amongst  cot¬ 
tagers  and  those  in  the  occupation  of  small 
holdings. 


352 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT 


The  process  is  very  simple,  and  is  essentially 
the  same  whether  provision  is  being  made  for 
a  dozen  bottles  or  as  many  thousands.  If  the 
fruit  to  be  dealt  with  is  gathered  clean  and  dry 
from  the  trees,  and  the  bottles  are  in  a  similar 
condition,  no  further  preparation  is  required. 
It  can  be  placed  at  once  in  the  bottles,  and  all 
is  ready  for  the  final  operation.  A  wide  boiler 
must  be  used  sufficiently  deep  to  hold  water  up 
to  the  necks  of  the  bottles,  or  about  a  foot  in 
depth,  a  convenient  size  of  bottle  being  from  10 
to  11  inches  high,  with  the  mouth  2  inches  in 
diameter.  It  is  well  to  have  a  layer  of  canvas 
or  some  similar  material  at  the  bottom  of  the 
boiler,  and  this  is  equally  useful  between  the 
bottles,  as  it  will  assist  in  reducing  the  danger 
of  breakages. 

The  fruit  should  be  placed  in  the  bottles,  the 
mouths  of  which  should  be  left  open.  They  are 


Fig.  1126.— Lee’s  Patent  Fruit-bottlin-g  Apparatus,  showing  thermometer 
(a)  at  side,  aud  bottles  placed  in  boiler  ready  for  heating. 


then  placed  in  the  boiler,  which  is  filled  with 
water  to  the  desired  height,  and  then  it  must 
be  slowly  raised  to  the  boiling-point.  As  a  rule, 
by  the  time  the  water  is  boiling  the  fruit  is  suf¬ 
ficiently  cooked  for  keeping;  it  is  not  advisable 
to  overdo  it,  or  when  turned  out  for  use  subse¬ 
quently  it  will  be  soft  and  flavourless.  The  form 
of  the  fruit  should  be  preserved,  as  if  any  of  it 
splits,  or  the  skin  of  Plums  is  broken,  its  appear¬ 
ance  is  spoiled  and  the  selling  value  greatly 
diminished.  A  kettle  of  boiling  water  must  be 
at  hand,  and  as  fast  as  the  bottles  are  removed 
from  the  fire  they  should  be  filled  with  this 
water  and  immediately  tied  down  with  bladder, 
or  corked  and  sealed  with  common  sealing-wax 
or  bottle-wax,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  effectually 
prevent  the  admission  of  air;  the  fruit  will  then 
keep  for  a  year  or  more. 

Several  manufacturing  firms  have  brought  out 


simple,  cheap  appliances  for  bottling  fruits  on  a 
small  scale.  One  of  these  is  a  round  metal  boiler 
that  will  contain  about  a  dozen  bottles  at  a 
time,  and  is  adapted  for  use  on  an  ordinary  stove 
or  fire.  This  is  sold  with  two  dozen  patent 
bottles  at  as  low  as  35s.,  the  bottles  themselves 
being  fitted  with  metallic  tops,  which  are  secured 
by  spring  clips  that  are  easily  removed  and  re¬ 
placed  though  they  answer  all  the  purposes  of 
an  air-tight  cork  or  bladder  top.  In  some  of 
these  apparatus  a  kettle  is  connected  with  the 
side,  and  steam  thus  takes  the  place  of  a  direct 
application  of  heat  from  a  fire.  Whatever  method 
is  adopted  the  essential  part  of  the  business  is 
that  the  boiling  should  not  be  done  too  rapidly, 
and  the  more  gradually  it  is  done  within  reason 
the  more  likely  is  the  fruit  to  retain  its  form, 
colour,  and  flavour,  so  that  when  required  for 
use  it  should  as  nearly  as  possible  resemble  the 
fresh  product. 

Fruit  Evaporating  or  Drying.- — As  regards  its 
economic  bearing  upon  the  fruit  culture  of  other 
countries,  but  especially  in  America,  Germany, 
and  France,  the  process  of  preserving  fruits  by 
evaporating  or  drying  is  by  far  the  most  im¬ 
portant  and  extensive.  In  Great  Britain  at 
present  it  has  only  been  tried  in  an  exj^eri- 
mental  or  tentative  manner,  but  some  have 
already  proved  that  it  can  be  utilized  to  good 
purpose,  and  there  is  an  increasing  demand  for 
information  of  a  reliable  character,  i.e.  that  re¬ 
sulting  from  experience.  The  Royal  Agricul¬ 
tural  Society  and  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society  have  endeavoured  to  draw  attention  to 
the  matter  in  England,  both  by  the  institution 
of  experiments  and  by  the  publication  of  reports. 
Individual  experimenters  and  a  few  firms  have 
also  taken  up  the  work,  and  evidence  is  now 
accumulating  bearing  upon  the  possibility  of 
making  the  operation  profitable  in  this  country. 

A  few  years  ago  Mr.  D.  Pidgeon  contributed 
a  report  to  the  Journal  of  the  Boyal  Agricul¬ 
tural  Society,  which  summarized  the  case  as  re¬ 
gards  the  United  States,  and  it  is  interesting  to 
compare  what  he  says  with  the  conditions  that' 
prevail  in  Great  Britain: — “Why  is  the  British 
farmer  so  slow  and  his  transatlantic  cousin  and 
competitor  so  quick  in  adapting  himself  to 
altered  conditions  of  cultivation1?  The  entry 
of  the  Great  West  in  the  character  of  a  wheat- 
grower  upon  the  agricultural  stage  of  the  world 
created  a  depression  in  the  agriculture  of  the 
Eastern  States  of  America,  no  less  marked  than 
that  which  followed  from  the  same  cause  in 
England.  New  England  no  more  than  Old 
England  could  after  that  entry  any  longer 


KITCHEN-GARDEN  VEGETABLES. 


393 


having  been  done,  the  ground  may  be  forked 
over,  a  good  soaking  of  liquid  manure  given, 
and,  with  the  exception  of  keeping  it  free  of 
weeds,  nothing  further  is  required  till  the 
plants  come  into  bearing  in  June  or  July. 

Artichokes  may  be  forwarded  somewhat  by 
means  of  a  framework  and  a  covering  of  mats, 
and  the  season  be  prolonged  in  the  autumn  with 
similar  aids.  Every  year,  as  the  crop  is  gathered, 
the  flower-stems  should  be  cut  down,  as  pre¬ 
viously  indicated;  and  the  same  treatment  with 
respect  to  protection  from  frost,  removing 
suckers,  forking  the  ground,  &c.,  should  be 
pursued.  After  the  second  year,  however,  a 
quantity  of  well-decomposed  dung  or  sea-weed 
ought  to  be  forked  in  before  winter.  Notwith¬ 
standing  the  care  taken  in  protecting  the  plants 
in  winter,  they  are  sometimes  injured  by  frost. 
During  extra  severe  winters  the  stock,  if  im¬ 
perfectly  protected,  is  frequently  nearly  all 
killed,  and  in  this  case  the  plan  of  lifting  the 
survivors  and  starting  them  in  heat  with  a  view 
to  obtaining  a  number  of  suckers  for  rooting  in 
pots  is  to  be  commended. 

Artichokes  seldom  continue  in  good  bearing 
longer  than  four  or  five  years ;  therefore  a  fresh 
plantation  should  be  made  every  third  or  fourth 
year.  As  the  plants  in  fresh  plantations  bear 
later  in  the  season  than  those  in  old  ones,  some 
persons  make  a  small  plantation  every  year,  with 
the  view  of  prolonging  the  production. 

If  chards  are  required,  when  old  plantations 
are  to  be  destroyed,  the  plants  should  be  cut 
over  a  little  above  the  ground  as  soon  as  the 
principal  part  of  the  crop  has  been  gathered; 
and  when  the  leaves  are  about  2  feet  high,  they 
may  be  tied  up  and  blanched  like  Cardoons. 

In  Italy,  besides  the  head  and  chard,  another 
product  is  obtained  from  the  Artichoke;  the 
stem  is  bent  down  at  right  angles,  the  leaf-stalks 
collected  together,  and  the  whole  covered  up  to 
blanch.  The  result  is  a  lump  called  gobbo,  or 
hunchback,  which  is  tender,  and  said  to  be  very 
palatable  when  eaten  raw  with  salt.  It  is  used  in 
autumn  and  winter  as  a  substitute  for  Radishes. 

Except  in  very  warm  seasons  the  Artichoke 
does  not  ripen  its  seeds  in  this  country.  If, 
notwithstanding  this,  an  attempt  to  save  seed 
be  made,  the  heads  should  be  sheltered  from 
rain,  either  by  gradually  bending  them  down 
so  as  to  throw  off  the  wet,  or  by  some  other 
means.  The  seeds  keep  five  or  six  years. 

The  varieties  cultivated  are: — - 

Globe  (or  Large  Round-headed). — This  has  dull-purplish 
heads,  with  incurved  scales,  and  is  the  sort  most  esteemed 
in  this  country. 


Green  (Common  or  French)  has  a  conical  or  ovate  head, 
with  recurved  scales. 

Purple  (Violet)  has  a  medium-sized  head,  pointed  scales, 
green  tinged  with  purplish-red  on  the  outside.  Is  earlier 
than  the  preceding  sorts. 

Several  other  varieties  are  described  by  French 
authors: — 

Gros  Camus  has  a  large  flat  head,  pale-green  in  colour, 
but  less  fleshy  than  some. 

Large  Green  or  Be  Laon  (fig.  1147)  is  most  esteemed  and 
is  largely  cultivated  in  Paris. 

Perpetual  (fig.  1149). — Remarkable  for  its  habit  of 
growing  and  producing  heads  all  the  year  round  in 


Fig.  1149.— Artichoke— Perpetual. 


climates  favourable  to  it.  Is  largely  grown  in  the  south 
of  France.  The  heads  are  purplish. 

Asparagus  ( Asparagus  officinalis). — A  hardy 
perennial,  native  of  Europe  and  Asia.  Gerrard 
says  the  manured  or  garden  Asparagus  is  the 
same  as  the  wild,  but,  like  other  vegetables, 
was  made  larger  by  cultivation;  that  it  grows 
wild  in  Essex  and  in  Lincolnshire,  and  in  great 
plenty  near  Harwich.  Phillips’  History  of  Culti¬ 
vated  Vegetables  says: — “It  is  well  known  how 
nnfck  the  Asparagus  is  improved  in  size  since 
Gerrard ’s  time  (1597),  and  it  might  be  still 
further  improved  if  our  gardeners  were  to  im- 


394 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


port  roots  of  this  plant  from  the  borders  of  the 
Euphrates,  where  it  grows  to  an  extraordinary 
thickness.  Pliny  states  that  Asparagus,  which 
formerly  grew  wild,  was  in  his  time  carefully 
cultivated  in  gardens,  particularly  at  Ravenna, 
where  it  was  grown  so  fair  and  large  that  three 
shoots  would  weigh  a  pound.  It  is  naturalized 
in  America,  near  the  coast,  most  probably  from 
seeds  which  have  escaped  from  garden  plants.” 

The  plant  consists  of  a  cluster  of  fleshy  roots 
springing  from  the  base  of  the  stem,  where  a 
quantity  of  buds  are  formed,  from  which  shoots 
annually  push,  and  these  in  their  young  and 
tender  state  form  the  edible  part  (fig.  1150). 


Fig.  1150.— Asparagus— Giant  Dutch  Purple. 


The  shoots,  which  are  annual,  attain  a  height 
of  from  3  to  6  feet  and  bear  numerous  branches, 
clothed  with  small,  linear,  bright-green  leaves. 
The  flowers  are  small,  star-shaped,  and  white, 
and  the  fruits  are  pea-like  berries  coloured 
bright  red.  Differences  of  soil,  climate,  situation, 
and  cultivation  have  resulted  in  several  recog¬ 
nizable  variations,  and  it  is  probable  also  that 
seedling  sports  have  been  fixed.  Accordingly 
there  are  numerous  named  sorts,  the  name 
usually  indicating  the  district  where  the  variety 
originated.  The  colour  of  the  young  stems 
depends  greatly  on  the  nature  and  texture  of 
the  soil ;  and  with  regard  to  size  we  may  men¬ 
tion  that  in  one  part  of  Mr.  Grayson’s  extensive 
plantations  on  the  south  side  of  the  Thames  the 
so-called  Giant  variety  was  produced,  and  in 
another  part  the  common  sort;  but  when  both 
were  made  to  change  places,  the  common  ac¬ 
quired  the  dimensions  of  the  Giant,  whilst  the 
latter  diminished  to  the  ordinary  size. 


Propagation, — Asparagus  seeds  may  either  be 
soAvn  broadcast  on  prepared  ground,  and  the 
plants  thinned  out,  or  in  drills  in  nursery-beds, 
where  the  plants  can  remain  for  one  or  two 
years  before  being  finally  planted  out.  The 
soil  for  the  nursery-bed  should  be  light,  rich, 
and  sandy.  The  seeds  should  be  sown  in  drills 
half  an  inch  deep  in  October,  or  in  March  or 
April.  The  seedlings  should  be  thinned  when 
they  are  2  inches  high. 

Soil  and  Situation. — A  rich  sandy  alluvial  soil, 
impregnated  with  saline  matters,  is  naturally 
best  adapted  for  the  growth  of  Asparagus,  and 
in  such  soil  its  cultivation  is  an  easy  matter. 
Soils  of  a  different  texture  may  be  made  rich 
enough  with  manure;  but  whilst  the  soil  retains 
too  great  a  degree  of  stiffness,  the  results  of 
cultivation  will  not  prove  satisfactory,  nor  will 
the  produce  bear  comparison  with  that  from 
soil  naturally  well  adapted  for  the  growth  of 
the  plant.  The  large  Asparagus  from  Argen- 
teuil  is  chiefly  grown  on  a  sandy  loam,  and  by 
a  peculiar  mode  of  culture,  which  will  be  pre¬ 
sently  described,  and  the  cultivators  think  that 
on  soil  of  this  character  the  shoots  attain  a 
greater  size  than  on  very  light  sandy  ground, 
but  are  produced  on  the  latter  more  abundantly. 

The  situation  for  Asparagus  should  be  open 
to  the  sun,  and  sheltered  from  strong  winds. 

Preparation  of  the  Beds. — The  effectual  drain¬ 
age  of  the  soil  should  be  the  first  consideration; 
for  although  the  plant  grows  naturally  in  salt 
marshes,  and  therefore  cannot  be  said  to  dis¬ 
like  moisture,  yet  moisture,  to  be  beneficial, 
must  be  accompanied  with  heat.  If  cold  rains 
occur  in  spring,  after  the  beds  are  warmed  by 
the  sun  and  are  in  full  cutting,  growth  and 
production  will  be  arrested;  but  warm  rains 
later  in  the  season  are,  on  the  contrary,  favour¬ 
able  in  both  respects.  The  plant  requires 
Avarmth  in  the  soil,  and  undrained  soil  retains 
the  coldness  of  winter. 

The  ground  should  therefore  be  drained, 
trenched,  or  made  good  to  the  depth  of  3  feet, 
and  a  large  quantity  of  manure  introduced; 
also,  near  the  top,  such  materials  as  the  scour- 
ings  of  ponds  or  ditches,  sea-Aveed,  decayed 
leaves  or  leaf-mould,  turfy  peat,  charred  soil, 
decayed  hot-bed  dung,  all  of  which  are  excel¬ 
lent.  Heavy  crops  of  Asparagus  are  groAvn 
Avhere  the  bottom  is  a  yelloAv,  rather  heavy 
loam,  and  the  top  has  been  made  light  from 
long  working  and  plentiful  manuring.  In 
trenching  for  Asparagus,  the  heavy  subsoil  is 
neither  turned  up  nor  mixed  Avith  the  upper 
soil,  as  might  be  advisable  for  some  crops;  on 


KITCHEN-GARDEN  VEGETABLES. 


399 


two  handfuls  of  well-decomposed  manure,  and 
finally  with  an  inch  of  soil,  making  a  little 
hillock  an  inch  high  over  each  stool,  and  putting 
in  a  stick  to  mark  the  place  of  the  plants,  and 
prevent  injury  to  the  roots  in  hoeing. 

In  October  the  stalks  are  cut  off  at  6  inches 
from  the  surface,,  the  surface  cleaned,  the  ridges 
dug  a  foot  deep,  and  the  plants  manured.  The 
roots  having  been  carefully  uncovered  with  a 
hoe  over  a  circle  8  inches  in  diameter,  one  or 
two  handfuls  of  well-decayed  dung  are  placed 
over  every  crown,  and  covered  with  about  3 
inches  of  light  soil,  raising  a  hillock  2  inches 
high  over  each,  and  marking  any  vacant  places 
with  a  small  stick. 

In  the  second  year  the  failures  are  replaced 
in  March  or  April,  using  strong  one-year-old 
plants,  and  stakes  3  feet  long  are  pushed  in 
slantwise  at  an  angle  of  45°  near  each  plant. 
The  ground  is  hoed  at  the  beginning  of  April, 
and  as  soon  as  the  shoots  are  large  enough  they 
are  tied  to  the  stakes  to  prevent  breakage  by 
wind.  In  October  the  withered  stalks  are  cut  off 
8  inches  above  the  ground,  the  ridges  manured 
and  dug  over,  and  the  stakes  removed.  The 
crowns  are  uncovered  down  to  the  manure,  the 
soil  about  them  loosened  by  the  hand,  and  two 
inches  of  soil  put  on,  always  forming  if  into  a 
conical  mound. 

In  the  third  year,  about  the  middle  of  March, 
mounds  from  6  to  8  inches  high  are  formed 
over  each  crown,  according  to  its  strength,  but 
the  plants  used  to  fill  up  blanks  are  only  covered 
4  inches  deep,  and  are  afterwards  left  alone. 
In  taking  the  shoots  for  use  they  are  removed 
with  the  fingers  so  as  to  avoid  injuring  the  stool, 
an  asparagus  knife  only  being  used,  if  at  all,  to 
remove  the  earth  and  trace  out  the  base  of  the 
shoot.  The  shoots  are  taken  when  2  inches 
above-ground,  by  passing  one  finger  behind 
their  base,  and,  by  pressing  the  shoot  aside,  it 
is  easily  detached.  The  soil  is  then  returned. 
At  most  only  three  or  four  shoots  are  taken 
from  each  stool.  In  April,  stakes  4  feet  3  inches 
long  are  put  in,  and  the  stalks  tied  to  them, 
and  in  October  the  withered  stems  are  cut  over 
1 0  inches  above  the  surface,  and  cleared  entirely 
away,  the  ground  cleaned,  and  a  good  dressing 
of  manure  given.  In  doing  this  the  soil  of  the 
trenches  is  entirely  cleared  out  to  the  depth  of 
4  inches,  casting  it  on  the  ridges;  it  is  replaced 
with  half  that  depth  of  well-rotted  dung,  the 
withered  stems  are  shortened,  except  one,  which 
is  left  to  show  the  position  of  the  stool,  and, 
after  digging  the  ridges,  the  manure  is  covered 
with  about  1J  inch  of  soil,  at  the  same  time 


raising  a  mound  of  3  inches  high  over  each 
crown,  and  marking  with  a  stick  any  that  are 
weak. 

In  the  fourth  year,  mounds  10  or  12  inches 
high  are  formed  over  each  plant,  but  the  weak 
stools  marked  in  the  previous  autumn  are  only 
covered  half  that  depth.  In  May,  when  the  ridges 
are  hoed,  some  earth  is  drawn  into  the  trenches, 
and  stakes  4  feet  9  inches  high  are  put  in.  In 
October  the  stems  are  cut  over  at  14  inches 
above  the  ground,  the  ridges  are  manured  and 
dug,  the  mounds  in  the  trenches  levelled,  the 
soil  in  the  trenches  thrown  out  as  in  the  pre¬ 
vious  year,  some  handfuls  of  well -decayed 
manure  placed  over  the  crowns,  and  mounds 
3  inches  high  raised  over  them. 

In  the  fifth  year  the  mounds  are  raised  in 
March  to  about  14  inches  high.  The  whole  of 
the  shoots  of  the  strong  stools  are  taken  for  use, 
but  only  a  few  from  those  which  are.  weak.  The 
shoots  are  removed  for  about  two  months  daily, 
every  second  day,  or  every  third  day  at  most, 
according  to  the  temperature,  and  when  showing 
about  2  inches  above  ground,  and  of  a  red  or 
violet  colour.  The  plants  are  staked  and  securely 
tied,  and  in  October  the  stems  are  cut  over,  the 
soil  of  the  mounds  thrown  on  the  ridges,  the 
trenches  manured  as  in  the  third  year,  the 
ridges  dug,  and  the  manure  covered. 

In  the  sixth  year  the  Asparagus  will  be  in 
full  production;  it  is  mounded  up  14  inches 
high  from  the  crown,  and  the  autumn  treatment 
is  the  same  as  in  the  fourth  year. 

Cutting  the  Stems. — In  doing  this  a  little  of 
the  soil  is  taken  from  beside  the  shoot  Avith  the 
Asparagus  knife,  which  is  then  pushed  down, 
but  so  as  not  to  endanger  the  crown,  or  other 
shoots  that  may  be  pushing  up,  then  turning 


Fig.  1153.— Asparagus  Knife. 


the  edge  of  the  knife  towards  the  shoot,  the 
latter  is  cut,  or  rather  saAvecl  off.  It  is  the 
practice  near  London  to  cut  off  all  the  shoots  as 
they  appear,  up  to  the  period  Avhen  it  is  thought 
proper  to  leave  off  cutting  altogether ;  the  period 
for  doing  this  depending  on  the  climate,  season, 
nature  of  the  soil,  and  strength  of  the  plants. 
Where  the  climate  is  good,  or  when  the  season 
is  an  early  one,  cutting  must  commence  early; 
and  of  course,  in  that  case,  it  ought  not  to  be 
continued  late,  othenvise  the  plants  Avill  be 
Aveakened.  When  green  Peas  can  be  had, 
Asparagus  is  less  required;  so  that,  in  the  south¬ 
ern  parts  of  the  kingdom,  the  cutting  may  cease 


400 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


towards  the  middle  of  June,  and  in  the  northern 
parts  by  the  end  of  that  month.  If  the  plants 
are  weak,  they  ought  to  be  allowed  to  grow  up 
as  early  as  possible  to  make  foliage,  and  conse¬ 
quently  fresh  roots,  and  thus  to  acquire  more 
vigour  for  the  ensuing  year.  It  is  also  advisable 
to  leave  off  cutting,  at  an  early  period,  some  of 
the  best  of  the  beds  formed  for  early  produce, 
in  order  that  the  shoots  may  be  well  matured 
early  in  autumn;  and  consequently  that  the 
young  shoots  may  be  prepared  to  push  vigor¬ 
ously  early  in  spring. 

Duration  of  the  Plantation. — Asparagus  beds 
in  favourable  soil  will  continue  to  bear  well  for 
many  years  if  properly  managed,  especially  as 
regards  cutting;  but  if  too  severely  cut  they 
will  soon  become  unproductive,  however  well 
they  may  have  been  originally  formed,  or  how¬ 
ever  good  their  treatment  in  other  respects. 
By  continually  cutting  off  all  the  shoots  through¬ 
out  the  season,  as  they  appeared,  the  plants 
would  be  completely  destroyed,  just  as  the 
most  obstinate  weeds  would  ultimately  be  if  so 
treated.  If  a  strong  Asparagus  root  were  allowed 
to  mature  all  the  shoots  it  produced,  these  of 
course  would  return  organized  matter  for  the 
formation  of  still  finer  buds,  and  production 
of  a  proportionate  quantity  of  fresh  roots.  But 
if  all  the  shoots  are  cut  off  as  they  appear, 
except  one,  perhaps,  late  in  the  season,  sap  can¬ 
not  be  elaborated  for  the  proper  maintenance 
of  the  whole  of  the  roots,  and  consequently  a 
portion  of  those  least  in  connection  with  the 
shoot  which  is  left  will  perish.  If  the  same 
severe  process  of  cutting  is  pursued  the  follow¬ 
ing  season,  the  plant  is  almost  certain  to  suc¬ 
cumb.  When  blanks  begin  to  appear  in  beds, 
the  latter  should  in  future  be  more  sparingly 
dealt  with.  There  is  only  one  case  in  which 
severe  cutting  is  excusable,  and  that  is  when 
a  piece  of  Asparagus  is  about  to  be  thrown  up, 
then  market-gardeners  and  others  cut  as  long 
as  the  produce  pays  for  the  trouble  of  cutting. 

The  duration  of  Asparagus  beds  mainly  de¬ 
pends  on  the  manner  in  which  cutting  is  con¬ 
ducted.  If  carefully  done,  the  beds  may  con¬ 
tinue  in  good  bearing  for  fifteen  or  twenty  years, 
and  even  longer.  It  should,  however,  be  re¬ 
membered  that  to  have  fresh  beds  in  bearing 
condition  to  supply  the  place  of  those  past  good 
yielding,  four  or  five  years  must  elapse  from  the 
time  of  sowing,  and  therefore  it  is  not  good 
practice  to  unduly  delay  the  starting  of  new 
beds. 

Seeds. — Some  of  the  finest  shoots  which  push 
in  the  early  part  of  the  season,  and  on  the  south 


sides  of  the  beds,  should  be  allowed  to  run  up 
for  seed.  As  the  stems  grow  up,  some  of  the 
most  promising  may  be  tied  to  stakes  to  prevent 
breakage  by  the  wind;  but  in  doing  this  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  crowd  the  branches,  in 
order  that  the  foliage  may  be  exposed  to  the 
light  as  freely  and  equally  as  possible.  With 
the  growth  of  plants  so  reserved,  that  of  others 
adjoining  should  not  be  allowed  to  interfere. 
When  at  maturity  the  largest  of  the  red  berries 
should  be  selected.  After  lying  a  week  or  two 
they  may  either  be  squeezed  between  the  hands, 
and  the  seeds  washed  from  the  pulp,  or  the 
berries  may  be  dried,  in  which  case  the  seeds 
will  keep  the  longest. 

Forcing  Asparagus  (Figs.  1154). — This  is  an 
industry  of  some  importance  in  the  neighbour¬ 
hood  of  Paris.  It  is  also  practised  in  a  few 


Fig.  1154  — View  and  Section  of  Frames  for  forcing  Asparagus 
(French  Method). 


gardens  in  this  country.  The  following  account 
of  the  French  method  of  forcing  is  taken  from 
Robinson’s  Parks  and  Gardens  of  Paris : — “The 
forcing  alone  of  Asparagus  throughout  the 
autumn,  winter,  and  early  spring  is  an  industry 
of  considerable  extent.  In  one  of  the  most 
recently-organized  and  active  of  these  gardens 
about  half  an  acre  of  glass  is  devoted  solely  to 
the  forcing  of  Asparagus,  and  a  supply  is  ob¬ 
tained  from  early  in  September  to  the  end  of 
April.  It  is  forced  in  three  ways — in  houses 
heated  with  hot  water;  in  frames  in  the  ground 
and  heated  in  the  same  way;  and  lastly,  in 
frames  covered  with  stable  -  manure.  It  ap¬ 
pears  to  be  forced  with  equal  success  in  each 
case,  though  the  stable-manure  seems  to  offer 
the  simplest  means.  As  usual  here,  the  frames 
are  small,  about  4  feet  wide;  the  roots  are 
placed  directly  on  the  manure,  not  flat,  as  they 
would  be  in  the  open  ground,  but  packed  as 
closely  as  possible,  from  500  to  2000  plants, 
according  to  size,  going  under  one  light.  A 
mere  sprinkling  of  soil  is  placed  over  them.  As 


KITCHEN-GARDEN  VEGETABLES. 


401 


u  result  the  shoots  come  up  very  thickly.  The 
plants  are  strong  ones,  three  years  old;  as 
many  as  five  crops  of  roots  follow  each  other 
throughout  the  autumn,  winter,  and  spring  in 
the  same  frame.  The  universal  straw  mat  is 
used  to  cover  the  frames  at  night.” 

The  old  mode  of  forcing  Asparagus,  still 
practised  to  some  extent,  chiefly  consists  in 
d  igging  deep  trenches  between  beds  planted  for 
the  purpose,  covering  the  beds  with  the  soil  and 
with  frames,  filling  in  the  trenches  between  the 
frames  with  stable-manure,  and  protecting  the 
frames  with  straw  mats  and  litter  to  keep  in 
the  heat.  In  the  beginning  of  November  the 
pathways  between  the  beds  of  Asparagus  are 
dug  up  about  2  feet  in  depth  and  width.  The 
soil  coming  from  the  pathway  is  divided  very 
carefully,  and  put  about  8  inches  thick  upon  the 
surface  of  the  bed.  The  trench  is  filled  up  with 
new  stable-manure,  not  litter,  and  frames  placed 
on  the  bed.  The  manure  should  rise  as  high 
as  the  top  of  the  frames,  and  the  lights  be 
entirely  covered  with  mats  and  litter  to  pre¬ 
vent  the  accumulated  heat  from  escaping.  The 
sashes  are  put  on,  and  no  air  is  given;  on  the 
contrary,  they  are  covered  at  night  with  straw 
mats,  and  also  during  the  day  in  cold  weather, 
a  temperature  of  from  60°  to  75°  being  con¬ 
sidered  desirable.  We  should,  however,  prefer 
starting  with  a  temperature  of  between  50°  and 
60°,  as  is  done  by  means  of  hot -water  pipes 
in  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Frogmore.  The  heat 
may  be  increased  so  as  to  range  between  60° 
and  65°,  or  not  exceeding  70°;  for  it  is  found 
that  when  Asparagus  is  forced  too  rapidly  it 
is  not  so  good  as  when  it  is  brought  forward 
gradually,  with  a  temperature  resembling  that 
of  a  very  fine  May.  Where  glass  is  used,  a 
good  deal  of  sun-heat  may  be  economized  by 
keeping  the  sashes  closed  till  the  shoots  appear. 
In  the  open  air  the  finest  and  most  tender 
shoots  are  produced  in  beds  that  have  been 
exposed  to  powerful  sun-heat. 

In  about  a  fortnight  or  three  weeks  the  As¬ 
paragus  begins  to  show  itself  on  the  surface 
of  the  bed.  Many  market  -  gardeners  cover 
the  whole  of  the  bed  inside  the  frame  to  a 
thickness  of  3  or  4  inches  with  manure  to 
force  the  vegetation  more  quickly,  but  in  this 
case  the  manure  must  be  removed  when  the 
Asparagus  begins  to  shoot.  When  the  shoots 
are  about  3  inches  out  of  the  ground  they  may 
be  cut.  The  mats  must  be  taken  off  in  the  day¬ 
time,  but  the  heat  must  be  well  kept  up,  or  the 
roots  and  buds  will  fail  to  push.  The  beds  are 
forced  every  second  year  only.  The  gathering 


of  the  Asparagus  may  continue  for  about  two 
months,  but  no  longer,  or  the  plantation  would 
be  injured.  When  the  gathering  is  over,  the 
frames  and  linings  may  be  taken  away,  and  the 
soil  which  has  been  dug  up  from  the  alleys  put 
back  again. 

When  the  trenches  are  partially  filled  up  after 
forcing  is  over,  and  the  dung  turned  out,  the 
roots  strike  into  the  decaying  substances  usually 
employed,  so  that  when  the  beds  are  again  about 
to  be  forced,  these  roots  are  destroyed  in  clearing 
out  the  trenches  for  the  reception  of  the  dung, 
and  they  are  generally  the  most  vigorous.  This 
proceeding,  in  fact,  deprives  the  plant  of  its  most 
efficient  feeders  at  the  time  they  are  most  wanted. 
It  is  better  to  keep  the  trenches  open,  so  as  not 
to  encourage  the  roots  in  that  direction.  In  this 
case  it  would  be  well  to  cover  over  the  trenches, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  soil  of  the  beds  from 
being  dried.  In  some  instances  the  sides  of  beds 
intended  to  be  forced  by  dung-heat  have  been 
faced  with  bricks  in  the  pigeon-hole  fashion,  and 
where  the  expense  can  be  afforded,  this  plan 
answers  very  well. 

In  some  places  it  is  difficult  to  procure  dung 
for  the  purpose  of  forcing,  and  in  any  case  it  is 
doubtful  whether  heating  by  hot  water  is  not 
cheaper  in  the  end.  The  labour  required  for 
working  dung  linings  is  very  considerable,  and 
would  go  far  towards  defraying  the  expense  of 
fuel.  At  all  events  the  hot-water  mode  answers 
well  where  it  has  been  adopted,  as,  for  example, 
in  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Frogmore.  The  beds 
there  are  75  feet  long  and  7  feet  wide;  their 
sides  are  formed  with  pigeon-hole  brickwork, 
and  the  spaces  between  the  beds  are  4  feet  deep; 
but  the  lower  half  is  filled  with  rich  soil,  and  in 
the  upper  half  there  are  a  flow  and  a  return  pipe 
for  hot  water,  connected  with  a  boiler  which 
heats  six  ranges  of  flow  and  return  pipes.  The 
cavities  for  the  pipes  are  covered  with  York¬ 
shire  stone,  and  the  beds  themselves  with  a 
close-fitting  wooden  roof.  Some  think  7  feet 
too  great  a  width  for  the  beds;  we  should  re¬ 
commend  6  feet;  and  where  such  substantial 
covering  as  Yorkshire  stone  cannot  be  afforded, 
wooden  covers  will  answer  the  purpose.  At 
Frogmore  forcing  is  usually  commenced  in 
December,  and  a  supply  obtained  in  about  a 
month.  A  little  air  and  light,  when  the  shoots 
begin  to  reach  the  surface,  much  improve  their 
flavour  and  appearance.  In  every  case  avoid 
forcing  every  growth  out  of  the  crowns,  as  it 
is  important  that  the  plants  should  grow  as 
strongly  during  the  summer  as  those  not  forced 
Do  not  wholly  withdraw  all  the  protective 


402 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


material  directly  forcing  ceases,  but  keep  the 
beds  littered  over  till  all  danger  from  severe 
frosts  is  passed.  These  forced  beds  should  also 
be  very  liberally  treated  as  regards  manuring, 
abundant  supplies  of  liquid  manure  during  the 
growing  season  doing  excellent  service. 

Forcing  Removed  Plants. — As  yet  there  are 
few  places  where  Asparagus  in  permanently 
planted  beds  is  forced,  the  more  convenient 
practice  of  lifting  and  forcing  plants  prevailing. 
Nor  do  many  growers  prepare  a  stock  of  plants 
specially  for  forcing,  probably  because  this  can¬ 
not  well  be  done  under  two  or  three  years. 
Those,  however,  with  plenty  of  garden  room 
would  do  well  to  prepare  a  few  thousand  plants 
for  forcing,  as  the  produce  from  strong  young 
plants  is  usually  very  superior  to  that  obtained 
from  old  plants.  Ground  that  would  grow 
good  Potatoes  would  suit  Asparagus.  Either 
sow  the  seed  thinly  in  drills  30  inches  apart, 
eventually  thinning  out  to  a  distance  of  9 
inches  apart,  or  else  plant  1 -year-old  roots  at 
the  same  distances  apart.  Keep  them  free  from 
weeds,  mulch  before  dry  hot  weather  is  antici¬ 
pated,  and  then  nothing  but  poverty  at  the 
roots  will  prevent  a  strong  growth. 

In  most  large  gardens  a  fresh  bed  is  formed 
every  spring,  the  oldest  bed  being  broken  up 
for  forcing.  If  the  beds  are  well  prepared, 
and  fresh  sites  chosen  each  time,  this  gradually 
brings  a  garden  into  a  highly  cultivated  state. 

The  plants  for  forcing  should  be  carefully 
lifted,  enough  being  taken  to  fill  a  two-light 
or  three-light  frame,  or  the  same  number  of 
lights  in  a  pit  to  be  forced  at  one  time,  un¬ 
less  a  large  supply  is  wanted  at  any  particular 
date,  in  which  case  a  period  of  from  15  to  30 
days,  according  to  the  time  of  year,  should  be 
allowed,  a  close  succession  to  be  kept  up  by 
means  of  fresh  relays  of  plants  every  fortnight  or 
three  weeks.  Seeing  that  it  is  impossible  to  lift 
when  the  ground  is  frozen,  severe  frosts  should 
be  anticipated  either  by  lifting  a  good  supply  of 
plants  and  storing  in  fine  moist  soil  under  cover 
or  else  by  covering  the  beds  with  strawy  manure. 
Asparagus  forces  readily  in  pits,  bottom-heat 
being  afforded  by  a  gentle  hot-bed  of  manure 
and  leaves,  and  top-heat  by  means  of  hot-water 
pipes.  It  can  also  be  forced  successfully  in 
ordinary  frames  on  mild  hot-beds.  Keep  the 
lights  close,  and  mat  over  heavily  till  the  shoots 
are  coming  up  freely,  when  a  little  light  and  air 
during  mild  days  should  be  admitted.  Force 
all  the  growth  out  of  the  plants,  and  then  throw 
them  away  as  being  no  longer  of  any  value. 
Divide  the  shoots  into  grades,  mixed  bundles 


not  finding  favour.  The  smallest  shoots  may 
be  used  in  soup-making. 

Green  or  even  blanched  Asparagus  may  be 
produced  in  any  forcing-house,  in  a  temporary 
pit  formed  of  wood,  or  in  boxes.  The  latter 
may  be  made  so  as  to  rest  one  above  the  other, 
in  order  to  occupy  comparatively  little  base 
room.  They  may  be  2  feet  wide,  3  feet  long, 
and  1  foot  deep,  with  an  upright  20  inches  long 
secured  inside  the  box  in  each  corner.  The 
uprights,  standing  8  inches  above  the  upper 
edges  of  the  box,  will  serve  as  posts  for  sup¬ 
porting  another  similar  box,  and  leave  space  for 
the  growth  of  the  shoots  and  for  cutting.  In 
this  way  four  or  five  tiers  may  be  placed  along 
the  back  wall  of  a  vinery  or  other  forcing-house 
at  work. 

Insects ,  dx. — See  chapter  on  this  subject. 

Leaf  Enemies. — Garden  Pebble  Moth. 

Balm  ( Melissa  officinalis). — A  hardy  peren¬ 
nial,  native  of  south  Europe.  Its  young  shoots 
are  sometimes  employed  in  salads  instead  of 
Parsley.  It  is  also  used  for  making  a  decoction 
known  as  Balm-tea. 

It  prefers  a  light  warm  soil,  and  is  propagated 
by  division  early  in  spring.  The  subsequent 
culture  is  confined  to  keeping  the  ground  free 
of  weeds,  and  stirring  it  occasionally ;  the  stems 
should  be  cut  down  when  frost  sets  in;  by  these 
means  the  plants  will  remain  vigorous  for  many 
years.  When  coming  into  flower  some  stalks 
should  be  gathered  and  dried  for  winter  use. 

Basil  ( Ocymum  basilicum )  (fig.  1155).  —  An 
annual,  a  foot  high,  native  of  India.  The  aro¬ 


matic  leaves  are  used  in  soups,  &c.,  and  occa¬ 
sionally  in  salad;  but  their  strong  flavour  is 
disagreeable  to  some  persons. 


KITCHEN-GARDEN  VEGETABLES. 


403 


The  Bush  Basil  ( 0 .  minimum)  is  smaller  and 
rather  more  hardy  than  the  first.  They  are 
both  raised  from  seed,  which  should  be  sown  in 
gentle  heat  in  March,  and  the  young  plants 
thinned  out  to  about  3  inches  apart.  Plenty  of 
air  and  frequent  waterings  should  be  given  in 
mild  weather,  transplanting  them  to  the  open 
ground  in  May  in  a  warm  border.  The  larger 
sort  may  be  planted  6  or  8  inches  from  plant  to 
plant,  in  rows  a  foot  apart,  and  the  smaller  one 
5  or  6  inches  apart,  in  rows  9  inches  asunder. 

Bean  ( Vida  Faba). — A  hardy  annual  of  ob¬ 
scure  origin,  but  possibly  Egyptian ;  at  any  rate 
it  is  known  to  have  been  cultivated  by  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  and  also  in  Europe  in  pre¬ 
historic  times.  It  is  now  largely  cultivated  in 
most  civilized  countries,  and  is  popularly  known 
as  the  Broad  Bean. 

Soil. — The  Bean  has  a  long  tapering  root,  ex¬ 
tending  downwards  in  a  perpendicular  direction 
to  a  considerable  depth.  Shallow  soils  are  there¬ 
fore  not  well  adapted  for  it.  That  which  is 
most  suitable  for  the  main  crop  is  a  deep,  well- 
drained,  rather  strong  loam;  but  for  the  first 
crops  a  light  warm  soil  should  be  chosen.  It  has 
been  found  by  analysis  that  the  Bean  contains  a 
large  amount  of  nitrogen;  hence  a  soil  rich  in 
decaying  animal  or  vegetable  matter  is  most 
suitable  for  them. 

Manures. — As  Beans  in  garden  culture  are 
gathered  young,  it  is  obvious  that  manure  ought 
to  be  given  so  as  to  be  serviceable  to  the  plants 
at  an  early  stage  of  their  growth.  Lime,  marl, 
gypsum,  superphosphate  of  lime,  bone-dust,  wood- 
ashes,  and  burned  clay  will  each  and  all  prove 
highly  beneficial  to  Beans  on  soils  that  have 
long  been  under  cultivation  and  manured  with 
organic  manures.  As  lime  and  gypsum  require 
a  considerable  time  for  solution,  they  should  be 
applied  in  the  autumn,  and  the  other  manures 
in  spring.  Although  farm-yard  manure  may 
in  general  be  the  best  manure  for  Beans,  yet  in 
cases  where  the  ground  is  already  rich  in  organic 
matter,  its  application  will  not  be  attended  with 
such  good  results  as  would  follow  the  use  of 
lime,  potash,  magnesia,  soda,  &c.  On  the  other 
hand,  when  the  soil  is  deficient  in  vegetable 
matter,  but  abounds  in  mineral  substances,  the 
application  of  such  will  not  be  so  beneficial  as 
that  of  organic  manures. 

Seed  Sowing. — Beans  are  generally  sown  in 
drills,  2|-  feet  apart  and  3  inches  deep.  The 
seeds  should  be  placed  singly,  4  inches  apart 
in  the  drills,  and  then  covered  with  soil,  which 
should  be  made  firm.  Many  cultivators  sow 


the  seeds  in  double  drills,  6  inches  apart,  the 
rows  being  not  less  than  3  feet  apart;  or  the 
seeds  may  be  planted  with  a  dibber. 

When  the  plants  are  about  6  inches  high  they 
should  be  earthed  up.  When  they  have  formed 
pods  on  the  lower  part  of  the  stem,  they  should 
be  topped ;  this  checks  the  upward  growth,  and 
causes  the  pods  to  swell.  This  operation  is 
likewise  beneficial  in  relieving  the  plants  from 
the  destructive  ravages  of  the  Aphis  fabce,  which 
infests  the  top  part  more  especially.  The  tops 
when  cut  off  should  therefore  be  buried  or 
burned. 

Instead  of  placing  the  seeds  at  equal  distances 
in  a  line,  some  plant  them  in  patches  a  foot 
apart,  and  three  or  four  seeds  in  each  patch. 
In  this  way,  by  tying  a  strip  of  matting  round 
the  plants  forming  each  patch,  the  stems  are  not 
so  liable  to  be  broken  by  the  wind  as  they  are 
when  standing  in  rows,  unless  supported  by 
twine  stretched  from  end  to  end  of  the  row. 

To  obtain  an  early  supply,  such  sorts  as  Early 
Longpod  or  Early  Dwarf  Prolific  should  be 
selected,  and  sown  on  a  warm  border  in  front 
of  a  south  wall  or  close  hedge.  A  small  sowing 
may  be  made  in  the  end  of  October  or  beginning 
of  November,  and  another  in  December  for 
succession.  If  the  winter  is  mild,  the  plants 
will  require  little  or  no  protection;  but  if  likely 
to  be  sevei-e,  a  covering  of  litter  or  leaves,  or  a 
mixture  of  both,  should  be  put  between  the 
rows  to  keep  the  ground  from  freezing. 

Beans  transplant  well,  and  their  safety  through 
the  winter  may  be  ensured  by  sowing  them  in 
November  or  December,  in  rows  from  4  to  6 
inches  asunder,  in  light  soil  and  in  a  warm 
situation,  where  they  can  be  easily  protected  by 
means  of  frames,  straw-screens,  mats  and  hoops, 
or  similar  contrivances.  In  protecting,  care  must 
be  taken  that  the  plants  do  not  suffer  from  want 
of  air  and  light.  They  will  be  fit  for  trans¬ 
planting  into  a  warm  border  on  a  mild  day  in 
February;  or  the  plants  could  be  raised  singly 
in  small  pots  early  in  February,  and  placed  in 
gentle  heat  to  germinate,  hardening  them  off 
before  they  become  root-bound,  and  planting 
them  out  on  an  early  and  favourable  oppor¬ 
tunity.  Most  cultivators  defer  making  their 
first  sowing  until  early  February,  and  if  pos¬ 
sible  a  warm  border  is  selected.  The  seeds 
should  be  planted  in  rows  not  more  than  2  feet 
asunder,  and  fully  as  deep  in  the  soil  as  they 
were  before  removal,  afterwards  drawing  a  little 
earth  to  the  stems,  and  topping,  as  previously 
directed,  for  the  main  crop. 

Windsor,  Green  Windsor,  and  Long  Pod  may 


404 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


be  sown  in  March  for  the  principal  crop,  and 
again  in  April  and  May  for  succession.  For  a 
late  crop,  Long  Pod  and  Dutch  Long  Pod  should 
be  sown  in  June  or  the  beginning  of  July. 

To  obtain  a  very  late  crop,  after  gathering  the 
summer  produce  of  the  Long  Pod  in  a  young 
state,  let  the  soil  be  well  watered,  if  dry,  and  in 
two  or  three  days  after  the  watering  let  the 
stems  be  cut  down  to  within  a  few  inches  of  the 
ground.  Fresh  shoots  will  soon  push,  and  a 
better  very  late  crop  will  be  produced  than  if 
seeds  had  been  sown  late  for  the  purpose.  If  a 
late  crop  is  a  very  special  object,  then  the  plants 
intended  to  produce  it  should  be  cut  down  when 
in  flower. 

Steeping  the  Beans  in  water  before  sowing 
accelerates  their  germination,  and  plants  from 
steeped  seeds  maintain  their  superiority  over 
those  from  seeds  not  steeped,  all  other  conditions 
being  the  same. 

Gathering.  —  Some  prefer  Beans  when  very 
young,  or  when  they  have  attained  only  one- 
fourth  of  their  natural  size.  They  should 
at  all  events  be  gathered  before  they  appear 
black-eyed,  that  is,  black  at  the  hilum,  or  point 
of  attachment  to  the  pod.  A  portion,  however, 
should  be  allowed  to  get  older,  in  case  they 
should  be  wanted  for  soups. 

To  save  Seed. — The  sorts  of  which  seeds  are 
intended  to  be  saved  should  be  sown  in  the  end 
of  February;  and  as  the  best  seeds  are  those  in 
the  first-formed  pods,  none  of  these  should  be 
gathered  for  cooking  green,  although  those  pro¬ 
duced  afterwards  near  the  top  may  be  taken  with 
advantage  to  those  which  are  left  below  to  ripen. 
When  the  leaves  become  withered  and  blackish, 
the  stems  should  be  pulled  up,  tied  in  small 
bundles,  and  set  upright,  where  they  will  dry 
by  exposure  to  the  sun  and  air.  The  seeds  will 
keep  good  for  two  years,  after  which  time  they 
are  not  to  be  depended  on,  though  some  will  re¬ 
tain  their  germinating  powers  for  five  years  or 
more.  Seeds  that  have  been  long  successively 
saved  from  plants  grown  in  the  same  soil  and 
situation  are  liable  to  degenerate.  It  is  there¬ 
fore  advisable  to  obtain  a  supply  occasionally 
from  a  different  soil  and  climate. 

Insects ,  &c. — See  chapter  on  this  subject. 

Fruit  and  Seed  Enemies. — Bean  Beetles,  Mice. 
Leaf  Enemies.  —  Black  Aphis,  Pea  and  Bean 
Weevils,  Silver  Y-moth.  Root  Enemies. — Mole 
Cricket. 

Beck's  Dwarf  Green  Gem. — Stems  1  to  foot  high, 
branched,  compact  in  growth;  pods  small,  abundant,  clus¬ 
tered,  3  inches  long,  containing  about  three  small  fine 
green  Beans.  A  most  prolific  variety,  later  than  Longpod, 
very  desirable  for  small  gardens. 


Green  Longpod.—  Stems  3  to  4  feet  high;  pods  4  to 
5  inches  long,  mostly  erect,  generally  containing  about 
four  oblong  Beans,  which  when  fit  for  use  are  bright- 
green.  Much  valued  for  their  green  colour  when  cooked. 
A  good  bearer. 

Hardy  s  Pedigree  Windsor. — Stems  2  to  3  feet  high, 
robust;  pods  5  to  6  inches  long,  containing  about  three 
large  flat  Beans,  produced  abundantly  and  generally 
curved  downwards  like  the  Longpods,  between  which 
and  the  Broad  Windsor  it  seems  to  be  intermediate.  An 
excellent  sort,  very  productive. 

Longpod. — Stems  2  to  3  feet  high,  of  free  growth, 
branching  at  the  ground  and  producing  from  three  to  five 
stems;  pods  7  inches  long,  containing  from  three  to  five 
medium-sized  Beans  of  good  quality.  It  is  prolific  and 
early. 

Seville  Longpod. — Stems  2  feet  high,  sparingly  branched; 
pods  often  7  to  9  inches,  containing  about  six  Beans  of 
excellent  quality;  the  pods  are  rather  sparingly  produced. 
One  of  the  earliest. 

Sutton’s  Green  Giant  (fig.  1156). — A  green-seeded  coun¬ 
terpart  of  Longpod,  and  one  of  the  most  remarkable  and 


Fig.  1156.— Bean— Sutton's  Green  Giant. 


popular  Beans  ever  raised.  Has  long  straight  pods,  and 
Beans  excellent  in  flavour. 

Violet. — Stems  robust ;  pods  6  inches  long,  containing 
from  three  to  four  fair-sized  oblong  Beans,  of  a  pale-red 
colour,  dull-violet  when  ripe.  An  excellent  Bean,  coming 
into  use  three  days  later  than  the  Longpod,  but  the  colour 
of  the  skin  is  objectionable. 

White  Fan. — Stems  1 J  foot  high,  robust,  much  branched ; 
pods  abundant,  produced  in  erect  clusters  from  the  very 
surface  of  the  ground;  3  to  4  inches  long,  and  containing. 


INDEX. 


583. 


Fluids  in  plants— movement  of,  i,  44. 

Fly-catchers — as  garden  friends,  i,  117. 

Foam-flower — descript,  and  cult.,  i,  375. 

Fcgniculum  VUlgare— descript.,  uses,  and 
cult.,  ii,  444. 

Food  Of  plants— (see  Nutrition). 

Foot-level— (illust.),  descript,  and  use  of, 
i,  183,  184. 

Forcing— 

Calendarial  directions  for  fruit  or  vege¬ 
table  (see  Calendar  of  Operations  in 
the  Fruit-  and  Kitchen-gardens. 

Calendarial  directions  for  management  of 
plant-houses,  i,  2,  4,  6,  7,  9,  18,  20. 

Hardy  shrubs— treatment  and  list  of  shrubs 
suitable,  i,  621-625. 

Herbaceous  plants  and  bulbs — directions 
and  kinds  suitable,  i,  625-627. 

[For  special  fruit  or  vegetable  see  its  name 
— plants,  see  generic  titles.] 

Foreign  names  of  culinary  vege¬ 
tables — lists  of,  ii,  527-531. 

Forficula  auricularia  —  descript,  and 
treatment,  i,  72. 

Forget-me-nots — descript.  and  cult,  of 
perennial  species,  &c.  (illust.),  i,  366, 
367,  of  Chatham  Island  forget-me-not, 
i,  366,  of  marsh  plants,  i,  386,  of  annual 
species,  &c.,  i,  396. 

Forks  — (illust.),  descript,  and  use  of,  i, 
174. 

Forsythia  —  pruning  (illust.),  i,  256,  257; 
species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i,  302; 
forcing  F.  suspensa,  i,  622. 

Fothergilla  alnifolia— descript,  of,  i,  302. 

Fountains — for  garden  decoration,  i,  258, 
268,  269. 

Fragarla— species  of  and  the  origin  of 
strawberries,  ii,  238. 

Fraisier  Ananas  and  the  origin  of  straw¬ 
berries,  ii,  238. 

Frames — (see  Pits  and  Frames). 

Francoa  —  calendarial  directions,  i,  8 ; 
species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i, 
359- 

Fraxinus — species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 

i,  302. 

Freesia— calendarial  directions,  i,  6,  14,  17, 
18;  descript,  and  cult.,  i,  536,  forcing 
directions,  i,  626. 

Fregilus  graculus— as  garden  friend,  i, 
11 7- 

Fremontia  californica  —  descript,  of,  i, 

302. 

French  bean— (see  Kidney  bean). 

French  bean  canker— (illust.),  i,  129. 
French  names  of  culinary  vege¬ 
tables — lists  of,  ii,  527-530. 

Fringe-tree — descript,  of,  i,  295,  forcing 
directions,  i,  622. 

Fringilla  coelebs — as  garden  friend,  i,  117. 

Fritillaria  —species,  &c.,  descript.,  cult., 
and  illust.  of,  i,  359,  for  forcing,  i,  626. 

Frogs — as  garden  friends,  i,  119. 

Fruit- 

Arrangement  in  dishes  on  dinner- tables, 
&c.,  i,  654. 

Calendarial  directions  (see  Calendar  of 
Operations  in  the  Fruit-  and  Kitchen- 
gardens). 

Conveyance  by  road  or  rail— railway  rates, 

ii,  79,  135;  dried  fruits,  cost  of  carriage 
as  compared  with  fresh  fruit,  ii,  357. 
(See  also  title  Packing  fruits.) 

Culture  for  commercial  purposes  (see  titles 
Fruit  plantations,  Apples,  &c.,  for  Mar¬ 
ket,  Pears  for  Market). 

Culture  in  America,  Germany,  and  France 
in  comparison  with  that  of  Great  Bri¬ 
tain,  ii,  344,  352,  353. 

Culture  under  glass— conditions  for  forcing, 
i,  57;  ii,  312.  (See  also  title  Orchard- 
house;  for  special  fruit,  see  its  name.) 

Formation  (illusts.)  and  descript,  of  various 
classes  of  fruit,  i,  56-58. 

Improvement  of — results  of  judicious  cross¬ 
fertilization,  hybridization,  and  sys¬ 
tematic  treatment,  i,  58,  59;  ii,  47,  48, 
99-102 


Fruit  (< cont .)— 

Insect  and  other  pests — (illust.),  descript. 
and  treatment,  i,  74-79. 

Keeping  fruit  (see  titles  Fruit-room,  Stor¬ 
ing  fruit). 

Meaning  of  term  “fruit”,  i,  56. 

Packing  and  packing- house  (see  title 
Packing  fruits). 

Pollination— interpollination  of  fruits,  influ¬ 
ence  of  foreign  pollen  on  formation  of 
fruit,  ii,  49 ;  pomaceous  fruits,  extract 
from  report  on,  &c.,  ii,  123,  124. 

Preserving  (see  title  Fruit-preserving). 

Ripening  process — explanation  of,  i,  56;  ii, 
380,  381. 

Seeds — descript,  (illusts.)  and  germination, 
i>  32,  53>  56,  57- 

Storing(see  titles  Fruit-room,  Storing  fruit). 

Supplying  a  regular  amount  of  fruit  to  an 
establishment — area  of  ground,  &c.,  re¬ 
quired,  ii,  4,  5. 

Surplus  and  waste  fruit — utilization  of  (see 
F  ruit-preserving). 

Fruit-  and  Kitchen-garden,  formation 
of— 

Consideration  of  principal  points  in,  ii,  1. 

Drainage  (see  that  title). 

Form  of  the  garden — descript.,  illusts.,  and 
merits  of  various  forms,  ii,  7-9.  (See 
also  sub-headings  Plans,  Walls.) 

Fruit-tree  borders  —  width,  depth,  slope, 
&c.,  ii,  25,  26;  concrete  paving  for 
bottom  of  (illust.),  ii,  26,  27;  soil  suit¬ 
able  and  materials  for  improvement, 
ii,  27-29. 

Level  of  the  ground — determination  of  (see 
title  Levelling). 

Orchards  (see  that  title). 

Plans  (illusts.) — large  garden,  ii,  4,  small 
garden,  ii,  5,  garden  at  Welbeck,  ii,  4; 
site  for  garden  in  relation  to  mansion, 
ii,  2;  site  for  garden  in  flat  or  exposed 
situation,  and  position  of  shelter  trees, 
ii,  11 ;  site  showing  drainage  scheme, 
ii,  21;  methods  of  dealing  with  slopes, 
ii,  18. 


Preparation  of  the  ground  —  methods  of 
trenching,  &c.,  ii,  29,  30. 

Shelter — artificial  means,  effect  and  use  of 
walls  and  trees  (illust.),  ii,  10,  11. 

Site— choice  of,  position  in  relation  to  house, 
ii,  1,  2;  sheltered  site,  ii,  9.  (See  also 
sub-heading  Plans.) 

Size — space  for  various  structures,  area  re¬ 
quired  to  supply  given  quantity  of  pro¬ 
duce,  walled-in  areas,  &c.,  ii,  4,  5. 

Soil  suitable  for— choice,  depth,  and  im¬ 
provement  of,  ii,  2-4,  27-29. 

Walks— construction,  cost  of  cement  walks, 
&c.,  edgings  suitable,  ii,  30-32. 

Walls  —  aspect  consideration,  action  of 
sun’s  rays,  ii,  5,  6,  8  ;  merits  and  dia¬ 
grams  of  southern  and  other  positions, 
ii,  6-8;  length  of  wall  needed  to  enclose 
given  areas  and  expenses  incurred,  ii, 
8,  9;  shelter  uses  of,  ii,  10,  11. 

Fruit-  and  Kitchen-gardens— calendar 
of  operations  (see  Calendar  of  Opera¬ 
tions  in  the  Fruit-  and  Kitchen-gar¬ 
dens). 

Fruit  juices  — imitation  fruit  essences,  use 
of,  ii,  102 ;  commercial  value  of,  and 
use  in  production  of  non  -  alcoholic 
drinks,  ii,  358,  364. 

Fruit  plantations  for  commercial 
purposes— 

Uses  of  hardy  fruits — consideration  of  ways 
available  for  marketing  fruits,  modes 
of  preserving,  &c.,  ii,  358. 

[See  also  titles  Apples,  &c.,  for  Market, 
Pears  for  Market.] 


Fruit-preserving— 

Advantages  of  an  extension  of  knowledge 
in  methods  of  fruit-preservation,  ii,  344. 

Development  of  trade— British  and  foreign 
industries  compared,  trade  in  U.  S.A., 
suggestions  for  extension  of  home 
trade,  &c.,  ii,  344,  345,  352. 

Hardy,  stone,  and  small  fruits— special 
uses,  vars.,  and  modes  for  preserving, 
358-364- 


Fruit-preserving  ( cont .) — 

Methods  and  appliances — summary  and 
classification  of  principal  methods,  ii, 
345,  346,  miscellaneous  methods,  ii, 
358,  364.  (For  particular  method,  see 
titles  Jam-making,  Canning,  Bottling, 
&c. ;  for  special  fruit,  see  its  name.) 

Packing  and  storing  preserved  fruit,  ii,. 
348,  356. 

Fruit-protectors— (illust.),  use  of,  i,  125. 
Fruit-room— 

Atmosphere,  ventilation,  and  moisture — 
regulation  directions,  descript,  of  Law- 
ton  process  of  sterilizing  the  air,  i,  210; 

384,  385- 

Construction— (illusts.),  general  forms  and 
directions,!.  212;  Bunyard’s fruit-room, 
i,  213,  214;  fruit-room  at  Foxbury,  ii, 
77-79 ;  details  as  to  divisions,  trays,, 
light,  &c.,  ii,  69,  70,  212,  214,  382,. 
383,  385- 

Floor  and  path  materials,  ii,  385. 

Keeping  the  fruit  (see  title  Storing). 

Rats,  mice,  and  thieves — protection  against,. 
h  214;  ii,  383. 

Temperature  regulations,  i,  210;  ii,  384,. 
in  cold  storage,  ii,  388. 

Wine-cellar  used  as  fruit-room — descript, 
of,  i,  212,  213. 

Fruit-trees— 

Calendarial  directions  (see  Calendar  of 
Operations  in  the  Fruit-  and  Kitchen- 
Gardens). 

Culture  of  fruit  (see  titles  Fruit,  Orchard- 
house;  special  fruit,  see  its  name). 

Formation  of  fruit-garden  (see  title  Fruit- 
and  Kitchen-Garden). 

Fruitfulness— modes  of  promoting,  i,  247,. 
257,  258;  cause  and  treatment  of  steril¬ 
ity,  i,  257;  ii,  39,  49,  68,  123,  124. 

Hybridization — rearing  trees  from  seed, 
isolation  system,  i,  63. 

Orchard  plantation  and  management  (see 
Orchards). 

Pruning  and  training  —  root-pruning  and 
ringing,  i,  257,  258.  (Special  tree,  see 
name  of  fruit.) 

Retarding  process  applied  to  trees  in  pots 
or  otherwise,  i,  628. 

Spraying  fruit-trees  (see  that  title). 

Treatment  of  trees  on  arrival  after  convey¬ 
ance  by  rail,  &c.,  ii,  58. 

Fuchsia — calendarial  directions,  i,  4,  8,  10, 
11,  12,  14,  17;  species,  &c.,  descript, 
and  cult.,  i,  302;  popular  forms — 
(illusts.),  descript,  origin,  and  cult.,  i, 
442-444,  list  of  best  vars.,  i,  444;  exhibi¬ 
tion  plants  and  fuchsias  in  greenhouse, 
treatment  of,  i,  443,  444 ;  insect  pests, 
i,  443  ;  summer-bedding  forms— cult, 
and  illust.,  i,  632,  634. 

Fumigators — (illust.),  descript,  and  use  of, 

i,  189. 

Fungi,  Plant  Diseases  caused  by— 

Anbury  or  finger- and  -  toe  (see  Anbury 
disease). 

Anemone  disease  (illust.),  i,  127. 

Apple-tree  canker  (illust.),  i,  125. 

Cherry-leaf  disease  in  Kent  and  elsewhere, 

ii,  210. 

“  Damping  off”  of  seedlings,  i,  128. 

French  bean  canker  (illust.),  i,  129. 

Fungicides,  descript,  and  application  of,  i, 
129-131;  ii,  43,  44. 

General  observations  on,  i,  123. 

Gymnosporangium — formation  on  juniper 
branch,  &c.  (illust.),  i,  127. 

Increase  of  fungoid  pests  during  warm  wet 
weather,  i,  65. 

Kind  of  food  required  by  fungi,  i,  123. 

Literature  on,  i,  13 1. 

Mildew  (see  that  title). 

Mould  or  sclerotinia  (illust.),  i,  126,  127. 

Paeony  drooping  disease  (illust.),  i,  130. 

Peach  leaf  curl,  i,  129. 

Pear-leaf  fungus  (illust.),  i,  127. 

Potato  disease  (see  that  title). 

Preventing  a  repetition  of  a  disease,  i,  125- 
129. 


584 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


Fungi,  Plant  Diseases  caused  by  ( cont .) — 

Preventing  the  spread  of  a  disease,  i,  125. 

Spraying  fruit-trees  (see  that  title). 

Strawberry-leaf  fungus  (illust.),  i,  130. 

Structure  and  reproduction  of  fungi,  i,  123, 
different  modes  of  reproduction,  i,  124. 

Tomatoes — fungus  diseases  attacking,  ii, 
340,  341. 

Trees  and  shrubs  damaged  by  storm — 
development  of  disease,  i,  252,  253,  254. 

[For  diseases  on  special  plants,  see  generic 
titles  of  plants.  ] 

Fungicides — descript,  and  application  of, 
i,  1 29-131;  ii,  43,  44. 

Funkia— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
i,  359;  forcing  forms  and  directions,  i, 
626. 

Furcroea— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
i,  618,  619. 

Furnaces  for  heating  glass-houses,  &c. — 
(illusts.),  descript,  and  management, 
i,  217. 

Furze — descript,  of  shrub,  i,  324. 
Fusarium  Lycopersici  —  treatment  of  in 
tomatoes,  ii,  341. 


G 

Gaillardia  —  calendarial  directions,  i,  5  ; 
hardy  species,  i,  359;  popular  garden 
sorts — (illust.),  descript.,  origin,  cult., 
and  list  of  best  vars.,  i,  444;  summer¬ 
bedding  directions,  i,  635. 

Galanthus  —  species,  &c.,  descript.,  cult., 
and  illust.  of,  i,  359  ;  forms  for  spring¬ 
bedding,  i,  630. 

Galega— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i, 
360. 

Galtonia  candicans— descript,  and  cult., 
i,  360,  for  summer-bedding,  i,  635. 

Garden  chafer— descript,  and  treatment, 
i,  85,  105. 

Garden  enemies— insects,  &c.  (see  title 
Insect  and  other  Plant  Enemies). 

Garden  friends — insects,  &c.  as,  descript, 
and  illusts.,  i,  1 14-122. 

Garden  line  and  reel— descript,  and  use 
of,  i,  18 1. 

Garden  pebble  moth— descript,  and  treat¬ 
ment,  i,  85. 

Garden  refuse— as  manure,  i,  156. 

Garden  snail — descript,  and  treatment,  i, 
93- 

Garden  spider — as  garden  friend,  descript, 
of,  i,  122. 

Garden  Structures,  Construction  and 
uses  of— 

Frames,  i,  204,  wall-frames,  i,  210. 

Fruit-room  (see  that  title). 

Glass-houses  (see  that  title). 

Heating  methods  (see  Heating). 

Ice-house  (illust.),  i,  215,  216. 

Painting  and  repairing,  i,  210. 

Pits  (illust.),  i,  204,  205. 

Pleasure-ground  summer-houses,  arbours, 
temples,  &c.,  i,  276,  277;  rose-temple, 
b  275. 

Vineries  (see  that  title). 

Walls — colour,  construction  (illust.),  &c., 
i,  196-199.  (See  also  title  Fruit-  and 
Kitchen-garden. ) 

Water-garden  —  boat-house,  Chinese  pa¬ 
goda,  &c.,  i,  281. 

Gardeners— demand  for  practical  men  in 
commercial  fruit  plantations,  &c.,  ii. 
73 ;  employment  and  availability  of 
labour  in  certain  districts,  ii,  74,  75. 

Gardenia— calendarial  directions,  i,  4,  7,  9, 
15;  root  disease,  illust.  and  remedies, 

i,  105;  descript.,  cult.,  and  illust.  of 
plants,  i,  550. 

Garland  flower— descript,  and  cult.,  i,  361. 

Garlic — descript.,  uses,  illust.,  and  cult,  of, 

ii,  444,  445  ;  foreign  names  of,  ii,  527; 
calendarial  directions,  ii,  535,  541,  548, 
55°>  554,  556. 

Garlic  snail— descript,  and  treatment,  i,  93. 


Garrya  elliptica— (illust.),  descript,  of,  i, 

302. 

Gas — heating  structures  by  means  of,  illust. 
and  descript,  of  gas-stove,  i,  222. 

Gas  Waste— as  a  manure,  i,  164. 

Gasteria — species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
i,  619. 

Gaultheria — species  of,  descript,  and  cult., 
i,  302,  303;  G.  procumbens  for  winter¬ 
bedding,  i,  647. 

Gazania  splendens— for  summer-bedding, 
b  635. 

Geans — (see  Cherry). 

Genealogical  arrangements  of  plants 

— explanation  of  systems  used,  i,  66. 

Genista— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
b  303- 

Gentiana— species,  &c.,  descript., cult.,  and 
illust.  of,  i,  360. 

“Genus5’ — botanical  meaning  of  term,  i,  66. 

Geometrical  flower  -  garden  —  (illust. ), 

formation  of,  i,  263,  264. 

Geonoma — calendarial  directions,  i,  2 ;  de¬ 
script.  and  cult,  of,  i,  610. 

Geophilus  longicornis  —  descript,  and 
remedies,  i,  106. 

Geranium — calendarial  directions,  i,  11  ; 
hardy  species,  descript,  and  cult.,  i, 
360;  popular  garden  forms  (see  Pelar¬ 
gonium). 

Gerbera  Jamesoni— descript,  and  cult., 
i,  360. 

German  names  of  culinary  vege¬ 
tables— lists  of,  ii,  527-530. 

Germination  of  seeds— i,  32,  57. 

Gesnera — calendarial  directions,  i,  7,  10, 12, 
15,  18;  species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
b  550* 

Geum — species, &c., descript. and  cult.,  i,  360. 

Ghent  azaleas—  see  Azalea). 

Ghent  mould — composition  of,  i,  15 1,  152. 

Gherkins  for  pickling— cult,  of,  ii,  329. 

Ghost  swift  moth— (illust.),  descript,  and 
remedies,  i,  105,  106. 

Giant  bellflower— (illust.),  descript,  and 
cult.,  i,  368. 

Gilia — species,  & c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i,  391. 

Gillenia— descript,  and  cult,  of  G.  trifoliata, 
b  300. 

Ginkgo  biloba— descript,  of,  i,  330. 

Gladiolus— calendarial  directions,  i,  3,  6,  8, 
11,14, 17>  1-9'’  herbaceous  border  plants, 
i,  360;  popular  races  and  strains — de¬ 
script.,  origin,  illusts.,  and  general  and 
pot-culture,  i,  445,  446,  list  of  vars.,  i, 
446;  forcing  forms  and  directions,  i,  626; 
summer-bedding  directions,  i,  635. 

Glass-houses,  &c.,  Construction  and 
Uses  of— 

Bell-glasses  and  hand-glasses  (illust.),  i,  195, 
196. 

Curvilinear  roofs  (illust.),  i,  203,  204. 

Fundamental  principles  of  construction,  i, 
^99- 

Greenhouses  and  Conservatories  (see  that 
title). 

Heating  methods  (see  Heating). 

Himalayan  house  at  Kew — (illust.),  de¬ 
script.  of,  i,  210. 

Hot-houses  (illust.),  i,  209,  210. 

Lean-to  roof  house  (illust.),  i,  201. 

Orchard  house,  ii,  273,  274. 

Pits  and  Frames  (see  that  title). 

Ranges  of  glass-houses — descript,  and  illust. 
of  structures  and  ground  plan,  i,  210, 
21 1. 

Ridge-and-furrow  roofs,  i,  202. 

Roof  construction  —  angles  of  elevation, 
table  showing  angles  necessary  by 
various  dimensions,  &c.,  i,  1 99-201; 
angles  of  incidence  and  the  reflection 
of  rays  of  light  and  sun  upon  glass,  i, 
200,  201. 

Span -roofed  and  unequal  span -roofed 
houses  (illust.),  i,  201-203. 

[For  special  fruit-houses,  see  title  Vineries; 
also  names  of  fruits  —  sub-headings 
Culture  under  glass,  &c.] 


Glazing  fruit— (see  title  Crystallizing  and 
Glazing). 

GleditSChia— descript,  of  G.  triacanthos,  i, 
303- 

Gleichenia— species,  &c.,  descript.,  cult., 
and  illust.  of,  i,  593. 

Globe  flower — descript,  and  cult,  of,  i,  376, 
387- 

Gloeosporium  lindemuthianum— illust. 

and  descript.,  i,  129. 

Gloriosa— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
b  551- 

Glory  Of  the  snow— descript.,  cult.,  and 
illust.,  i,  353,  354. 

Glory  pea — descript,  and  cult.,  i,  533. 

GlOW-WOrm — as  a  garden  friend,  i,  115. 

Gloxinia — calendarial  directions,  i,  4,  7,  10, 
12,  15,  18;  popular  garden  types — 
(illust.),  descript.,  origin,  and  cult.,  i, 
446. 

Glycyrrhiza  glabra  — (illust.),  descript., 

uses,  and  cult.,  ii,  461. 

Gnomonia  erythrostoma— descript,  and 
treatment  of  leaf  disease,  ii,  210. 

Goat  moth — (illust.), descript,  and  remedies, 

i,  1 13,  1 14. 

Goat’s  Rue— descript,  and  cult.,  i,  360. 

Godetia— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
b  391- 

Gold  ferns — descript,  and  cult,  of,  i,  594. 

Golden  drop — (illust.),  descript,  and  cult, 
of,  i,  367. 

Golden  feather— for  spring-bedding,  i,  630. 

Golden  osier — descript,  of  shrub,  i,  320. 

Goniophlebium— (see  Polypodium). 

GoniopteriS-(see  Polypodium). 

Good  King  Henry — descript.,  uses,  cook¬ 
ing,  and  cult,  of  vegetable,  ii,  445. 

Goodia  lotifolia— as  a  greenhouse  plant, 
b  536. 

Gooseberries— 

Calendarial  directions,  ii,  533,  550,  554,  556, 
558. 

Fruiting  shoot  of  spineless  gooseberry 
(illust.),  ii,  223. 

Insect  pests,  & c. — list  of,  ii,  226. 

List  of  vars. — descript.,  illusts.,  and  selec¬ 
tions  for  special  purposes,  ii,  226-229. 

Market-garden  purposes— demand  for,  ii, 
75- 

Origin  and  history— merits  of  the  fruit  for 
cultivation,  ii,  222. 

Packing — methods  of,  ii,  378;  boxes  for, 

ii,  368. 

Planting — orchard  plans  (illusts.),  ii,  32,  37; 
general  instructions,  ii,  222. 

Preserving — vars.  and  modes  suitable,  ii, 
364  ;  processes  of  jam-making,  ii,  346, 
jelly-making,  ii,  349,  bottling,  ii,  351. 

Propagation — by  seeds,  cuttings,  layers, 
and  suckers,  ii,  225,  226. 

Pruning  and  training  —  bushes  in  open 
quarters,  ii,  222,  Lancashire  growers’ 
method,  ii,  223,  root-pruning  and  thin¬ 
ning  the  fruit,  ii,  223,  224,  pot-grown 
trees  (illust.),  ii,  224,  espalier-trained 
and  use  of  fan-mode,  ii,  224,  arched 
trellises,  ii,  224,  cordon  system  (illust.), 
ii,  225. 

Soil  and  situation,  ii,  222;  manure,  &c.,  ii, 
224,  225. 

Storing  method,  ii,  387. 

Gooseberry  sawfly— (illust.),  descript,  and 

treatment,  i,  85,  86. 

Gordonia  pubescens— (illust.),  descript, 
of,  i,  303. 

Gorse — descript,  of  shrub,  i,  324. 

Gossypium — species,  &c.,  descript,  and 
cult.,  i,  551. 

Gourds.  Squashes,  or  Pumpkins— 

(illusts.),  descript.,  uses,  cult  ,  and  list 
of  sorts,  ii,  445,  446,  447;  foreign  names 
of,  ii,  527;  calendarial  directions,  ii, 
543,  544- 

Grafting,  Propagation  by- 

Art  of  grafting — age  and  history,  i,  236 ; 
explanation  of  operation  (illust.),  i,  47, 
236-238. 


INDEX. 


593 


Orchid-houses  ( cont .) — 

Construction  of  houses,  &c. — use  of  old 
plant-houses,  i,  558,  560;  plans  (illust.) 
of  intermediate  and  cool  house,  i,  558, 
559;  stages  and  floors,  i,  559;  heating, 
water-supply,  and  tank  arrangements, 
ii,  559,  560 ;  shading  arrangements 
(illust.),  i,  561. 

Humidity  of  atmosphere,  regulation  of 
moisture,  &c. ,  i,  562,  564. 

Single  orchid-house  —  management  of,  i, 
557,  569- 

Temperatures — regulation  directions,  table 
of  temperatures,  &c.,  i,  557,  562,  564. 

Ventilation  arrangements  and  regulation,  i, 
559,  564- 

Orchids— 

Arrangement  of  plants  in  houses,  i,  566. 

Basket  orchids— treatment  of,  i,  566,  568. 

Calendarial  directions  (see  Orchid-houses). 

Classification  of,  i,  565  ;  meaning  of  terms 
“terrestrial”  and  “epiphytal”  orchids, 
i,  563- 

Collecting  orchids — selection  of  fresh  im¬ 
ported  orchids,  i,  561;  time  for  collect¬ 
ing  and  manner  of  packing,  &c.,  i,  569. 

Cut  flowers — treatment  of  in  packing,  &c., 
i,  568 ;  arrangement  for  floral  decor¬ 
ation,  i,  649,  650. 

Disease  and  insect  pests— scale  insects,  i, 
92,  general  treatment  of  insects,  i,  568, 
“spot”  disease  treatment,  i,  569. 

Foliage  plants  suitable  for  growing  in  same 
house  as,  i,  569. 

Fresh  imported  orchids  —  selection  and 
treatment,  i,  561,  562. 

General  remarks  on  culture— native  habitats 
of  various  species,  &c.,  i,  557,  558. 

Growing  season  treatment,  i,  565. 

Hardy  and  cold  -  framed  orchids  and 
satyriums— treatment  of,  i,  564;  species 
suitable  for  near  water,  descript,  and 
illust.,  i,  386,  387. 

Houses  for— construction,  &c.  (see  Orchid- 
houses). 

Humidity  of  atmosphere,  i,  562,  564. 

Hybridization  and  crossing — mode  of  pro¬ 
cedure,  i,  61,  removal  of  pollen-masses 
(illust.),  i,  62;  examples  of  wild  hybrids 
found  among  tropical  plants,  i,  61 ; 
illust.  and  treatment  of  artificially-raised 
hybrids,  i,  567. 

Lists  of  showiest  species,  hybrids,  &c.— de¬ 
script.,  cult.,  and  illusts.,  i,  570-582. 

Manure  for — use  of  peat,  &c.,  i,  155,  568. 

Potting  —  pots  and  protectors  (illust.)  for, 
i,  191,  192;  potting  materials,  and  time 
and  methods  of  potting,  i,  562-564. 

Propagation  methods,  i,  226,  227,  556;  hy¬ 
brids,  i,  557. 

Pruning  methods,  i,  567. 

Resting  orchids — damage  by  high  tempera¬ 
ture,  i,  557,  process  of  resting,  &c.,  i, 
566,  568. 

Temperature — damage  by  excessive  tem¬ 
perature,  i,  557 ;  native  habitats  of 
species,  i,  557,  558;  table  of  tempera¬ 
tures  and  regulation  directions,  i,  562, 
564- 

Ventilation  regulations,  i,  564. 

Watering  and  syringing,  i,  560,  561,  565, 
566. 

[For  particular  orchids,  see  titles  Cattleya, 
Dendrobium,  &c.] 

Orchis— species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i, 
367- 

Order  or  Family  —  botanical  meaning  of 
term,  i,  66. 

Oreopanax — species  of,  descript,  and  cult., 
\  539- 

Organic  matter  in  various  soils — table 
showing  amount  of,  i,  150. 

Orgyia  antiqua  —  (illust.),  descript,  and 
treatment,  i,  97. 

Origanum  —  descript.,  uses,  and  cult,  of 
species,  ii,  462. 

Ornamental  Water  in  Pleasure- 
grounds— 

Fountains  in  flower-gardens — use  of,  i,  269. 


Ornamental  Water  in  Pleasure-grounds 
(1 co?it .) — 

General  directions  for  construction  of  arti¬ 
ficial  lakes  and  uses  of  brooks,  &c., 
i,  282-284. 

Illust.  of  water-garden,  i,  281. 

Structural  decorations,  construction  of  boat¬ 
house,  Chinese  pagoda,  &c.,  i,  281. 

Trees  and  shrubs  suitable  for  planting  on 
banks  of,  i,  281,  282,  283,  378. 

Walks  in  vicinity  of— drainage  of,  i,  282. 

OrnithOgalum— species,  &c.,  descript,  and 
cult.,  i,  367,  368. 

Orontium  aquaticum— descript,  of,  i,  386. 

Osage  orange-tree— descript,  of,  i,  308. 

OsmanthUS  —  calendarial  directions,  i,  19; 
descript,  of  O.  Aquifolium  and  vars., 
i,  310,  of  O.  ilicifolius  for  winter 
bedding,  i,  647. 

Osmuilda— marsh  species,  &c.,  descript,  of 
O.  regalis,  i,  386;  hardy  species,  &c., 
descript,  and  cult.,  i,  607. 

Ostrowskia  magnifica  —  (illust.),  de¬ 
script.  and  cult.,  i,  368. 

Ostrya  vulgaris,  0.  virginica— descript, 
of,  i,  310. 

Otiorhynchus  picipes— (illust.),  descript, 
and  treatment,  i,  80,  83. 

Otiorhynchus  sulcatus  — (illust.),  de¬ 
script.  and  treatment,  i,  80. 
Otiorhynchus  tenebricosus  —  descript, 
and  treatment,  i,  89,  96. 

Otus  Vulgaris — as  garden  friend,  i,  118. 

Ovary — formation  of,  i,  30,  48,  49,  52,  fer¬ 
tilization  of,  i,  53,  60,  fruit  formation 
and  process  of  ripening  (illust.),  i,  56. 

Ovule— formation  of  (illust.),  \ ,  30,  48,  49, 
50,  52,  54;  fertilization  (illusts.),  i,  52, 
53,  54,  57j  60 ;  after  fertilization 

(illust.),  i,  60. 

Owls — as  garden  friends,  i,  117. 

OxaliS— descript,  and  cult,  of  hardy  peren¬ 
nial  species,  &c.  (illust.),  i,  368,  of 
greenhouse  plants,  i,  539 ;  O.  crenata 
(illust.)  and  O.  Acetosella  as  vege¬ 
tables,  ii,  476,  524 ;  foreign  names  of 
Oca,  ii,  528. 

Oxera  pulchella— as  a  stove  plant,  i,  553. 

Oxlip — hybridization  of,  example  (illust.), 
i,  61. 

Oxycoccus  palustris,  0.  macrocarpus 

— descript.,  illusts.,  and  cult.,  i,  310;  ii, 
271,  272. 

Oxydendron  arboreum— descript,  of,  i, 
310- 

Oxygen — nutrition  of  plants,  i,  43,  44. 

Oxylobium  —  species,  &c.,  descript,  and 
cult.,  i,  539. 

OxytropiS — species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult., 
i,  368. 

Osothamnus  rosmarinifolius— (illust. ), 
descript,  of,  i,  31 1. 


P 

Pachyphy turn— (see  Cotyledon). 

Packing  flowers — bouquets,  &c.,  i,  650, 
boxes  for  flowers,  ii,  369. 

Packing  Fruits  for  Road  or  Rail- 

Apples  and  pears  (see  those  titles,  sub¬ 
heading  Grading  and  packing). 

Bags — fruit  packed  in,  disadvantages  of, 
ii>  374- 

Barrels  —  use  of  in  America  and  the 
colonies,  rules  as  to  size  and  methods 
of  packing,  ii,  373,  374. 

Baskets  for — (illusts.),  use  and  merits  of 
round,  flat,  and  handle  baskets,  ii, 
37L  372. 

Boxes  for  —  development  of  industry  of 
box-making,  ii,  368;  fruits  suitable  for 
boxes,  ii,  368,  369;  disadvantage  of 
large  boxes,  ii,  369;  shallow  boxes, 
use  of  and  method  of  securing  together 
(illust.),  ii,  369;  sizes  and  prices  of 
various  forms,  ii,  369,  of  railway  com¬ 
panies’  boxes,  ii,  370,  of  boxes  used  in 
colonies,  &c.  (illusts.),  ii,  370,  371. 


Packing  Fruits  for  Road  or  Rail  [cont.) — 

Cases  or  crates — forms  used  in  New  Zealand, 

& c.  (illust.),  ii,  370,  371;  use  of  cases 
for  small  packages,  ii,  372;  crate  with 
fruit  in  handle-basket  (illust.),  ii,  372, 
373,  crates  for  punnets  of  strawberries, 
&c.  (illust.),  ii,  373. 

Choice  fruits  —  essentials  in  packing,  ii, 
375 ;  methods  of  packinggrapes  (illust. ), 
ii,  375,  3 76,  380,  peaches,  nectarines, 
and  apricots,  ii,  187,  376,  377,  figs  and 
pine-apples,  ii,  377. 

Exportation  on  shipboard — special  systems 
for,  ii,  365. 

Materials  for  packing— use  and  price  of 
wood-wool,  cotton-wadding,  dry  moss, 
straw,  paper,  &c.,  ii,  374,  375. 

Miscellaneous  fruits — methods  of  packing 
melons  and  cucumbers,  ii,  380;  toma¬ 
toes,  ii,  369,  372,  380. 

Packages  for — questions  of  cost,  strength, 
appearance,  and  size,  ii,  368 ;  labels 
suitable,  ii,  368.  (See  also  sub-headings 
Boxes,  Baskets,  Cases,  &c.) 

Packers — employment  of  skilled  and  ordi¬ 
nary  labour,  duties  of  packers,  &c.,  ii, 
73>  74,  75,  367- 

Packing-houses,  -rooms,  or  -sheds — con¬ 
struction  of  (illusts.  of  plans),  and 
tables  suitable  for,  &c.,  ii,  365-367. 

Preserved  fruit— jam,  ii,  348,  dried  fruit,  ii, 
356. 

Railway  rates  for  fruit  conveyance  and 
care  of  packages,  &c.,  ii,  79,  365,  370. 

Small  fruits — grading  at  time  of  packing, 
ii,  377 ;  methods  of  packing  straw¬ 
berries,  raspberries,  and  gooseberries, 
ii,  377,  378;  crates  for  strawberries 
(illust.),  ii,  373. 

Stone  fruits — plums,  ii,  377,  378,  damsons 
and  cherries,  ii,  378. 

Value  of  proper  packing  and  importance 
of  grading,  ii,  364,  365,  378. 

Weighing  the  fruit  —  arrangements  and 
machines  for,  ii,  367. 

Packing-houses,  -rooms,  or  -sheds— 

construction  (illusts.)  and  tables  for, 
ii,  365-36 7- 

Packing  Vegetables  —  artichoke,  aspar¬ 
agus,  ii,  561  ;  beans,  beet,  borecole, 
broccoli,  ii,  562 ;  Brussels  sprouts, 
cabbages,  cardoon,  carrots,  cauli¬ 
flowers,  celeriac,  celery,  ii,  563 ;  chic¬ 
ory,  cucumbers,  endive,  herbs,  kale, 
kohlrabi,  leeks,  ii,  564;  lettuces,  maize, 
mushrooms,  mustard  and  cress,  ii,  565; 
onions,  parsnips,  peas,  potatoes,  ii,  566; 
radishes,  rhubarb,  salsify,  Savoy  cab¬ 
bages,  scorzonera,  sea -kale,  spinach, 
tomatoes,  ii,  567  ;  turnips,  vegetable 
marrow,  water-cress,  ii,  568 ;  hampers 
of  vegetables,  ii,  569. 

Pseony—  tree  paeonies(  P.  Moutan)— descript. , 
cult.,  illust.,  and  list  of  vars.,  i,  311, 
480,  forcing  directions,  i,  621,  623 ; 
herbaceous  paeonies — species,  &c.,  de¬ 
script.,  cult.,  illust.,  and  list  of  vars., 
i,  368,  480,  481. 

Pseony  drooping  disease— (illust.),  de¬ 
script.  of,  i,  130. 

Pale  brindled  beauty  moth— descript, 
and  treatment,  i,  87. 

Paliurus  aculeatus— descript,  of,  i,  311. 
Palms— 

Calendarial  directions,  i,  2,  4,  9,  10,  13,  18. 

Chusan  palm  or  Trachycarpus  excelsus — 
(see  title  Chusan  Palm). 

Cycads  (see  that  title). 

Decorative  palms  for  conservatories,  halls, 
&c. — descript,  and  treatment,  i,  527, 

608. 

Descript,  and  history  of  various  species, 
&c.,  i,  608. 

General  culture — soil  and  manure,  i,  141, 

609,  propagation,  i,  608,  potting  or 
planting  out  in  beds,  temperature,  &c., 
i,  609. 

Illusts.  of  palm-house  and  great  palm  stove 
at  Kew,  i,  608. 

Insect  pests— descript,  and  treatment  of 
scale  insects,  &c.,  i,  92,  609. 


594 


THE  GARDENER’S  ASSISTANT. 


Palms  ( cont .) — 

List  of  species  suitable  for  conservatory — 
descript.,  cult.,  and  illusts.,  i,  609-613. 

Subtropical  garden — palms  and  position  of 
plants  suitable  for,  i,  641,  642. 

Vascular  bundles  in — arrangement  of,  i,  37. 

Pampas  grasses— descript,  and  illust.,  i, 
385,  386. 

Panax — species,  &c.,  descript,  and  cult.,  i, 

553- 

Pandanus — calendarial  directions,  i,  2,  6,  7, 
12;  descript,  and  cult.,  i,  553. 

PaniCUm — calendarial  directions,  i,  2,  6; 
descript,  of  plants,  i,  553. 

Pansy— (see  Viola). 

Papaver— descript,  and  cult,  of  perennial 
species,  &c.,  i,  368,  of  annual  plants, 
b  397- 

Paper— use  and  prices  of  plain,  tissue,  and 
ornamental  paper  for  packing  fruit, 
Sic.,  ii,  374,  375,  384. 

Parasites— descript,  of,  i,  29,  of  parasitic 
fungi,  i,  223. 

Paris  green — as  an  insecticide,  ii,  43. 

Parks — trees  and  shrubs  suitable  for,  i,  327, 
339>  340. 

Parnassia— species,  &c.,  descript.  3  cult., 
and  illust.  of,  i,  369,  386. 

Parrot  flower— descript,  and  cult.,  i.  297, 
533- 

Parrotia  Jacquemontiana,  P.  persica 

— descript,  of,  i,  31 1. 

Parsley  —  drying  process,  ii,  356;  fool’s- 
parsley  (illust.),  descript,  of,  ii,  477; 
true  and  Hamburg  parsley  (illusts.), 
descript,  and  cult.,  ii,  477,478;  foreign 
names  of,  ii,  528;  calendarial  directions, 
ii,  532,  535,  538,  54L  543,  548,  552,  558. 

Parsley  fern— descript,  and  cult.,  i,  605. 

Parsnip  fork— (illust.),  use  of,  ii,  478. 

Parsnips — crops  parsnips  may  follow  and 
be  succeeded  by,  ii,  390;  seed  quan¬ 
tities,  ii,  391;  descript.,  uses,  cult., 
insects,  &c.,  and  list  (illust.)  of  vars., 
ii,  478,  479;  foreign  names  of,  ii,  528; 
calendarial  directions,  ii,  538,  541,  543, 
546  ;  packing,  ii,  566. 

Partridge — as  garden  friend,  i,  118. 

Parus  cseruleus,  P.  major,  P.  ater,  P. 
palustris,  P.  caudatns— as  garden 
friends,  i,  118. 

Passiflora, — calendarial  directions,  i,  11,  15; 
fertilization  of,  i,  55;  descript,  and  cult, 
of  hardy  species,  &c.,  i,  31 1,  of  green¬ 
house  plants,  i,  539,  of  stove  plants 
(illust.),  i,  553,  554. 

Passion-flowers— (see  Passiflora). 

Pastinaca  sativa  —  descript.,  uses,  and 
cult.,  ii,  478. 

Pasture  land  —  amounts  of  nitrogen  and 
organic  matter  in,  i,  150. 

Patersonia— species, &c. ,  descript.and  cult. , 
i>  539- 

Paulownia  imperialis  —  descript,  and 
cult.,  i,  31 1. 

Pavetta  borbonica— descript,  and  cult.,  i, 

554- 

Pea  (flowers) — hardy  perennial  species,  &c. , 
descript.,  cult. ,  and  illusts. ,  i,  363 ;  hardy 
annuals — calendarial  directions,  i,  3,  5, 
7,  12,  descript.,  illust.,  and  cult,  of,  i, 
393,  for  summer-bedding,  i,  635. 

Pea  (vegetables)  — 

Calendarial  directions,  ii,  532,  536,  538,  541, 
543*  546,  548,  55o,  552,  558;  for  forcing, 
n,  534,  537,  539- 

Crops  peas  may  follow  and  be  succeeded 
by,  ii,  390. 

Cross-fertilization — experiments  and  direc¬ 
tions,  ii,  479,  480. 

First  early  peas — cult,  of  main  crop  in  open 
quarters  and  of  peas  for  market,  ii,  481, 
482 ;  earliest  crops — modes  of  cult,  in 
open  border,  sowing  in  pots,  boxes,  &c., 
and  French  method,  ii,  482-484;  pro¬ 
tection  from  frost,  ii,  484. 

Foreign  names  of,  ii,  528. 

Garden  pea  (illusts.)  and  field  pea— de¬ 
script.,  distinction  between,  origin  of 
name  Pisum ,  and  history  of  cult. ,  ii,479- 


Pea  (vegetables)  (< co?it .) — 

Insects,  &c. — list  of,  ii,  485. 

Lists  (illusts.)  of  vars.  for  early,  main,  and 
late  crops,  ii,  485-487  ;  a  selection  of 
leading  vars.  for  gardens  and  market, 
ii,  487. 

Main  crop  and  late  peas — cultural  direc¬ 
tions  and  sorts  suitable,  ii,  484,  485. 

Packing,  ii,  566. 

Planting — distances  for  rows,  &c.,  ii,  481; 
filling  up  blank  spaces,  ii,  484. 

Preserving — drying  process,  ii,  356. 

Protection  from  mice,  birds,  &c.,  ii,  483, 484. 

Saving  seeds — directions,  ii,  485. 

Seed  quantities  required  for  cropping,  ii, 
391,  482. 

Soil,  manure,  and  artificial  manures,  ii,  480, 
481. 

Pea  UlOth — descript,  and  treatment,  i,  77. 

Pea  Weevils— (illust.),  descript,  and  treat¬ 
ment,  i,  87,  88. 

Peach  and  Nectarine— 

Calendarial  directions  —  outdoor,  ii,  533, 
536,  542,  544,  546,  548,  550,  552,  554, 
556,  558  ;  for  forcing,  11,  535,  537,  539, 
542,  545,  549,  55  h  553,  554,  557,  559- 

Culture  in  open-air — wall  trees,  & c. — 

Fruit  production,  &c. — growth  of  flower 
and  leaf-buds  lillust.),  ii,  169-171,  173; 
methods  of  thinning,  gathering,  ripen¬ 
ing,  and  storing  the  fruit,  ii,  176,  177, 
179- 

General  treatment,  condition  of  roots,  re¬ 
storation  of  sickly  trees,  &c.,  ii,  177. 

Illusts. — various  vars.,  ii,  167,  169,  T70, 
176;  peach-tree  on  wall,  shoots  nailed 
and  unnailed  to  expose  fruit,  ii,  178. 
(See  also  sub-heading  Pruning  and 
training.) 

Planting  trees — time  and  methods,  ii,  169. 

Pruning  and  training — shoots,  growth  of 
flower  and  leaf  buds  (illust.),  ii,  169- 
171,  173;  bearing  shoots  and  successors 
(illust.),  ii,  173,  174,  176;  summer  and 
winter  pruning,  ii,  171,  173,  176;  time 
and  method  (illust.)  of  training,  ii, 
171-173;  stopping  and  disbudding  pro¬ 
cesses  (illusts.),  ii,  174,  175. 

Soil  and  situation — wall  aspect,  ii,  6,  7 ; 
position  and  soil  suitable,  preparation 
of  borders,  &c.,  ii,  27,  167-169. 

Culture  under  glass — 

Adaptability  of  fruit  for  and  conditions 
necessary  to,  ii,  180. 

Choice  of  trees  and  methods  of  planting, 
training,  pruning,  syringing,  &c.,  ii, 
180,  182,  183,  184,  185. 

Construction  (illusts.)  and  management 
of  house,  border  preparation,  i,  207; 
ii,  180-182;  fire-heat,  air,  temperature, 
ii,  183 ;  cleaning  the  house,  ii,  184 ; 
orchard-house,  ii,  274. 

Gathering  and  ripening  the  fruit,  ii,  184, 
185,  277. 

Orchard-house — construction  of,  ii,  274; 
potting  plants,  ii,  275,  276 ;  ripening 
fruit,  ii,  277 ;  illust.  of  plant,  ii,  277  ; 
list  of  vars.  suitable,  ii,  278. 

Peach-case  and  nectarine  tree  at  Frog- 
more  (illust.),  ii,  181. 

Resting  period — treatment  during,  ii,  185. 

Soil  and  manure  suitable,  and  improve¬ 
ment  of  soil,  ii,  180,  185,  water-supply, 
ii,  185. 

Trellis  in  peach-house  (illust.),  ii,  167. 

[See  also  sub-heading  Pot  culture.] 

Diseases  and  insect  pests — use  of  syringe 
and  washes,  &c.,  ii,  177,  183,  184,  185, 
j86  ;  cause  and  treatment  of  various 
diseases,  i,  129,  ii,  179,  189;  list  of 
insects,  &c.,  ii,  189. 

Garden  races — origin  of,  area  and  history 
of  cultivation,  &c.,  ii,  166. 

Hardy  ornamental  trees — descript. of,  i,  31 1. 

Lists  of  vars.  (illust.),  explanation  of  ar¬ 
rangement  and  classification  of  fruit, 
ii,  189,  192:  peach  and  nectarine  vars. 
and  fruit  for  special  purposes,  ii,  190- 
194;  orchard-house  vars.,  ii,  278. 


Peach  and  Nectarine  [cont). — 

Manure,  effect  of— results  ot  experiments, 

i,  171. 

Packing-^methods  and  materials  for,  ii, 
187,  374,  376,  377;  boxes  and  baskets, 

ii,  368,  371,  372. 

Pot  culture — forms  and  vars.  of  trees  suit¬ 
able,  ii,  185,  194,  illusts.  of  trees,  ii, 
185,  186,  187  ;  _  training,  disbudding, 
stopping,  repotting,  ii,  185,  186;  flower¬ 
ing  period  treatment,  manure,  winter¬ 
ing  the  plants,  ii,  186  ;  water  supply, 
use  of  perforated  pots  (illust.),  ii,  187. 

Preserving — extent  of  trade  in  U.S.A.,  &c., 
ii,  344;  drying  process,  ii,  355,  356; 
canning  process,  ii,  357 ;  modes  and 
vars.  suitable,  ii,  362. 

Propagation  —  method  of  raising  plants 
from  stones,  use  of  various  stocks, 
mode  of  grafting,  &c.,  ii,  188,  189. 

Peach  aphis— descript.and  treatment,  i,  88. 
Peach -leaf  curl  disease  —  development 

and  treatment,  i,  129. 

Peach  scale— descript,  and  treatment,  i,  69. 
Pear -leaf  blister  moth  —  (illust.),  de- 
script.  and  treatment,  i,  88. 
Pear-leaf  mite  —  (illust.),  descript,  and 
treatment,  i,  88,  89. 

Pear  oyster  scale — (illust.),  descript,  and 
treatment,  i,  69. 

Pear  sawfly — (illust.),  descript,  and  treat¬ 
ment,  i,  94. 

Pear-SUCker — (illust.),  descript,  and  treat¬ 
ment,  i,  69,  70. 

Pears  and  Pear-trees— 

Calendarial  directions,  ii,  533,  539,  542, 
546,  548,  550,  552,  554>  556. 

Commercial  plantations  (see  title  Pears  for 
Market). 

Disease  and  insect  pests  —  leaf  fungus 
•  illust.),  i,  127;  scab  disease,  ii,  44; 
canker,  ii,  128;  list  of  insects,  & c.,  ii, 
129;  orchard-house  treatment,  ii,  278. 

Fertility  and  sterility — causes  and  reme¬ 
dies  for  imperfect  fertilization,  ii,  123, 
1 24- 

Flavour  of  pears — characteristics  of  various 
vars.,  attention  to  quality  of  flavour, 
&c.,  ii,  102. 

Forms  of  trees  —  various  uses  of  stocks 
(illusts.),  ii,  106-108;  standards,  bush, 
pyramid  (illusts.),  and  espaliers,  ii,  108, 
109;  Palmette  Verrier  (illust.),  ii,  no, 
cordons  (illust.),  ii,  1 10-112;  planting 
directions,  ii,  112.  (See  also  sub¬ 
heading  Pruning  and  training.) 

Gathering  and  ripening  pears,  ii,  126,  132, 
*34, 277. 

General  culture  —  essentials  for,  ii,  103 ; 
districts  and  situation,  wall  aspect,  &c., 
ii,  6,  8,  104;  routine  work  directions, 
ii,  124-126,  winter  routine,  ii,  127. 

Grading  and  packing — French  and  Cali¬ 
fornian  systems,  ii,  131,  132;  import¬ 
ance  of  grading  and  methods  (illust.) 
of  packing,  ii,  132,  134,  379;  boxes  for, 
ii,  135,  368-371,  baskets,  crates,  and 
barrels  for,  ii,  372,  373;  materials  for 
packing,  ii,  374. 

History,  origin,  and  evolution  of  the  pear, 
ii,  97-99;  French  industry,  ii,  98. 

Illusts. — trees  in  royal  gardens,  Windsor, 
ii,  68;  wild  pear,  ii,  96;  various  vars., 
ii,  97-101  ;  arcade  of  pears,  ii,  103; 
stocks,  various  forms  of  trees,  ii,  106- 
108.  (See  also  sub-headings  Forms, 
Lists,  Pruning.) 

Improvement  of  pears — systematic  methods, 
results,  &c.,  ii,  99-102. 

Lists — explanation  of  arrangement,  ii,  135; 
descript,  and  illusts.  of  select  vars.,  ii, 
136-147;  synonyms  reference  list,  ii, 
147,  148;  selections  for  special  pur¬ 
poses  and  situations,  ii,  148-150. 

Merits  of  the  pear  for  cultivation,  ii,  96. 

Orchard  -  house  culture  —  construction  of 
house,  ii,  ^  274 ;  planting,  &c.,  ii,  275, 
276;  ripening  fruit,  ii,  277;  insect  pests, 
ii,  278;  list  of  pears  suitable,  ii,  278; 
illusts.  of  trees,  ii,  275,  276. 

Orchard  plantations  —  plans  (illusts.),  ii* 
34-37:  influence  of  grass  land,  ii,  38. 


DUPLICATE  LIST  OF  SUBSCRIBERS 


THE  GRESHAM 

PUBLISHING 

COMPANY’S 


new  The  GARDENER’S 

PUBLICATION 

.  .  .  .  ASSISTANT 


ADDRESS 


NAME 


DUPLICATE  LIST  OF  SUBSCRIBERS 


THE  GRESHAM 

PUBLISHING 

COMPANY’S 


new  THE  GARDENER’S 

PUBLICATION 

„  „  „  „  ASSISTANT 


? 


NAME 


ADDRESS 


DUPLICATE  LIST  OF  SUBSCRIBERS 


THE  GRESHAM 

PUBLISHING 

COMPANY’S 


new  The  GARDENER’S 

PUBLICATION 

ASSISTANT 


NAME 


ADDRESS 


DUPLICATE  LIST  OF  SUBSCRIBERS 


THE  GRESHAM 

PUBLISHING 

COMPANY’S 


new  The  GARDENER’S 

PUBLICATION 

_  _  ASSISTANT 


NAME 


ADDRESS 


'WWhWWMW******)  >Mh*iTWfirf|V»MTB<THj«J»| 

VOL.  i 


GARDENER’S 

ASSISTANT. 

VOL.  ii